Spec Table of Contents - Design & Construction · Web viewSection 03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment...

Project Title: Project No.: XX-XXXUNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SAN FRANCISCO MEDICAL CENTER

SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS

SPECIFICATION GROUP

DIVISION 01 - GENERAL REQUIREMENTSSection 01 11 00 - Summary of Work............................................................................ 30June17Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions............................................................................. 16Aug17Section 01 21 00 - Allowances...................................................................................... 30June17Section 01 22 00 - Unit Prices....................................................................................... 30June17Section 01 23 00 - Alternates........................................................................................ 30June17Section 01 26 13 - Requests for Interpretation.............................................................. 30June17Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination........................................... 30June17Section 01 31 19 - Project Meetings.............................................................................. 30June17Section 01 32 00 - Construction Progress Documentation............................................ 30June17Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures...................................................................... 30June17Section 01 35 00 - Special Procedures.......................................................................... 30June17Section 01 35 13 - Infection Control Procedures........................................................... 30June17Section 01 35 23 - University’s Interim Life Safety......................................................... 30June17Section 01 35 43 - Environmental Procedures.............................................................. 30June17Section 01 35 49 - Fire Safety Procedures.................................................................... 30June17Section 01 35 53 - Security Procedures........................................................................ 30June17Section 01 35 56 - Firewall Penetration Policy.............................................................. 30June17Section 01 35 63 - Sustainability Project Requirements................................................ 30June17Section 01 41 00 - Regulatory Requirements................................................................ 30June17Section 01 42 00 - References...................................................................................... 30June17Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control................................................................................. 30June17Section 01 45 19 - Inspection of Work........................................................................... 30June17Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls................................................... 30June17Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements..................................................................... 30June17Section 01 62 00 - Product Options and Substitutions................................................... 30June17Section 01 71 00 - Examination and Preparation.......................................................... 30June17Section 01 71 23 - Field Engineering............................................................................. 30June17Section 01 73 00 - Execution......................................................................................... 30June17Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching....................................................................... 30June17Section 01 74 00 - Cleaning ......................................................................................... 30June17Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal.............................. 30June17Section 01 76 00 - Protecting Installed Work................................................................. 30June17Section 01 77 00 - Closeout Procedures ...................................................................... 30June17Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals......................................................................... 30June17Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training............................................................ 30June17Section 01 91 00 – Commissioning………………………………………………………….. 30June17

FACILITY CONSTRUCTION SUBGROUP

DIVISION 02 -EXISTING CONDITIONSSection 02 41 19 - Selective Demolition........................................................................ 28Aug12Section 02 82 13 - Asbestos Abatement........................................................................ 28Aug12

DIVISION 03 – CONCRETESection 03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment.......................................................................... 28Aug12

DIVISION 04 - MASONRYNOT USED

30 June 2017 SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS


DIVISION 05 - METALSSection 05 05 23 - Standards for Anchors and Fasteners............................................. 28Aug12Section 05 50 00 - Metal Fabrications........................................................................... 28Aug12

DIVISION 06 - WOOD, PLASTICS, AND COMPOSITESSection 06 10 00 - Rough Carpentry............................................................................. 28Aug12Section 06 41 00 - Architectural Wood Casework......................................................... 28Aug12Section 06 61 00 - Simulated Stone Fabrications.......................................................... 28Aug12

DIVISION 07 - THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTIONSection 07 21 00 - Thermal Insulation........................................................................... 28Aug12Section 07 51 00 - Built-Up Bituminous Roofing............................................................ 28Aug12Section 07 51 26 - Built-Up Bituminous Roofing Patching Existing Roofing................ 28Aug12Section 07 62 00 - Sheet Metal Flashing and Trim........................................................ 28Aug12Section 07 81 16 - Cementitious Fireproofing................................................................ 28Aug12Section 07 11 23 - Interior Intumescent Fireproofing..................................................... 28Aug12Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping..................................................................................... 28Aug12Section 07 92 00 - Joint Sealants.................................................................................. 28Aug12

DIVISION 08 -OPENINGSSection 08 12 13 - Hollow Metal Frames....................................................................... 28Aug12Section 08 13 13 - Hollow Metal Doors.......................................................................... 28Aug12Section 08 13 16 - Sliding Aluminum Doors.................................................................. 28Aug12Section 08 14 16 - Flush Wood Doors........................................................................... 28Aug12Section 08 17 00 - Integrated Door Opening Assemblies.............................................. 28Aug12Section 08 31 13 - Access Doors and Panels................................................................ 28Aug12Section 08 33 13 - Coiling Counter Doors..................................................................... 28Aug12Section 08 34 83 - Elevator Door Smoke Containment System.................................... 28Aug12Section 08 35 13 - Accordion Folding Doors................................................................. 28Aug12Section 08 51 13 - Aluminum Windows......................................................................... 28Aug12Section 08 71 00 - Door Hardware................................................................................ 28Aug12Section 08 80 00 - Glazing............................................................................................ 28Aug12Section 08 87 00 - Glazing Surface Films...................................................................... 28Aug12

DIVISION 09 - FINISHESSection 09 21 19 - Plaster Patching............................................................................... 28Aug12Section 09 22 00 - Supports for Plaster and Gypsum Board......................................... 28Aug12Section 09 29 00 - Gypsum Board................................................................................. 28Aug12Section 09 30 00 - Tiling................................................................................................ 28Aug12Section 09 51 00 - Acoustical Ceilings........................................................................... 28Aug12Section 09 65 00 - Resilient Flooring............................................................................. 28Aug12Section 09 67 23 - Resinous Flooring............................................................................ 28Aug12Section 09 68 00 - Carpeting......................................................................................... 28Aug12Section 09 91 00 - Painting............................................................................................ 28Aug12

DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIESSection 10 11 00 - Visual Display Units......................................................................... 28Aug12Section 10 21 23 - Cubicle Curtain Track...................................................................... 28Aug12Section 10 26 13 - Corner Guards................................................................................. 28Aug12Section 10 26 16 - Bumper Guards............................................................................... 28Aug12Section 10 26 23 - Protective Wall Coverings................................................................ 28Aug12Section 10 28 13 - Toilet Accessories............................................................................ 28Aug12Section 10 44 00 - Fire Protection Specialties............................................................... 28Aug12Section 10 51 13 - Metal Lockers.................................................................................. 28Aug12Section 10 51 23 - Plastic-Laminate-Clad Lockers........................................................ 28Aug12Section 10 56 23 - Wire Storage Shelving..................................................................... 28Aug12



Section 10 56 26 - Mobile Storage Shelving, Manual.................................................... 28Aug12Section 10 56 26 - Mobile Storage Shelving, Motorized................................................ 28Aug12Section 10 81 13 - Bird Control Devices........................................................................ 28Aug12Section 10 87 00 - Intravenous Track............................................................................ 28Aug12

DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENTSection 11 52 13 - Projection Screens........................................................................... 28Aug12Section 11 70 00 - Healthcare Equipment..................................................................... 28Aug12

DIVISION 12 - FURNISHINGSSection 12 21 13 - Horizontal Louver Blinds.................................................................. 28Aug12Section 12 21 16 - Vertical Louver Blinds...................................................................... 28Aug12Section 12 24 13 - Roller Window Shades.................................................................... 28Aug12Section 12 31 00 - Manufactured Metal Casework........................................................ 28Aug12

DIVISION 13 - SPECIAL CONSTRUCTIONSection 13 49 00 - Radiation Protection........................................................................ 28Aug12Section 13 49 23 - Integrated RFI/EMI Shielding........................................................... 28Aug12

DIVISION 14 - CONVEYING EQUIPMENT

FACILITY SERVICES SUBGROUP

DIVISION 21 - FIRE SUPPRESSION

DIVISION 22 - PLUMBING

DIVISION 23 - HEATING, VENTILATING, AND AIR-CONDITION (HVAC)

DIVISION 25- INTEGRATED AUTOMATION

DIVISION 26 - ELECTRICAL

DIVISION 27 COMMUNICATIONS

DIVISION 28 - ELECTRONIC SAFETY AND SECURITY

SITE AND INFRASTRUCTURE SUBGROUP

DIVISION 31 - EARTHWORK

DIVISION 32 - EXTERIOR IMPROVEMENTS

DIVISION 33 - UTILITIES

END OF SPECIFICATION TABLE OF CONTENTS



SECTION 01 11 00

SUMMARY OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section covers the following subjects: 1. Project Name and Identification.2. Work Required by Contract Documents.3. Project Description.4. Applications of Contract Documents5. Work by Others.6. Work by University.7. University Supplied Products.8. Pre-Ordered Products.9. Future Work.10. Work Sequence.11. University Occupancy Requirements.

1.02 PROJECT NAME AND IDENTIFICATION

Project Name: UCSF Medical CenterSan Francisco, California[Project Title]

Project Identification: [Project Number][Account No. 125-xxxxx]

1.03 PROJECT DESCRIPTION

A. Work of the Project includes [construction] [alteration] [__________] of [___________].

B. [Intent of new Work is to match existing in all details. Original products no longer available should be replaced with similar materials.]

1.04 APPLICATIONS OF THE CONTRACT DOCUMENTS

A. CCR: A copy of Title 24 shall be available on the job site at all times.

B. OSHPD Jurisdiction: Projects under the jurisdiction of the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) will follow regulations and approvals set forth in Section 01 41 00 - Regulatory Requirements in addition to the requirements referenced in the General Conditions of the Contract and the Specifications.

1.05 WORK BY OTHERS

A. [Work of the Project [which will be ]executed prior to start of Work of this Contract, and which is specifically excluded from this Contract:]1. [___________].2. [___________].3. [___________].

30 June 2017 SUMMARY OF WORK01 11 00 - 1


B. [Work of the Project which will be executed after completion of Work of this Contract, and which is specifically excluded from this Contract:]1. [___________].2. [___________].3. [___________].

C. [Work on the Project site and which is excluded from this Contract, consists of [___________] in accordance with drawings identified as [___________]. Contractor shall become familiar with the Contract Documents and construction for [___________]. Documents for [___________] are available for review at [___________].]

1.06 WORK BY UNIVERSITY

A. [Items noted “NIC” (Not in Contract) [moveable cabinets,] [furnishings,] [minor equipment,] [and] [___________] will be furnished and installed by University [beginning][before][after] [___________].]

B. University will remove and retain possession of the following items prior to start of work:1. [___________].2. [___________].3. [___________].

1.07 UNIVERSITY SUPPLIED PRODUCTS

A. University Responsibilities;1. Arrange for and deliver University reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, to

Contractor.2. Arrange and pay for delivery to site.3. On delivery, inspect products jointly with Contractor.4. Submit claims for transportation damage and replace damaged, defective, or deficient

items.5. Arrange for manufacturer’s warranties, inspections, and service.

B. Contractor’s Responsibilities:1. Perform/Follow University reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.2. Receive and unload products at site; inspect for completeness or damage jointly with

University.3. Handle, store, install, and finish products.4. Repair or replace items damaged after receipt.

C. Items furnished by University for installation by Contractor: 1. [___________].2. [___________].3. [___________].

D. Products furnished to site and installed by University:1. [___________].2. [___________].3. [___________].

1.08 PRE-ORDERED PRODUCTS

A. University has placed orders with certain suppliers for specific products, for the purpose of expediting delivery, and for other purposes in University’s interests.



B. Upon execution of the Agreement, execute purchase agreement with supplier for the respective products, in accordance with terms stated in the Agreement.

C. Include the costs for purchase, delivery, installation, adjusting, and finishing of these products in the Contract Sum of the Agreement.

D. Contractor responsibilities for such pre-ordered products are the same as for Contractor-furnished products.

E. [Schedule of Pre-Ordered Products:]1. Section [___________ - ___________:] [___________].2. Section [___________ - ___________:] [___________].3. Section [___________ - ___________:] [___________].

1.09 FUTURE WORK

A. Project is designed for future [___________].

B. Provide [___________] for future installation of [___________].

C. Ensure that Work avoids encroachment into areas required for future work.

1.10 WORK SEQUENCING

A. Definitions:1. Sequence: The order of the Work to be performed.2. Phase: Work that has a designated start date or duration, which has separate notices to

proceed.

B. Construct Work in sequences to accommodate University’s occupancy requirements and to provide for continuous public access during the construction period.1. Sequence One: [___________].2. Sequence Two: [___________].3. Sequence Three: [___________].4. Sequence One: All work needed to complete the 13th and 15th floors. Complete within

60 days.5. Sequence Two:

a. All Sequence One work must be complete before Sequence Two work is to start.b. All work needed to complete the 8th and 9th floors. Complete within 30 days.

6. Sequence Three:a. All Sequence Two work must be complete before Sequence Three work is to start.b. All work needed to complete the 10th and 11th floors. Complete within 30 days.

C. [Refer to Drawings for detailed sequencing drawings and notes.]

D. [Construct Work in phases to accommodate University’s occupancy requirements and to provide for continuous public access during the construction period.]1. Phase One: [___________].2. Phase Two: [___________].3. Phase One:

a. All work needed to complete the 13th and 15th floors. Complete within 60 days.4. Phase Two:

a. All Phase One work must be complete before Phase Two work is to start.b. All work needed to complete the 8th and 9th floors. Complete within 30 days.

5. Phase Three:



a. All Phase Two work must be complete before Phase Three work is to start.b. All work needed to complete the 10th and 11th floors. Complete within 30 days.

6. Phase Four:a. All Phase Three work must be complete before Phase Four work is to start.b. All work needed to complete the 12th and 14th floors. Complete within 30 days.

7. Phase Five:a. All Phase Four work must be complete before Phase Five work is to start.b. All work needed to complete the 6th floor. Complete within 30 days.

E. [Refer to Drawings for detailed phasing drawings and notes.]

F. In general, alterations to an existing facility shall not begin until the respective facility has been relocated or completely barricaded from construction operations by dustproof and noise-reducing temporary enclosures.

G. Coordinate with University, in scheduling any work that causes interference with University’s normal operations. Such work includes cutting, demolition, drilling, coring, pounding, dirty, or wet type of work.

H. Assure that Work is performed in accordance with sequencing plans shown on Drawings and as specified.1. Perform work located in areas which are not included in sequencing plans with the least

possible interference to University’s activities and without interrupting existing services.2. Schedule service interruptions essential to the Work with University as specified in Section

01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls.3. Coordinate work of trades to allow for completion of Work with least possible interference to

services of the existing building.

I. Erect temporary dust/noise partitions, fire rated where required, in accordance with requirements of Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls to separate construction areas from areas being used by University.

J. Provide and maintain life safety systems and means of egress in accordance with requirements of Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls.

K. Completion of sequence means that construction is substantially complete, with building systems have been commissioned and Work has been inspected and approved by agencies having jurisdiction.

1.11 UNIVERSITY OCCUPANCY REQUIREMENTS

A. University intends to occupy the [site] [premises] [and] [existing building] during the entire period of construction for conduct of normal operations.

B. [University will occupy premises during construction for the installation of [__________].]

C. Partial Occupancy:1. University’s occupancy of portions of the Work prior to Substantial Completion of the entire

Work is anticipated, provided such occupancy does not substantially interfere with completion of the Work.

2. Schedule and substantially complete designated portions of Work for University’s occupancy prior to Substantial Completion of entire Work:a. [___________].b. [___________].c. [___________].



3. University will occupy designated areas for the purpose of [storage of furnishings and equipment,] [installation of equipment,] [___________].

4. Such placing of equipment and partial occupancy shall not constitute acceptance of the Work or any part of the Work.

D. Cooperate with University to minimize conflict, and to facilitate University’s operations and usage.

E. Schedule the Work to accommodate this requirement.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED

PART 3 EXECUTION- NOT USED

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 14 00

WORK RESTRICTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section: The following subjects are covered in this Section:1. Contractor’s Use of University’s Premises.2. Use of Existing Building.3. Work within Occupied Offices or Laboratories4. Access.5. Time Restrictions for Performing Work.6. Interruption of Building Services.7. Core Drilling and Cutting.8. Smoke Free Campus Policy.9. Publicity Releases.10. Site Decorum11. Safety12. Privacy13. Miscellaneous Restrictions.

1.02 CONTRACTOR'S USE OF UNIVERSITY'S PREMISES

A. Use of Site: Confine operations at the site to the areas permitted by the Contract Documents. Portions of the site beyond areas on which work is indicated are not to be disturbed unless approved in advance in writing by University.

B. Contractor shall confine its operations to areas permitted by the Contract Documents.

C. The premises will be occupied during performance of Work under the Contract. Take proper precautions to ensure safety of University’s personnel, staff, patients, students, and general public during the construction period.

D. During the entire construction period, Contractor shall have the exclusive use of the premises for construction operations, including full use of the site.

E. In addition to site utilization limitations and requirements shown on Drawings, and indicated by other Contract Documents, administer allocation of available space to produce best overall efficiency in performance of total work of project.

F. Contractor will have use of the premises for work, storage, and vehicular parking as approved by University.

G. Location of staging areas, debris material, and recycling material will be designated by University.

H. Contractor shall no unreasonably encumber site/premises with material, equipment, debris material, or recycling material.

I. Schedule deliveries to minimize space and time requirements for storage of materials and equipment on Project site.

30 June 2017 WORK RESTRICTIONS01 14 00 - 1


J. Obtain University’s approval at least three working days in advance of deliveries of material or equipment or other activities which may conflict with University’s use of facilities.

K. Conform to site rules and regulations affecting the work while engaged in project construction.

L. Noise Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for noise control requirements.

M. Dust Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for dust control requirements.

N. Promptly clean up debris dropped in the immediate area due to work, service access ways or streets under this Contract to the satisfaction of University’s Representative.

O. Use the premises for work and construction operations to allow for work by other contractors, utility companies, and University.

P. Provide, locate, and protect control points. Provide, coordinate, and check dimensions and elevations as necessary for layout work.

Q. If the areas on the premises are not sufficient, obtain and pay for use of additional work, storage, and parking areas needed.

R. [No materials storage will be permitted to block existing loading dock.]

1.03 USE OF EXISTING BUILDING

A. [Contractor, Subcontractors, and all their representatives and personnel are prohibited access to occupied portions of existing buildings except as directed and defined or with University’s prior knowledge and approval.]

B. [Obtain University’s approval at least 30 working days in advance of any work within or which might affect existing spaces.]

C. Maintain the existing building in a safe and weathertight condition throughout the construction period. Repair damage caused by construction operations. Take all precautions necessary to protect the existing building and its occupants during the construction period.

D. Keep public areas such as hallways, stairs, and elevator lobbies free from accumulation of waste material, rubbish, or construction debris.

E. Use of Existing Stairs: 1. Construction personnel will be permitted to use existing stairs.2. Construction personnel may use other stairs with no material or equipment deliveries

allowed

F. Use of Existing Toilets: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for requirements concerning use of existing toilets.

G. Use of Existing Elevators:1. Patients and staff are to be granted priority to use existing elevators at all times.

University elevators are very congested. Prolonged use by Contractor shall be after normal business hours.

2. Elevator use is based on a first-come, first-use service, unless times of usage are mutually agreed upon by University and Contractor.



3. For material deliveries, a service elevator will be designated to be available to Contractor on a scheduled basis with specific hours.

4. Passenger Elevators: Construction personnel will be permitted limited, but not exclusive, use of existing Passenger Elevators .most convenient to the job site. These elevators may be used for the movement of personnel only and may not be used for the movement of material, equipment, tools, supplies, or debris.

5. Service Elevators: Construction personnel will be permitted use of [designated existing Service Elevator] on a scheduled basis with specific hours. This elevator may be used for the movement of personnel, materials, equipment, tools, supplies, and debris. Construction personnel may use other Service Elevators with no material equipment, tools, supplies and debris allowed.

6. Construction personnel may use other service and passenger elevators with no material or equipment deliveries allowed

7. The transport of tools, boxes, material and debris shall be limited to the use of service elevators whenever possible.

8. Do not load the elevator to more than 75 percent of the rated capacity, or 75 percent of capacity given to Contractor by the elevator operator, whichever is less.

9. Provide complete protective padding inside the freight elevator cabs at all times during their use. Contractor is responsible for all damages to the elevators during its use and shall make prompt repairs at the Contractor’s expense. If repairs are not made in a timely fashion or if the elevator is taken out of service due to Contractor’s damages, University may make such repairs and deduct such costs directly from this construction contract.

10. University's elevator access policy shall be strictly enforced.

1.04 WORK WITHIN OCCUPIED OFFICES OR LABORATORIES

A. The University will arrange to move chemicals, freezers, incubators, and other major equipment out of the way.

B. Contractor shall cover everything with lightweight visqueen or other approved material, and protect vibration sensitive and other designated equipment left in place with plywood or similar covering.

C. Contractor shall thoroughly clean the room after work is complete. This includes carefully removing the polyethylene or other coverings and wet mopping the floor and wiping down any exposed counters that were soiled.

1.05 ACCESS

A. Access to the University's site on campus roads shall be arranged between Contractor and University's Representative. Contractor’s entrance to the building of the Project Area will be limited to locations designated by the University's Representative.

B. Keep existing driveways, roads and entrances serving the premises clear and available to the University at all times. Do not use these areas for parking or storage of materials.

C. Contractor’s access to construction area will be permitted only through designated approaches in such manner that traffic will not interfere with University’s activities.

D. Contractor is responsible for complying with University’s requirements regarding vehicular access.

E. Access to the job site over University’s existing roads, shall be arranged between University and Contractor.



F. Maintain free and unimpeded access for emergency vehicles to ingress/enter and egress/exit from site at all times.

G. Submit to University for review and approval prior to performing construction work, which alters access by Emergency Agencies.

H. Maintain free and unimpeded access to fire hydrants and control valves.

I. Shipments/material and use of University’s loading dock:1. Equipment and materials shall not be shipped to University unless specific arrangements

are made for receipt and acceptance of these items. When such shipments are authorized, they are to be the total responsibility of Contractor.

2. Contractor is responsible for all material, tools, and equipment at the job site, which have not been incorporated into the work. Security provisions are Contractor’s responsibility.

J. Whenever interference with normal street and sidewalk traffic becomes necessary for proper and convenient performance of Work, and no satisfactory detour route exists, before beginning the interference provide satisfactory detour, temporary bridge, or other proper facility, including signage, for traffic to pass around or over interference, and maintain in satisfactory condition as long as interference continues.

K. Provide ramps, stairs, ladders, and similar temporary access elements as required to properly execute the Work and to permit inspections. When permanent access provisions are available, cover finished surfaces with sufficient protection to ensure freedom from damage.

1.06 TIME RESTRICTIONS FOR PERFORMING WORK

A. Definitions:1. Working Hours: Assume work will be performed during Normal Working Hours, 6:00 a.m.

to 6:00 p.m. except where noted or specified as Restricted Working Hours.2. Occupied Rooms or Occupied Areas: Defined as space outside of construction

barricades, including public corridors, and elevator lobbies.

B. Site Conditions: Adjacent occupied areas will remain in operation during the period of construction.

C. Scheduling:1. Work in occupied areas, or work above, or below, ceiling spaces, or adjacent to occupied

areas, is to be done during Restricted Working Hours and are to be scheduled a minimum of 7 working days in advance with University.

2. Service Shutdowns: Comply with requirements of this Article and Interruption of Building Services Article in this Section.

D. Restricted Working Hours:1. Due to sensitive operations in adjoining areas, Restricted Working Hours will be

enforced.2. [Moffitt/Long Hospital: The following work shall take place Monday through Friday 5:00

PM to 10:00 PM and 6:00 AM to 8:00 AM or as scheduled. [Saturday and Sunday shall be scheduled as “after-hours” with minimum 72 hour advance notice.]]

3. [Medical Building One: The following work shall take place Monday through Friday 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM or as scheduled. Saturday and Sunday shall be scheduled as “after-hours” with minimum 72 hour advance notice.]

4. [Mount Zion: The following work may take place Monday through Friday 6:00 PM to 6:00 AM as scheduled with minimum 72 hours notice. Saturday and Sunday shall be scheduled as “after-hours” with minimum 72 hour advance notice.]



5. [Alternately at Mount Zion: The following work may take place Monday through Friday during normal working hours as scheduled at the request of Facilities dependent on impact. Saturday and Sunday shall be scheduled as “after-hours” with minimum 72 hour advance notice.]

6. Before commencing with the work, verify the following Restricted Working Hours activities and scope with University’s Representative:a. All work activities which occur within occupied areas below, above or adjacent to,

the Project Area.b. Debris Removal via hospital's service elevators.c. Jack hammering, saw cutting, core drilling or roto hammer work in concrete,

drilling into floor and ceiling slabs and exterior concrete walls for placing anchorages, and all other work considered extremely "noisy activities".

d. Erecting and Removing Barriers.e. Work in Public Corridors and Elevator Lobbies.f. Equipment deliveries which would disrupt vehicular or pedestrian traffic.g. Small equipment deliveries which would not disrupt vehicular or pedestrian

traffic: Normal Hours.

1.07 INTERRUPTION OF BUILDING SERVICES

A. Obtain approval of University in writing for a utility or equipment shutdown not less than 14 working days before shutdown is desired.

B. Plan Work to minimize shutdown time of any service.

C. Work in occupied areas, or work above, or below, ceiling spaces, or adjacent to occupied areas, is to be done during Restricted Working Hours and are to be scheduled a minimum of 14 calendar days in advance with the University's Representative. To request a shutdown complete and submit Facilities Impact Request Form at end of this Section

D. Interruption of Building Services and Life Safety Shutdowns are to be done during Restricted Working Hours and are to be scheduled a minimum of 14 calendar days in advance with the University's Representative.

E. All connections to utility services which require shutting down active building utility services.

F. Emergency Shutdown, call [(415) 885-7576].

G. Shutdowns outside the project area shall be held to a minimum but not more than four hours

H. Coordinate shutdowns closely with University’s Representative. Operation of existing valves, switches, or other means to affect shutdown, will be by University’s personnel.

1.08 CORE DRILLING AND CUTTING

A. Provide drilling and cutting required for this installation. Schedule work in advance to minimize core drilling and cutting.

B. Secure University’s Representative’s approval of locations for holes and openings in floors, walls, and ceilings necessary for installation of mechanical equipment, ducts, piping and appurtenances, and keep sizes of such holes and openings to a minimum. Conduct operations in such manner as to prevent cracking or otherwise damaging floors, walls and ceilings. Close holes and openings, and repair, in an approved manner, damages resulting from these operations, leaving no impairment of structural, functional, or architectural quality and match configuration, texture and color of adjacent surfaces.



C. Holes and openings in or through existing concrete or masonry floors, walls and ceilings, shall be made by drilling with proper size carboloy-tipped twist drills, diamond drill bit, or diamond core drills. Impact drills of any type are not permitted.

D. Before drilling any holes, review structural drawings for locations of structural reinforcement. Exercise extreme caution so as not to damage structure during drilling.

E. Any penetrations of the roof need to be coordinated with the University's Representative.

1.09 TOBACCO-FREE AT WORK POLICY

A. As a health sciences institution dedicated to promoting health and healing, and to providing a safe and healthy environment for its patients, visitors, students, faculty and staff, the University of California, San Francisco has adopted a Tobacco-Free at Work Policy which requires employees to be tobacco-free while at work, during any scheduled work shift (including breaks), that occur on or outside the UCSF Campus and Medical Center locations.

B. The UCSF Tobacco-Free at Work Policy applies to the Campus, the Medical Center and includes University-owned or leased property, buildings, vehicles and moving equipment. Contractor is to comply with this policy.

C. Failure to comply with the Tobacco-Free at Work Policy will result in a fine of $100.00 for each violator and each occurrence.

1.10 PUBLICITY RELEASES

A. Do not release any information, story, photograph, plan, or drawings relating information about the project to anyone, including press or other public communication medium without University’s written permission.

1.11 SITE DECORUM

A. Contractor shall control the conduct of its employees so as to prevent unwanted interaction initiated by Contractor’s employees with University’s employees, students, tenants, visitors, and other individuals (except those associated with the Project). Reference to Contractor’s employees includes Contractor’s subcontractors and their employees.

B. Without limitation, unwanted interaction would be whistling at or initiating conversation with passerby. Further, Contractor shall control conduct of its employees as to prevent inappropriate conversations and use of inappropriate language on the job site.

C. In the event that any Contractor’s employee initiates unwanted interaction or is heard in an inappropriate conversation or using inappropriate language, Contractor shall, whether upon request of University's Representative or on its own initiative, replace said employee with another of equivalent technical skill, at no additional cost to the University.

1.12 SAFETY

A. Observe University's rules and continuously maintain safety precautions. See EH&S Bulletin at the end of this section.

B. Keep exits and entrances open and passable.

1.13 PRIVACY



A. Observe University's Privacy Laws. See AB 211 and SB 541 at the end of this section.

1.14 MISCELLANEOUS RESTRICTIONS

A. Do not allow cameras or photographs on site without University’s written approval, except as required for construction photographs specified in Section 01 32 00 – Construction Progress Documentation.

B. Use of open air radios not allowed.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXHIBITS

A. Exhibit 01 14 00-1 - Facilities Impact Request Form

B. Exhibit 01 14 00-2 - UCSF EH&S General Safety Update, Safety Instructions for Contractors/Vendors Working at UCSF.

C. Exhibit 01 14 00-3 - Highlights of New Medical Privacy Laws Effective January 1, 2009.

END OF SECTION



Facilities “Impact Request” UTILITY SHUTDOWN MAINTENANCE ASSIST SYSTEM IMPACT

Mount Zion (885-7576) Parnassus (353-4788) Mission BayDate Submitted: Project Funding / Cost

Center: WO#:

Project # & Name: Provide names of authorized site

supervisors:

Project Manager:

Office:

E-mail:

Pager:

Cell:

General Contractor: Superintendent: Phone:

Sub Contractor: Foreman: Phone:

HEIC ICP: IOR:

DCW Heating Water Med Gas Oxygen Nitrous Oxide

Medical Air / Vacuum Nitrogen

DHW Chilled Water Electrical Panel Facility Impact Maintenance Assist

Waste MP Steam Electrical Circuit Lighting Natural Gas

Vent LP Steam Fire Sprinklers Equipment (specify)

DI Water Condensate Return Fan Low Voltage Other:

Location and Description of Work: (Specifically identify valves, column references, circuit and panel numbers, etc.)

Contract Drawing Reference:

Estimated Duration: Review date REQUIRED MATERIALS & STAFFING ON SITE:

Requested Date for Activity: Start Time

DO NOT WRITE BELOW THIS LINE: FACILITIES MANAGEMENT USE ONLY!

Research assigned to:

Date started:

RESEARCH DUE:

I.

SHUTDOWN SCHEDULED: Comments:

Date: Time: Duration:

E-MAIL TO FACILITIES MANAGEMENT: [email protected]



EXHIBIT 01 14 00 - 3

Highlights of New Medical Privacy Laws Effective January 1, 2009

AB 211 SB 541

Key Requirements

Mandates the confidentiality of medical information. Requires implementation of appropriate administrative, technical and physical safeguards to protect the privacy of a patient’s medical information, and implementation of reasonable safeguards to prevent unauthorized access, use, or disclosure.

Mandates prevention of unlawful or unauthorized access to or use or disclosure of patient medical information.

Reporting obligations:Providers must report incidents of unlawful access, use, or disclosure of a patient’s medical information within 5 days of detection of the breach to CDPH and the affected patient(s)/ legal representative.

Authorizes Fines and civil penalties against any individual that negligently discloses or knowingly and willfully obtains, discloses, or uses medical information in violation of state / federal laws.

Fines to the institution for failure to prevent or report for unauthorized access, use, disclosure of medical information.

Oversight Agency Calif. Office of Health Information Integrity (Cal-OHII)

Calif. Department of Public Health (CDPH)

Fines & Penalties; Civil/Criminal Actions

Individual fines and penalties:

$2,500 - $25,000 per violation

$250,000 – maximum penalty per violation

Misdemeanor if patient suffers economic loss or personal injury

Potential for civil action by patient with statutory damages ($1000) in addition to actual damages

Cal-OHI may notify licensing board for further investigation/ discipline of individual providers.

Institutional fines for failure to prevent or report:

$25,000 – initial violation (per patient)

$17,500 – subsequent occurrence

$250,000 – maximum penalty

$100 per day for late reporting

For more information, see the UCSF HIPAA Web site at http://hipaa.ucsf.edu/news/default.html

* * *


http://hipaa.ucsf.edu/news/default.html

MASTER Project No. XX-XXXUNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA, SAN FRANCISCO

SECTION 01 21 00

ALLOWANCES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes administrative and procedural requirements governing handling and processing allowances.1. Select materials and equipment, and in some areas cases, their installations are not shown

and specified in Contract Documents by Allowances.2. Allowances have been established in lieu of additional requirements and to defer selection

of actual materials and equipment to a later date when additional information is available for evaluation.

3. Include in Contract Sum all Allowances stated in Contract Documents.4. Change Order will issue actual requirements for Allowances.

1.02 GENERAL

A. Allowances will be used at the sole discretion of University and only when authorized in writing by University. This shall not create any obligation for the University to authorize use of this Allowance. Allowance shall not be used for work included in, or foreseeable from the Contract Documents.

B. Contractor shall create and maintain a log of authorized Allowance expenditures indicating costs to date and allowances remaining.

C. Contractor shall indentify each Allowance item authorized on the Application for Payment and on the Construction Schedule if appropriate.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Cost Proposal: Submit for each proposed Allowance expenditure.

B. Submit invoices or delivery slips to indicate actual quantities of materials delivered to the Site for use in fulfillment of each Allowance.

C. Allowance Log: Submit with initial Application of Payment and each application through Final Payment; update to document current status of Allowance.

1.04 ALLOWANCES FOR PRODUCTS

A. The amount of each allowance includes:1. The cost of the Product to Contractor, less any applicable trade discounts.2. Delivery to the site.3. Labor required under the allowance, only when labor is specified to be included in the

allowance.4. Applicable taxes.

B. In addition to the amount of each allowance, include in the Contract Sum Contractor’s costs for:1. Handling at the site; including unloading, uncrating, and storage.2. Protection from the elements and from damage.

XX-XX-XX ALLOWANCES01 21 00 - 1


3. Labor for installation and finishing, except where labor is specified to be a part of the allowance.

4. Other expenses required to complete the installation.

1.05 SELECTION OF PRODUCTS UNDER ALLOWANCES

A. University’s Representative’s Duties:1. Consult with University and Contractor in consideration of Products and suppliers or

installers.2. Make selection in consultation with University. Obtain University’s written decision,

designating:a. Products, model, and finish.b. Accessories and attachments.c. Supplier and installer as applicable.d. Cost to Contractor, delivered to the site or installed, as applicable.e. Manufacturer’s warranties.

3. Transmit University’s decision to Contractor.4. Prepare Change Orders.

B. Contractor’s Duties:1. Assist University’s Representative and University in determining qualified suppliers or

installers.2. Obtain proposals from suppliers and installers when requested by University’s

Representative.3. Make appropriate recommendations for considerations of University’s Representative.4. Notify University’s Representative promptly of:

a. Any reasonable objections Contractor may have against any supplier, or party under consideration for installation.

b. Any effect on the Construction Schedule anticipated by selections under consideration.

1.06 CONTRACTOR RESPONSIBILITY FOR PURCHASE, DELIVERY AND INSTALLATION

A. On notification of selection, execute purchase agreement with designated supplier.

B. Arrange for and process Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples, as required.

C. Make all arrangements for delivery.

D. Upon delivery, promptly inspect products for damage or defects.

E. Submit claims for transportation damage.

F. Install and finish products in compliance with requirements of referenced specification sections.

1.07 ADJUSTMENT OF COSTS

A. Should the net cost be more or less than the specified amount of the allowance, the Contract Sum will be adjusted accordingly by Change Order.1. The amount of the Change Order will recognize any changes in handling costs at the site,

labor, installation costs, overhead, profit, and other expenses caused by the selection under the allowances.

B. Submit any claims for anticipated additional costs at the site, or other expenses caused by the selection under the allowance, prior to execution of the Work.

30 June 2017 ALLOWANCES01 21 00 - 2


C. Submit documentation for actual additional costs at the site, or other expenses caused by the selection under the allowance, within [60]-or- [_____] days after completion of execution of the Work.

D. Failure to submit claims within the designated time will constitute a waiver of claims for additional costs.

E. At contract closeout, reflect all approved changes in contract amounts in the final statement of accounting.

F. At Project Completion, a deductive Change Order will be issued to return unused allowance amounts, if any, to the University.1. Allowance costs shall be calculated per Article 7 (Change in the Work), Articles 7.3.2,

7.3.3 and 7.3.4 of the General Conditions.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - NOT USED.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSPECTION

A. Inspect products covered by an Allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Coordinate materials and their installation for each Allowance with related materials and installations to ensure that each Allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with related construction materials.

3.03 SCHEDULE OF ALLOWANCES

A. Allowance No. 1: Include the stipulated sum of [__________] for unforeseen conditions that arise during the performance of the Work.

B. Allowance No. 2: Include the stipulated sum of [__________] for the purchase and delivery of [__________].

C. Allowance No .3: Include the stipulated sum of [__________] for the purchase, delivery, and installation of [__________].

D. Allowance No. 4: Include the stipulated sum of [__________] for the installation of [__________].

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 ALLOWANCES01 21 00 - 3


SECTION 01 22 00

UNIT PRICES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes nontechnical descriptions of units of work listed by number only on the Bid Form and for which University requests Unit Prices.

1.02 DEFINITION

A. Unit Prices: Reflect fair and reasonable value of work defined by Unit Price description in the event University directs change in the scope of work or that specified quantities of work are changed from amount shown on the Contract Documents after awarding the Contract.

1.03 REQUIREMENTS

A. Note that provisions of this Section are in addition to requirements specified elsewhere and applicable work for which Unit Prices are required.

B. Unit price quotations are to be inserted in the appropriate spaces in the Bid Form for each unit price item of Work described below.

C. Unit prices stated in the Agreement shall be used to compute adjustments of the Contract Sum for approved unit price items of Work. Such adjustments shall be made by Change Order.

D. Unit prices shall include all labor, materials, tools, and equipment; all other direct and indirect costs necessary to complete the item of Work and to coordinate the unit price Work with adjacent work; and shall include all overhead and profit. Contractor shall accept compensation computed in accordance with the unit prices as full compensation for furnishing such Work.

E. Compensation will be paid for those items of Work described in Schedule of Unit Prices Article in this Section.

F. If Contractor deems an extension in the Contract Time re required because of Unit Price work, such extension shall be made in accordance with General Conditions.

G. Applicable Sections of the Specifications describe the materials and methods required under the various unit price items of Work.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Individual specification Sections govern quality of work to which Unit Prices apply.


30 June 2017 UNIT PRICES01 22 00 - 1


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ADVANCED COORDINATION

A. Immediately notify University's Representative when conditions require the use of unit price items of Work No(s). [__________].

B. The applicability of, measurement methods for, documentation of, and the final adjustment of the Contract Sum for unit price items of Work shall be determined by University's Representative.

C. After performing unit price items of Work No(s). [__________]. as directed by University's Representative, Contractor shall take necessary measurements in the presence of University's Representative and shall submit calculations of quantities to University's Representative for approval. Contractor shall notify University's Representative one day in advance of taking measurements.

3.02 SCHEDULE OF UNIT PRICE

A. Unit Price No. 1: [__________].

B. Unit Price No. 2: [__________].

C. Unit Price No. 3: [__________].:

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 UNIT PRICES01 22 00 - 2


SECTION 01 23 00

ALTERNATES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes nontechnical descriptions of Alternates listed by number only on the Bid Form.

B. Included in other Sections: Technical specifications for work revising or adding to Base Bid work by Alternates

1.02 DEFINITION

A. Alternates: Change scope or quality of work defined by Base Bid documents and may effect corresponding changes in cost and construction time of Base Bid work. Where required, Alternate drawings show scope of work or construction different from that of Base Bid.

1.03 REQUIREMENTS

A. This section identifies each Alternate and describes basic changes to the Work, only when that Alternate is made of part of the Work by specific provision in the Agreement.

B. Alternates are intended to:1. Allow University to identify the cost of a portion of the Work for funding purposes, and2. Provide University flexibility to adjust the project scope to suit funds available.

C. Applicable portions of Base Bid drawings and specifications govern work of Alternates, unless otherwise noted.

D. Complete work described by Alternates with no increase in Contract Time, unless otherwise noted.

E. Each Alternate is intended to cover all of the Work required for a complete finished job. Include as part of each Alternate, miscellaneous devices, accessory objects, and similar items incidental to or required for a complete installation whether or not mentioned as part of the Alternate.

F. The Base Bid and the Alternates are exclusive in their scope of work. There is not overlap between or among the Base Bid and Alternates. Include cost of any item of work only once, in the Base Bid or in the appropriate Alternate.

G. Coordination: Coordinate related Work and modify or adjust surrounding Work as necessary to ensure Work affected by such accepted Alternate is complete and fully integrated into the Project.


30 June 2017 ALTERNATES01 23 00 - 1


PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USED

3.01 SCHEDULE OF ALTERNATES

A. Alternate No. 1: [__________].

B. Alternate No. 2: [__________].

C. Alternate No. 3: [__________].

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 ALTERNATES01 23 00 - 2


SECTION 01 26 13

REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 DESCRIPTION

A. This Section contains the procedures to be followed by Contractor upon discovery of any apparent conflicts, omissions, or errors in the Contract Documents or upon having any question concerning interpretation.

1.02 PROCEDURES

A. Notification by Contractor:1. Submit all requests for interpretation in writing to University's Representative using the

Requests for Interpretation (RFI) form provided by University's Representative or a similar form approved by University's Representative.

2. Number RFIs sequentially. Follow RFI number with sequential alphabetical suffix as necessary for each resubmission. For example, the first RFI would be "001." The second RFI would be "002." The first resubmittal of RFI "002" would be "002a."

3. Limit each RFI to one subject.4. Submit a RFI if one of the following conditions occurs:

a. Contractor discovers an unforeseen condition or circumstance that is not described in the Contract Documents.

b. Contractor discovers an apparent conflict or discrepancy between portions of the Contract Documents that appears to be inconsistent or is not reasonably inferred from the intent of the Contract Documents.

c. Contractor discovers what appears to be an omission from the Contract Documents that cannot be reasonably inferred from the intent of the Contract Documents.

5. RFIs will not be recognized or accepted if, in the opinion of University's Representative, one of the following conditions exist:a. Contractor submits the RFI as a request for substitution.b. Contractor submits the RFI as a submittal.c. Contractor submits the RFI under the pretense of a Contract Documents

discrepancy or omission without thorough review of the Documents.d. Contractor submits the RFI as a request for information that is clearly shown on

Contract Document.e. Contractor submits the RFI in a manner that suggest that specific portions of the

Contract Documents are assumed to be excluded or by taking an isolated portion of the Contract Documents in part rather than whole.

f. Contractor submits an RFI in an untimely manner without proper coordination and scheduling of work or related trades.

g. Contractor submits an RFI that does not conform to requirements of this Section.h. Contractor submits an RFI contrary to the above; Contractor shall pay the cost of

any review, which cost shall be deducted from the Contract Sum.6. Contractor shall submit request for interpretation or clarification immediately upon

discovery. Contractor shall submit RFIs within a time frame so as not to delay the Contract Schedule while allowing the full response time described below.

7. RFI shall carry the following information:a. Applicable specification section, article, and paragraph numbers.b. Drawing number and detail references as needed.

30 June 2017 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION01 26 13 - 1


B. Response Time:1. University's Representative, whose decision will be final and conclusive, shall resolve

such questions and issue instructions to Contractor within a reasonable time frame. In most cases, RFIs will receive a response within 14 days. If in the opinion of University’s Representative more than 14 days is required to prepare a response to an RFI, Contractor will be notified in writing.

2. Should Contractor proceed with the Work affected before receipt of a response from University's Representative, within the response time described above, any portion of the Work which is not done in accordance with University's Representative's interpretations, clarifications, instructions, or decisions is subject to removal or replacement and Contractor shall be responsible for all resultant losses.

C. Additional Detailed Instructions:1. University's Representative may furnish additional detailed, written instructions to further

explain the work and such instructions shall be a part of Contract Documents. Should additional detailed instructions in the opinion of Contractor constitute work in excess of the scope of Contract, Contractor shall submit written notification thereof to University's Representative within 7 calendar days following receipt of such instruction, and in any event prior to the commencement of work thereon. University's Representative will then consider such notice and if University's Representative considered it justified, University's Representative’s instructions will be revised, or an extra work authorization will be issued.

2. Contractor has no claim for additional compensation or extension of the schedule because of any such additional instructions unless Contractor gives University's Representative written notice thereof within the time frame as specified above.

D. Failure to Agree: In the event of failure to agree as to the scope of the Contract requirements, Contractor shall follow procedures set forth in Article 4 of the General Conditions.



END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 REQUESTS FOR INTERPRETATION01 26 13 - 2


SECTION 01 31 00

PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section covers the following project management and coordination requirements:1. Project Management2. Contractor’s Coordination3. Coordination Meetings4. Work in Occupied Facilities5. Coordination of Space6. Coordination of Drawings7. Coordination of Submittals8. Coordination of Finishes9. [Large and Heavy Equipment]10. [Coordination of Construction Crane]11. Coordination of Contract Closeout12. Coordination with University’s Personnel13. Correspondence and Notices

1.02 UNIVERSITY’S REPRESENTATIVE

A. See Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control for responsibilities of University’s Representative.

1.03 INSPECTOR OF RECORD

A. See Section 01 45 19 - Inspection of Work for responsibilities of the Inspector of Record.

1.04 STATE OF CALIFORNIA AGENCIES

A. See Section 01 41 00 - Regulatory Requirements for OSHPD requirements.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROJECT MANAGEMENT

A. The requirements of this Section are in addition to those of General Conditions.

B. Within 15-days of Notice to Proceed, submit the following: 1. Management organizational chart and a list of personnel comprising the superintendence

staff 2. A list of principal staff assignments and consultants with names, addresses and

telephone numbers.3. A list of sub-contractors with emergency telephone numbers.

C. All references to the Superintendent elsewhere in the Contract Documents shall mean the superintendence staff.

30 June 2017 PROJECT MANAGEMENT AND COORDINATION01 31 00 - 1


D. The Superintendent shall be in attendance at the Project site not less than eight hours per day, five days per week, unless agreed upon with University’s Representative for a partial day’s work or unless the Work is stopped due to a general strike or conditions beyond the control of Contractor or until termination of the Contract in accordance with the Contract Documents. Superintendent shall be acceptable to University and shall continue in that capacity for the duration of the Project, unless Superintendent ceases to be on Contractor’s payroll or University otherwise agrees. Contractor or any other entity shall not employ the Superintendent on any other project during the course of the Work.

E. Contractor’s assigned superintendent shall be approved by the University’s Representative prior to the start of construction.

F. Maintain supervision of the Work as referenced in this Section and in the General Conditions.

G. Schedule and arrange work to minimize inconvenience and interference to adjacent departments that are in operation during duration of this Project. Notify the University’s Representative a minimum of 7 days in advance of work to be performed in adjacent departments.

H. Secure work true to line and level, and within recognized industry tolerances. Allow for expansion and building movement. Provide uniform joint width in exposed work. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain the best visual effect. Refer questionable visual-effect choices to University’s Representative for final decision.

I. Repair or replace work or property damaged by construction operations at no increase in Contract Sum

J. Comply with applicable requirements of the Mechanical and Electrical specifications for Mechanical and Electrical provisions within units of General Work.

K. Except as otherwise indicated, final connection of Mechanical Services to General Work is defined as being Mechanical Work, and final connection of Electrical Services to General Work is defined as Electrical Work.

L. Due to the potential presence of asbestos-containing materials in UCSF buildings, obtain permission from University’s Representative prior to opening any access doors, removing ceiling panels, or similar items.

3.02 CONTACTOR’S COORDINATION

A. Work of the Contract includes coordination of the entire Project from beginning of construction activity through Project close-out and warranty periods.

B. Coordinate the Work and do not delegate responsibility for coordination to any subcontractor.

C. Coordination includes, but is not limited to, the following:1. Work of subcontractors so those portions of the Work are performed in manner that

minimizes interference with progress of the Work.2. Coordinating Work with all public agencies.3. Anticipation of interrelationship of all subcontractors and their relationship with the Work.4. Resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors and material supplies concerning

coordination, interference, or extent of work between Sections.5. Coordinate the work of subcontractors and materials suppliers so that their work is

performed in a manner to minimize interference with and to facilitate progress of the Work.



6. [Sequence of the Work to accommodate University's occupancy as specified in Section 01 11 00 - Summary of the Work.]

7. Scheduling, submittals, and the Work of the various Sections of specifications to assure efficient and orderly sequence of installation of interdependent construction elements, with provisions for accommodating items to be installed later.

8. Coordination of tolerances of all materials to ensure a proper fit in achieving the intent of Contract Documents.

9. Coordination of enclosure of the work with required inspections and tests, so as to minimize the necessity of uncovering work for that purpose.

10. Ensuring piping, wiring, ducts, or other installations are not enclosed until they have been inspected and approved, and required certificates of inspection have been issued.

11. Coordination of utility requirement characteristics of operating equipment with building utilities.

12. Coordination of substrates to receive work with conditions under which the work is to be performed. Report unsatisfactory conditions in writing to the University’s Representative. Do not proceed with the work until satisfactory conditions have been corrected.

13. Coordination of locations of existing pipes, conduits, and ducts that require removal, connection to, relocation or modification so contract work can be completed as per Drawings.

14. Coordination of work of various Sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

15. Coordination of equipment with mechanical and electrical work.16. Primary, major, and accessory materials and items necessary to complete the installation.17. Labor operations and material items reasonably incidental for finishing.18. Performance of work and delivery of materials in accordance with established construction

schedules.19. Coordination of removal and replacement of work that does not comply with Contract

Documents.

D. Coordinate all aspects of construction operations, generally, and specifically as required to provide University with a complete, operable facility.1. Resolve any dispute over coordination, or failure to coordinate, such that resolution is

consistent with Contract Documents. When such resolution is not possible, refer to the General Conditions.

2. Cooperate with other contractors on the Project site and with University's Representative so that completion of all work can proceed with prudent speed.a. Furnish other contractors, whose work is fitted to this work, detail and erection

drawings giving full information regarding the fabrication and assembly of this Work.

b. So far as possible, drawings shall indicate checked field measurements.c. Cooperate in timing this Work to join with the work of other contractors or the

University.3. Check the drawings of other contracts for interferences with this Work and promptly

report to University's Representative, in writing, any such interference.4. Submit complete information, including Drawings, descriptions, sketches, marked prints,

and similar items, as required for University's Representative’s review and coordination of drawings by others that are a part of this Work.

E. Coordination of mechanical and electrical work includes, but is not limited to, the following:1. Scheduling and sequencing of mechanical and electrical work,2. Sharing of access to Work spaces,3. Integration of Work placed into limited spaces available for mechanical and electrical

installations,4. Protection of each trade’s Work by other trades,5. Cutting and patching,6. Tolerances,



7. Compatibility as a basis of selection,8. Preparation of mechanical and electrical coordination drawings, 9. Inspections,10. Systems commissioning,11. Tests12. Utilization of mechanical and electrical temporary facilities.

F. It is recognized that the Contract Documents are diagrammatic in showing certain physical relationships of the various elements and systems and their interfacing with other elements and systems. Establishing and coordinating these relationships is the exclusive responsibility of Contractor. Lay out and arrange all elements to contribute to safety and efficiency while maintaining the intent of the design. If conflicts arise, notify University's Representative before proceeding with installation.

G. Immediately refer to University's Representative any requirement shown or specified which Contractor finds or believes:1. Is not equal to industry standards for achieving a first quality installation as intended;2. Is excessive in cost or effort to effect intended results;3. Is below standard for proper enforcement of guarantees/warranties required; or4. Is at variance with governing laws, regulations, codes, or standards.

H. Resolve differences or disputes between subcontractors concerning coordination, interference, sequencing Work duration, or extent of the Work between Sections.

I. Anticipate the interrelationship of subcontractors so their work is performed in a manner that minimizes interference with general progress of the Work and conforms to the Contract Documents.

J. Order and schedule delivery of materials in ample time to avoid delays in construction. If an item is found to be unavailable, notify University's Representative immediately to permit University's Representative’s selection of suitable substitute.

K. Do not proceed with work operations relative to any matter referred to University's Representative for consideration until receipt of appropriate instructions from University's Representative.

L. As an integral step of starting each installation, recheck measurements of the Work. Advise University's Representative of any discrepancies prior to installation.

M. Take all necessary precautions and implement sequences of construction to protect adjacent work from damage caused by movement of Project components that would not normally occur in the completed Project.

N. Make provisions to accommodate items installed by University or by others under separate contracts.

O. Compatibility:1. Provide products and equipment, which are compatible with other work requiring

mechanical/electrical interface including electrical connections, control devices, water drain and piping connections. Verify voltage characteristics, fuel requirements, and other interface requirements before ordering equipment and resolve conflicts that may arise.

2. Make connections to controls directly attached to ducts, piping, or mechanical equipment with flexible connections.

P. Ensure attachment and connection devices and methods for securing work.



Q. Ensure that anchorage, blocking, joining and other detailing are provided as required.

R. Guarantee/Warranty Period: During guarantee/warranty periods, supervise investigation and correction of failure of deficiencies found or occurring in the work.

S. Contact the University’s Representative with any questions regarding Project Coordination in sufficient time to provide for any necessary changes in the Work or Schedule.

3.03 COORDINATION MEETINGS

A. In addition to progress meetings specified in Section 01 31 19 - Project Meetings, hold coordination meetings and preinstallation meetings with requisite personnel to assure coordination of the Work.

B. Include in the progress meetings the coordination of various entities and activities. Where necessary, schedule additional coordination meetings for coordinating the Work and resolving conflicts.

C. In advance of installation of every major unit of work, which requires coordination and interfacing with other work, meet at project site with installers and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators who are involved in or affected by unit of work. Review progress of other work and preparations for particular work under consideration.

3.04 WORK IN OCCUPIED FACILITIES

A. This Section also applies to modifications or additions to Work in University's occupied facilities.

B. Cooperate with University to sequence the Work so as not to unnecessarily interfere with operation of occupied facilities.1. Prior to demolition or construction Work, consult with University's Representative and

University to determine a construction schedule that will permit existing facility to function without interruption.

2. Thereafter, notify University's Representative in writing a minimum of 48 hours in advance of Work which may, because of noise or otherwise, require advance operational planning.

C. Provide on-site supervision during all operations by subcontractors.

D. In performing Work, maintain pollutants, including noise, odors, dirt and dust at the absolute minimum level.

E. Maintain ingress and egress to and from existing building(s) for purposes of fire and emergency entrance and escape, loading and delivery, building maintenance, and applicable code enforcement agencies.

F. Protect existing utilities against interruption, damage, or contamination during construction1. Install temporary utilities if necessary, to maintain services continuously2. Such utilities shall include but are not limited to electricity, water, gas, sewerage,

telephone, oxygen, nitrous oxide, vacuum, and compressed air.

G. In areas where Contractor’s work overlaps University's operations, limit equipment and vehicles to a minimum, keeping the area as clear as possible at all times1. In case of a conflict, University's operations have priority.2. Clear area immediately in emergency situations



3. Clear area within a reasonable time for other required non-emergency services.

3.05 COORDINATION OF SPACE

A. Coordinate use of Project space and sequence of installation of mechanical and electrical work which is indicated diagrammatically on Drawings and equipment. Follow routings shown for pipes, ducts, and conduits as closely as practicable, with due allowance for available physical space; make runs parallel with lines of building. Utilize space efficiently to maximize accessibility for other installations, for maintenance, and for repairs.

B. Provide detailed schedules to sequence, coordinate, and integrate the various elements of equipment, mechanical work and electrical work so that the various systems and mechanical plant will perform as indicated and be in harmony with the other work of the building.

C. Continuously check architectural and structural clearances for accessibility of equipment and mechanical and electrical systems. No allowances of any kind will be made for Contractor’s negligence to foresee means of installing equipment into position inside structures.

D. Ensure there are no obstructions to spaces and installations when required to remain clear, in accordance with applicable code requirements.

E. Comply with the following requirements:1. Install piping, ductwork and similar services straight and true, aligned with other work, close

to walls and overhead structure (allowing for insulation), concealed (except where indicated as exposed) in occupied spaces, and out-of-the-way with maximum passageway and headroom remaining in each space and in no instance encroaching into code required minimum clearances.

2. Install electrical work in a neat, organized manner with conduit and similar services in or parallel with building lines, and concealed (unless indicated as exposed). Allow for tolerances of other materials.

3. Arrange all work to facilitate maintenance and repair or replacement of equipment. Locate services requiring maintenance on valves and similar units in front of services requiring less maintenance. Connect equipment for ease of disconnecting, with minimum of interference with other work.a. Provide space to permit removal of coils, tubes, fan shafts, filters, and other parts

that may require replacement.b. Locate operating and control equipment and devices for easy access. Install

access panels where units are concealed by finishes and similar work.c. Integrate mechanical work in ceiling plenums with suspension system, light

fixtures, and other work, so that required performances of each will be achieved. Provide all fire dampers required by code whether or not they are indicated on the drawings.

d. Give the right-of-way to piping system required to slope for drainage (over other service lines and ductwork).

4. Advise other trades of openings required in their work for accommodation of equipment, mechanical and electrical elements. Provide and place sleeves and anchors required in other work.

5. Coordinate locations of fixtures and outlets with finish elements.

F. Provide access panels for concealed valves, controls, dampers, pull boxes, and other devices requiring access and located in concealed positions whether or not indicated on the drawings. Coordinate locations with other trades and with University's Representative through the submittal process.



3.06 COORDINATION DRAWINGS

A. General:1. Prepare coordination drawings where work performed by separate entities requires

fabrication and installation of products and materials which must interface or for which space provided is limited.

2. Indicate on coordination drawings how work will interface and how installation will be sequenced.

3. It is intent of this provision to resolve potential constructability problems prior to construction so that construction cost and schedule are not impacted.

4. Comply with applicable requirements of Section 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

B. Oversee preparation of coordination drawings, assign priority space, and notify University's Representative of unresolved conflicts or interferences found during preparation of coordination drawings.

C. Coordination Drawings:1. Submit combined, comprehensive mechanical and electrical system coordination drawings

for areas identified.2. Include utilities (mechanical ductwork and piping, sprinkler systems, and electrical conduits

and cable trays), and ceiling systems overlaid on structural frame. Background drawings will be furnished by University's Representative.

3. Indicate to scale the routing of utilities, clearance above light fixtures and clearances below structure of scheduled utilities.

4. Criteria:a. Size ductwork, mechanical pipe, plumbing, electrical, and sprinkler systems,

components as shown on Drawings. Downsizing of Mechanical and electrical systems is not permitted.

b. Show all restraints where required on system.c. Include ceiling devices such as air registers, speakers, etc.

D. Prepare and submit coordination drawings prior to purchase, fabrication, and installation of any element requiring coordination.

E. Signature and Submittal:1. Have individual trade contractor’s sign and date coordination drawings.2. By act of signature and submittal of single combined coordination drawing, each trade

contractor acknowledges that work for which said contractor is responsible has been coordinated with all other mechanical, electrical, architectural, and structural work contractors.

3.07 COORDINATION OF SUBMITTALS

A. Schedule and coordinate submittals specified in Section 01 33 00 - Submittal Procedures and Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

B. Coordinate Requests for Information specified in Section 01 26 13 - Requests for Interpretation.

C. Coordinate work of various sections having interdependent responsibilities for installing, connecting to, and placing in service, such equipment.

D. Coordinate requests for substitutions to assure compatibility of space, of operating elements, and affect on work of other sections. Substitution procedures are specified in Section 01 62 00 - Product Options and Substitution Procedures.



3.08 COORDINATION OF FINISHES

A. In a reasonable time after award of Contract, University's Representative will provide a color schedule designating colors and textures of finish materials, in areas where required.

B. It is the intent of the Contract Documents to provide harmony in matching finishes throughout the project.

C. Coordinate work of like materials to achieve this result by submitting pilot samples to University's Representative for approval through the formal submittal process.

D. Upon obtaining University’s Representative’s acceptance of any range of texture and colors, furnish University’s Representative with one record set or more if required and keep sufficient sets for use in coordinating conformity with this record set.

E. Coordination of this nature is especially required for concrete surfaces, metals including anodized aluminum, hardware, glass, sealants, paving of any nature, floor, wall and ceiling covers, equipment items, and for painted surfaces.

3.09 LARGE AND HEAVY EQUIPMENT

A. Wherever possible, prearrange for the movement and positioning of large equipment into the building structure, so that enclosing walls and roofs will neither be delayed nor need to be removed.

B. Coordinate the movement of heavy items with shoring and bracing, so that the building structure will not be overloaded during the movement and installation.

C. Where equipment or products to be installed on the roof are too heavy to be hand-carried, do not transport across the roof deck; position by crane or other device to avoid overloading the roof deck.

3.10 COORDINATION OF CONSTRUCTION CRANE

A. Within 10 days of Notice to Proceed Contractor shall submit a detailed crane plan including but not limited to: 1. Number of crane picks and pick points.2. Crane location plan, and location of temporary staging of supply trucks for crane

operations.3. Detailed safety plan including location and number of “Danger/Keep Out” signs and

bollards.4. Type of crane and capacity.5. Number of picks per each crane set up. 6. Estimated start time and estimated end time including set up and breakdown operations.7. Size an number of trailers.8. Narrative of crane operations detailed hour by hour.9. Resumes of Contractor’s key crane crew.10. Crane Pick Plan shall be on 8-1/2 by 11 in three ring binder and be tabbed. Also include

all documents in PDF format on CD in binder sleeve. Submit four copies.

B. Contractor shall thoroughly familiarize themselves with site and access roads and building heights and determine the limitations of the site. Contractor shall walk the site with University staff to determine which areas have underground utilities or basements and thus not suitable for crane outriggers.



C. All crane picks shall be done on weekends (no exceptions) as determined and approved by University. Submit written requests for weekend work as soon as possible but no less than four weeks before each crane pick. Contractor, including crane operators, shall attend meetings with University staff and explain in detail the proposed crane operations for University approval. Contractor’s crane crews, once approved by University, shall not be changed without written approval from University.

D. If the crane pick operations are to occur over [the Children’s Hospital outdoor patio area or] [solarium] or [over Gift Shop[ or [near pedestrian entrances,] then Contractor shall station a dedicated crane watch continuously at these locations so that no patients, staff or guests enter the [exterior play area,] [solarium] or [patio] or under pick swing areas before and during overhead operations. Clean or repair [patio area], [sidewalks], [landscape area] or [paving areas] if any materials are dropped or are damaged as directed by University.

E. Contractor shall also place a minimum of two traffic watch staff at truck/vehicular entrance, or as directed by University, to loading areas to direct traffic away from crane operations. These persons shall be instructed by the University as needed or required.

F. Contractor’s supply trucks or vehicles shall not be permitted to idle engines any more than 5 minutes when on University property. Staging contractor’s trucks on University property is not permitted. Keep all fire lanes clear to the extent possible.

G. Contractor shall staff the job such that crane operations are continuous in order to minimize the amount of time the University’s dock area is closed for crane operations.

3.11 COORDINATION OF CONTRACT CLOSEOUT

A. Coordinate completion and cleanup of work of separate sections in preparation for University’s occupancy.

B. After University’s occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site by various sections for correction of defective work and work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of University’s activities.

C. Assemble and coordinate closeout submittals specified in Section 01 78 00 - Closeout Submittals.

3.12 COORDINATION WITH UNIVERSITY’S PERSONNEL

A. Coordinate and cooperate with University’s personnel throughout the project as they visit the site and test elements of the facility’s system prior to Substantial Completion.

B. Prior to occupancy, University may wish to store equipment and supplies in substantially completed portions of the facility.

C. After University’s occupancy of premises, coordinate access to site for correction of defective Work and Work not in accordance with Contract Documents, to minimize disruption of University’s activities.

3.13 CORRESPONDENCE AND NOTICES

A. Clearly identify correspondence, notices and submittals with project name, subject and detailed references to drawings and specifications.



B. Notify University’s Representative 2 working days in advance of required inspections unless otherwise noted.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 31 19

PROJECT MEETINGS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for preconstruction meeting, site mobilization meeting, ILSM Meeting, progress meetings, preinstallation meetings, coordination meetings, billing meetings, and guarantees, bonds, service, and maintenance contracts review meeting, and other meetings

1.02 PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING

A. Prior to commencement of Work, a preconstruction meeting will be arranged at a time and place as selected by University’s Representative to discuss procedures that are to be followed during performance of the Work.

B. The purpose of the meeting is to introduce University’s and Contractor’s key personnel; to review the contract provisions, project procedures, and other items pertaining to the Project; distribute documents including sample forms referenced in the Contract Documents; answer any questions related to construction contract administration; and establish schedule and procedures for future meetings.

C. Time and Location: As selected by University’s Representative.

D. Meeting Chair: University’s Representative.

E. Attending shall be:1. University's Representative.2. University's Facility Engineers, as appropriate.3. University's Consultants and University's Representative's Consultants, as appropriate.4. Inspector of Record.5. Contractor.6. Superintendent.7. Subcontractors, as appropriate.8. Others, as appropriate.

F. Suggested Agenda: University’s Representative will prepare final agenda.1. Introduction of University’s and Contractor’s key personnel and designation of personnel

representing parties in Contract and University.2. Distribution and discussion of:

a. List of major subcontractors and suppliers.b. Projected Construction Schedule.

3. Project Coordination.a. Designation of responsible personnel.

4. Communications Process and Procedures:a. Inspection and test reports.b. Field decisions.c. Requests for Interpretation (RFI).d. Proposal requests.e. Submittals.f. Change Orders.

30 June 2017 PROJECT MEETINGS01 31 19 - 1


g. Applications for Payment.h. Contract closeout.

5. Updating of construction schedule including the three week look ahead schedule.6. Adequacy of distribution of Contract Documents.7. Construction facilities, controls, and construction aids.8. Temporary utilities.9. Safety and first-aid procedures.10. Housekeeping procedures.11. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.12. Distribute documents including sample forms referenced in the Contract Documents.13. Answer any questions related to construction contract administration.14. Site logistics.15. Preparation for site mobilization meeting.16. Establish schedule and procedures for future meetings.17. Other requirements of Division 01.

G. Minutes: Contractor to record minutes including significant proceedings and decisions and distribute copies within two working days to University's Representative, Inspector of Record, meeting participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings.

1.03 SITE MOBILIZATION MEETING

A. Schedule meeting at Project site prior to Contractor occupancy.

B. Time and Location: As designated by University's Representative.

C. Meeting Chair: University’s Representative.

D. Attending shall be:1. University's Representative.2. University's Facility Engineers, as appropriate.3. University's Consultants and University's Representative's Consultants, as appropriate.4. Inspector of Record.5. Contractor.6. Superintendent.7. Subcontractors, as appropriate.8. Others as deemed appropriate.

E. Suggested Agenda: University’s Representative will prepare final agenda.1. Use of premises by University and Contractor.2. University’s requirements and [partial] occupancy.3. Temporary facilities and controls provided by University.4. Temporary facilities and controls provided by Contractor.5. Survey and project layout.6. Security and housekeeping procedures.7. Procedures for testing.8. Procedures for maintaining Record Documents.9. Requirements for start-up of equipment.10. Inspection and acceptance of equipment put into service during construction period.

F. Minutes: Contractor to record minutes including significant proceedings and decisions and distribute copies within two working days to University's Representative, Inspector of Record, meeting participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings.



1.04 ILSM MEETING

A. An ILSM meeting is required before commencement of Work. University’s Representative will conduct the meeting. See Section 01 35 23 - University Interim Life Safety.

1.05 PROGRESS MEETINGS

A. During the course of construction, progress meetings will be held to review progress and status of the work and to discuss and resolve field problems.

B. Meeting Schedule: At maximum two-week intervals or more often when required by progress of the Work.

C. Location: As designated by University's Representative.

D. Meeting Chair: University Representative

E. Attending shall be:1. University's Representative.2. University Facility Engineers, as appropriate.3. University's Consultants and University's Representative's Consultants, as appropriate.4. Inspector of Record.5. Contractor.6. Superintendent.7. Subcontractors, as appropriate.8. Others as deemed appropriate.

F. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers attending Project Meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents.

G. Suggested Agenda: University Representative will prepare final agenda.1. Review and approve minutes of previous meeting.2. Review unfinished business from previous meetings.3. Review of work progress since previous meeting.4. Discuss field observations, problems, and decisions.5. Identification of problems that impede planned progress.6. Review three week look ahead schedule.7. Review submittals schedule and status of submittals.8. Review status of proposed substitutions.9. Review Requests for Interpretation (RFI) and rank by urgency.10. Review off-site fabrication and delivery schedules.11. Review maintenance of progress schedule.12. Agree on corrective measures to regain projected schedules.13. Review planned progress during succeeding work period.14. Review coordination of projected progress.15. Review maintenance of quality and work standards.16. Review effect of pending changes and substitutions and their effect on the Work, on

Construction Schedule, and on completion date.17. Status of Changes Orders.18. Review delivery schedule of University furnished items.19. Review status of Record Documents preparation.20. Other items relating to the Work.21. Client coordination with construction activities.



H. Minutes:1. Contractor to record minutes including significant proceedings and decisions and distribute

copies within two working days to University's Representative, Inspector of Record, Architect, Facilities Coordinator, meeting participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. Record the minutes significant discussions and agreements and disagreements.

2. Identify items discussed at meetings by the meeting number and sequence in which it was raised to action at the meeting; i.e.,

5th Progress Meeting5th Item Discussed

3. Retain items in the minutes under unfinished Business until they are satisfactorily resolved.4. If applicable, following the comments about any item include action pending statement that

specifically identifies who is responsible for following up on that item and a realistic date for the action to be accomplished.

Action Pending: NoneDate Required: N/A

5. Attendants taking exception to anything in the meeting report shall state their objections in writing, within five working days following the receipt of the notes including significant proceedings and decisions.

1.06 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Contractor to conduct a preinstallation meeting at the site before each construction activity that requires coordination with other construction or when required by an individual Specification Section.

B. Require attendance of parties directly affecting, or affected by, or involved in the installation, and its coordination or integration with other materials and installations that have preceded or will follow the particular item of work or activity under consideration.

C. Meeting Schedule: Schedule meeting to assure a sufficient amount of time prior to the scheduled work or activity under consideration so that any concerns, problems or disagreements can be resolved without delaying the Project. Notify University’s Representative and Inspector of Record seven days in advance of meeting date.

D. Make physical arrangements for meeting, prepare agenda, and preside at meeting.

E. Representatives of Contractor, subcontractors, and suppliers attending Project Meetings shall be qualified and authorized to act on behalf of entity each represents.

F. Suggested Agenda: Review the progress of other construction activities and preparations for the particular activity under consideration, including requirements for:1. Contract Documents2. Options3. Related Change Orders4. Purchases5. Deliveries6. Shop Drawings, Product Data and quality control Samples7. Possible conflicts8. Compatibility problems9. Time Schedules



10. Weather limitations11. Manufacturer’s recommendations12. Compatibility of materials13. Acceptability of substrates14. Temporary facilities15. Space and access limitations16. Governing regulations17. Safety18. Inspection and testing requirements19. Required performance results20. Recording requirements21. Protection

G. Minutes: Contractor to record minutes including significant proceedings and decisions and distribute copies within two days to University’s Representative and Inspector of Record, meeting participants, and those affected by decisions made at meetings. Record in the minutes significant discussions and agreements and disagreements.

H. Do not proceed with the work or activity if the meeting cannot be successfully concluded. Initiate whatever actions are necessary to resolve impediments to performance of work and reconvene the meeting at the earliest feasible date.

1.07 COORDINATION MEETINGS

A. Meet the requirements of Section 01 31 00 – Project Management and Coordination.

1.08 BILLING MEETINGS

A. A billing meeting shall be arranged each month prior to submittal of the Application for Payment.

B. University's Representative will make physical arrangements for meeting, prepare agenda, preside at meeting and do meeting minutes.

C. Attending shall be:1. University's Representative.2. University's Facility Engineers, as appropriate.3. University's Consultants and University's Representative's Consultants, as appropriate. 4. Contractor.5. Superintendent.6. Subcontractors, as appropriate. 7. Others as deemed appropriate.

1.09 GUARANTEES, BONDS, AND SERVICE AND MAINTENANCE CONTRACTS REVIEW MEETING

A. Eleven months following the date of Substantial Completion, a meeting shall be arranged reviewing the guarantees, bonds, and service and maintenance contracts for materials and equipment.

B. University's Representative will make physical arrangements for meeting, prepare agenda, preside at meeting and do meeting minutes.

C. Attending shall be:1. University Facility Engineers, as appropriate.



2. University's Consultants, as appropriate.3. Contractor.4. Subcontractors, as appropriate. 5. Others as deemed appropriate.

1.10 CONTRACTOR MEETINGS

A. This Section does not limit meetings among Contractor, subcontractors, and others, as Contractor deems necessary.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 32 00

CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedures for submitting the following construction progress documentation submittals.1. Preliminary Contract Schedule.2. Contract Schedule.3. [Daily Construction Reports.]4. [Construction Photographs.]

1.02 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. The requirements of this Section are in addition to those of Article 3.9 of General Conditions.

1.03 PRELIMINARY CONTRACT SCHEDULE

A. Submission:1. Submit the Preliminary Contract Schedule to University's Representative either:

a. Within 10 days after receipt of Notice of Selection as Apparent Lowest Responsible Bidder.

orb. With the Agreement.

2. Within 7 days after receipt of the Preliminary Contract Schedule, University's Representative will notify Contractor of its acceptance of, or its review comments about, the schedule so that Contractor may make appropriate adjustments in the development of the Contract Schedule.

B. Form:1. Prepare the Preliminary Contract Schedule in sufficient detail to demonstrate preliminary

planning for the Work and to represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time. Include University project number [and all OSHPD permit numbers] on all documents.

2. Identify the following milestone events on the Preliminary Contract Schedule:

Phased work (if any)Pre-construction activitiesConstruction barricades install and removalDemolitionAsbestos AbatementStructural (Framing)Wall framingGypsum Board installRough-Outs (Mechanical; Electrical; HVAC) Exterior Finishes TrimmingEquipment Installation Needed or RequiredPlumbingShutdownsChlorination

30 June 2017 CONSTRUCTION PROGRESS DOCUMENTATION01 32 00 - 1


Pressure testingMedical Gases Certification testingElectricalData and voice cables install HVACAir BalancesInterior Drywall/PlasterFinishesPaintingAll Progress MeetingsBeneficial OccupancyPunch list

3. Identify all holidays and non-working days on the Preliminary Contract Schedule.

C. Activities:1. Identify all Work activities that constitute the critical path.2. Shutdowns for all utilities as determined from listing provided by University's

Representative as part of Contract Documents.

1.04 CONTRACT SCHEDULE

A. Submission:1. Submit the Contract Schedule, in the form and having general content acceptable to

University's Representative within 15 days following Notice to Proceed and prior to submitting the first Application for Payment.

2. University's Representative will determine acceptability of the Contract Schedule within 7 days after its receipt.

3. No Application For Payment will be processed nor shall any progress payment become due until the Contract Schedule is accepted by University's Representative.

B. Form:1. The Contract Schedule shall be suitable for monitoring progress of the Work, in sufficient

detail to demonstrate adequate planning for the Work, and represent a practical plan to complete the Work within the Contract Time.

2. Identify the following milestone events on the Contract Schedule:

Phased work (if any)Pre-construction activitiesConstruction barricades install and removalDemolitionAsbestos AbatementStructural (Framing)Wall framingGypsum Board installRough-Outs (Mechanical; Electrical; HVAC) Exterior Finishes TrimmingEquipment Installation Needed or RequiredPlumbingShutdownsChlorinationPressure testingMedical Gases Certification testingElectricalData and voice cables install



HVACAir BalancesInterior Drywall/PlasterFinishesPaintingAll Progress MeetingsBeneficial OccupancyPunch list

3. Identify all holidays and non-working days on the Contract Schedule.4. If the Contract Schedule is shown on more than one sheet, provide a summary sheet.

C. Activities:1. Identify all Work activities in correct sequence for the completion of the Work. Work

activities shall include the following:a. Major Contractor-furnished equipment, materials, and building elements, and

scheduled activities requiring submittals or University's prior approval.b. Show dates for the submission, review, and approval of each submittal. Dates

shall be shown for the procurement, fabrication, delivery, and installation of major equipment, materials, and building elements, and for scheduled activities designated by University.

c. A minimum of 21 days shall be allotted for University's Representative to review each submittal.

d. System test dates.e. Scheduled overtime Work if required by Contract Documents.f. Dates Contractor requests designated working spaces, storage areas, access,

and other facilities to be provided by University.g. Dates Contractor requests orders and decisions from University on designated

items.h. Dates Contractor requests University-furnished equipment.i. Dates Contractor requests University-furnished utilities.j. Connection and relocation of existing utilities.k. Connecting to or penetrating existing structures.l. Scheduled inspections as required by Codes, or as otherwise specified.

2. Identify all Work activities that constitute the critical path.3. Critical Work activities are defined as Work activities that, if delayed or extended, will

delay the scheduled completion of one or more of the milestones specified in this Section or the scheduled completion of the Work, or both. All other Work activities are defined as non-critical Work activities and are considered to have float.

4. Float is defined as the time that a non-critical Work activity can be delayed or extended without delaying the scheduled completion of milestones specified in this Section or the scheduled completion of the Work, or both. Neither Contractor nor University shall have an exclusive right to the use of float. The party-using float shall document the effect on the updated Contract Schedule.

5. Delays of any non-critical Work activity shall not be the basis for an extension of Contract Time until the delays consume the float associated with that non-critical Work activity and cause the Work activity to become critical.

6. The presentation of each Work activity on the Contract Schedule shall include a brief description of the Work activity, the duration of the Work activity in days, and a responsibility code identifying the organization or trades performing the Work activity.

7. Contractor shall furnish cost estimates for each Work activity that cumulatively equal the total contract cost.

D. Updating:1. Review the Contract Schedule with University's Representative once each week to

incorporate in the Contract Schedule all changes in the progress, sequences, and scope



of Work activities.2. Prepare and submit to University's Representative an updated Contract Schedule once

every two weeks or as mutually agreed.a. The updated Contract Schedule shall accurately represent the as-built condition

of all completed and in-progress Work activities as of the date of the updated Contract Schedule.

b. The updated Contract Schedule shall incorporate all changes mutually agreed upon by Contractor and University during preceding periodic reviews and all changes resulting from Change Orders and Field Orders.

c. Contractor shall perform the Work in accordance with the updated Contract Schedule. Contractor may change the Contract Schedule to modify the order or method of accomplishing the Work only with prior agreement by University.

3. Contractor shall submit the updated Contract Schedule, in the form acceptable to University's Representative, at least 7 days prior to submitting the Application for Payment.

4. University's Representative will determine acceptability of the updated Contract Schedule within 7 days after its receipt.

5. No Applications for Payment will be processed nor shall any progress payments become due until updated Contract Schedules are accepted by University's Representative.

6. The accepted, updated Contract Schedule shall be the Contract Schedule of record for the period it is current and shall be the basis for payment during that period.

7. Contractor shall submit a three-week look ahead schedule at each Progress Meeting.

1.05 DAILY CONSTRUCTION REPORTS

A. Prepare a daily construction report, recording the following information concerning events at the site:1. List of subcontractors at the site.2. Approximate count of personnel at the site.3. High and low temperatures, general weather conditions.4. Accidents and unusual events.5. Meetings and significant decisions.6. Stoppages, delays, shortages, losses.7. Meter readings and similar recordings.8. Emergency procedures.9. Orders and requests of governing authorities.10. Change Orders received, implemented.11. Services connected, disconnected.12. Equipment or system tests and start-ups.13. Partial completions, occupancies.14. Substantial Completions authorized.

B. Submit for information one copy of each daily construction report to University’s Representative at daily intervals.

1.06 CONSTRUCTION PHOTOGRAPHS

A. Camera Type: Use digital type camera with 640 by 480 minimum resolution and capable of providing both prints and electronic version of required photographs.

B. Exterior Photographs: Starting with site as existing, prior to any work of this Contract, and at biweekly intervals until completion of installation of all windows, window wall and exterior doors, and at monthly intervals thereafter until completion of the total work, provide in two different exterior exposures per interval from University's Representative-selected ground level or adjacent building locations.



C. Interior (Artificial Light Supplemented) Photographs: Starting with formwork for first suspended slab construction and proceed at monthly intervals until start of interior painting, and at bimonthly intervals thereafter until completion of total work, provide two different exposures per interval from University's Representative-selected locations.

D. Identify photographs with date, time, orientation, and project identification.

E. Submittal: [Submit electronic version and two prints, color, glossy; 8 by 10 inch size; mounted on 8-1/2 by 11 inch soft card acid-free archival stock, with left edge binding margin for three hole punch.

F. Submit photographs with Application for Payment.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 PRODUCTS

A. Provide schedule on E-size drawing sheets or in a size format acceptable to University. Distribute in PDF® and Digital formats which are not password protected.

B. Post all updated schedules on jobsite, in work area, and on the construction administration website. Review updated schedules at each Progress Meeting.


END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 33 00

SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedures for submitting the following types of submittals.1. Product Data.2. Shop Drawings.3. Samples.4. Design Data.5. Calculations.6. Certificates of Compliance.7. Manufacturer’s Instructions.8. Manufacturer’s Field Reports.9. [Deferred Approval.]

1.02 DEFINITION

A. The terms "Product Data" and "Shop Drawings" as used herein also include, but are not limited to, fabrication, erection, layout and setting drawings, manufacturers' standard drawings, descriptive literature, catalogues, brochures, performance and test data, wiring and control diagrams, all other drawings and descriptive data pertaining to materials, equipment, piping, duct and conduit systems, and methods of construction as may be required to show that the materials, equipment, or systems and the positions thereof conform to the Contract Documents.

B. As used herein, the term "manufactured" applies to standard units usually mass-produced. The term "fabricated" means items specifically assembled or made out of selected materials to meet individual design requirements. Shop Drawings shall establish the actual detail of all manufactured or fabricated items, indicate proper relation to adjoining Work, and amplify design details of mechanical and electrical equipment in proper relation to physical spaces in the structure.

C. Manufacturers' Instructions: Where any item of Work is required by the Contract Documents to be furnished, installed, or performed in accordance with a specified product manufacturer's instructions, Contractor shall procure and distribute the necessary copies of such instructions to University's Representative and all other concerned parties; and Contractor shall furnish, install, or perform the Work in strict accordance therewith.


A. The requirements of this Section are in addition to those of Article 3.12 of General Conditions.

B. Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and similar submittals, other than in connection with proposed substitutions, shall be submitted to University's Representative only when specifically required; and University's Representative will not review any other such submittals.

C. Product Data and Samples for proposed substitutions shall be submitted to University's Representative in accordance with Section 01 62 00 - Product Options and Substitutions.

D. Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining such copies of Product Data, Shop Drawings,

30 June 2017 SUBMITTAL PROCEDURES01 33 00 - 1


Samples, and other submittals as it may require for its own use.

E. [Submittals, except for deferred approvals, are not Contract Documents and do not become Contract Documents by virtue of their submission, review, and stamping by University's Representative.

1.04 SUBMITTAL SCHEDULE

A. A schedule for submission of Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples and similar submittals by Contractor (the "Submittal Schedule"), and their processing and return by University's Representative, shall be agreed upon by both parties in order that the items covered by these submittals will be available when needed by the construction process and so that each party can plan its workload in an orderly manner.

B. Contractor shall prepare the Submittal Schedule in the form contained in the General Condition’s Exhibits and coordinate it with the Contract Schedule. No submittals will be processed before the Submittal Schedule has been submitted to and accepted by University's Representative, except in such cases where the processing of submittals is required before the acceptance of the Submittal Schedule.

C. In preparing the Submittal Schedule, Contractor must first determine from the Contract Schedule the date the particular item is needed for the Work. Working backwards, Contractor will add the required number of days for shipment, time for fabrication, and similar items to determine the date of the first submittal.

D. Consider the nature and complexity of each submittal item and allow ample time for review, revision, correction, resubmittal, and approval sufficiently in advance of the construction requirements.

E. No claim for delay will be granted to Contractor when the delay is caused by its failure to make submittals in a timely manner and in accordance with the accepted Submittal Schedule.

F. The Submittal Schedule shall be adjusted to meet the needs of the construction process and the Contract Schedule. Submit two copies of the Submittal Schedule after it is completed and each time it is updated by Contractor.

1.05 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Make submittals promptly in accordance with the Submittal Schedule and in such sequence as to cause no delay in the Work or in the work of any Separate Contractor.

B. Number of Submittals Required:1. Shop Drawings: Submit the number of copies that Contractor will need, plus 3 copies

that will be retained by University's Representative. Contractor may make prints, as it requires for its use and for Subcontractors' use.

2. Product Data and Non-Reproducible Submittals.3. Samples: Submit the number specified in the Section that requires them.4. Electronic copies may be submitted with approval by the University’s Representative.

C. Submittals shall contain:1. Date of submission and dates of any previous submissions.2. Project name and number.3. Contract identification.

4. The names of:



a. Contractorb. Universityc. Inspector of Recordd. [Architect]e. Subcontractor.f. Supplier.g. Manufacturer.

5. Identification of the product, with the Specification Section number.6. Field dimensions, clearly identified as such.7. Relation to adjacent or critical features of the Work or materials.8. Reference standards, such as ASTM or Federal Specification numbers.9. Identification of changes from requirements of the Contract Documents.10. Identification of revisions on resubmittals.11. An 8-inch by 3-inch blank space for review stamps.12. Contractor’s stamp, initialed or signed, certifying to the review of the submittal;

verification of materials and field measurements and conditions; and compliance of the information within the submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

D. Resubmission Requirements:1. Product Data and Shop Drawings:

a. Revise Product Data and Shop Drawings, and resubmit as specified for the initial submittal.

b. Identify any changes that have been made other than those requested.c. Note any departures from the Contract Documents or changes in previously

reviewed submittals that were not commented upon by University's Representative.

2. Samples: Submit new samples as required for initial submittal.3. The review cost of more than one re-submittal will be charged back to the Contractor.

E. Distribution:1. Reproduce and distribute copies of Product Data and Shop Drawings, which carry

University's Representative's review stamp, to the following locations:a. Contractor’s Project site file.b. Record documents file maintained by Contractor.c. Separate Contractors.d. Subcontractors.e. Supplier or manufacturer.

2. Distribute Samples that carry University's Representative's review stamp as directed.

1.06 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. Review, mark up as appropriate, and stamp Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, and similar submittals prior to submission. Submittals shall clearly show that they have been reviewed by Contractor for conformance with the requirements of the Contract Documents and for coordination with other Sections.

B. Determine and verify:1. Field measurements.2. Field construction criteria.3. Catalog numbers and similar data.4. Conformance with Contract Documents.

C. Coordinate each submittal with requirements of the Work and of the Contract Documents.

D. Notify University's Representative in writing, at time of submission, of any changes in the



submittals from requirements of the Contract Documents.

E. Begin no fabrication or Work which requires submittals until the return of University's Representative's final reviewed submittals.

1.07 UNIVERSITY'S REPRESENTATIVE'S RESPONSIBILITIES

A. University's Representative will review Contractor’s submittals, such as Product Data, Shop Drawings, Samples, and similar submittals for the limited purpose of checking for conformance with information given and the design concept expressed in the Contract Documents.

B. Review of such submittals is not conducted for the purpose of determining the accuracy and completeness of other details such as dimensions and quantities, or for substantiating instructions for installation or performance of equipment or systems, all of which remain the responsibility of Contractor as required by the Contract Documents.

C. University's Representative’s Actions:1. Where action and return is required, [University's Representative will review Contractor’s

submittals, apply University’s Representative’s action stamp and indicate action, sign, and date.

2. The terms of University's Representative’s action stamp have the following meaning:a. “REVISE AS NOTED” -- indicates that University's Representative has noted

nonconforming work on the submittal, and/or desires correction on some aspects of the submittal; [the Contractor] must make revisions, but does not need to resubmit. Contractor may not proceed with the work described in the submittal.

b. “REVISE AND RESUBMIT” -- indicates that University's Representative believes the submittal contains significant error or nonconformance and a new submittal is required. Contractor may not proceed with that portion of the Work described by the submittal.

c. “FINAL” -- indicates that Contractor may proceed with that portion of the Work described in the submittal -- subject to compliance with all applicable requirements of the Contract Documents.

d. “DO NOT RESUBMIT” -- indicates that University's Representative believes that submittal is not required. Contractor may proceed with that portion of the Work per Contract Documents.

3. Where a submittal does not require University's Representative action, the submittal will be returned, marked “Action Not Required” or “Not Reviewed”.

1.08 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:1. Preparation:

a. Clearly mark each copy to identify pertinent products or models.b. Show performance characteristics and capacities.c. Show dimensions and clearances required.d. Show wiring or piping diagrams and controls.

2. Manufacturers' standard schematic drawings and diagrams:a. Modify the standard schematic drawings and other diagrams to delete

information that is not applicable to the Work.b. Supplement standard information to provide information specifically applicable to

the Work.

B. Shop Drawings:1. Present information required on Shop Drawings in a clear and thorough manner. Identify

details by reference to drawing and detail, schedule, or room numbers shown and



specified.

C. Samples:1. Office Samples shall be of sufficient size and quality to clearly illustrate the following:

a. Functional characteristics of the products, with integrally related parts and attachment devices.

b. Full ranges of color, texture, and pattern.2. Field Samples and mock-ups:

a. Erect at the Project site, at a location as directed by University's Representative.b. Size: As specified.c. Fabricate each Sample and mock-up to be complete and fully finished.d. Remove mock-ups at conclusion of the Work.

D. Design Data:1. Submit for University’s Representative’s knowledge.2. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information

given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

E. Calculations:1. Where calculations are required by the specifications, they shall be prepared by a

registered California professional engineer who shall sign and stamp the submittal prior to submission to University's Representative.

2. Submit five copies of required calculations for the record only. 3. Indicate all formulae and criteria used in the preparation of calculations.4. Submit calculations on 8-1/2 by 11 inch sheets.5. In addition to the information required by the “Submittal Information” Paragraph, include the

name, address, license number, stamp and signature of Engineer.

F. Certificates of Compliance:1. Certificates shall certify compliance with published specifications of trade, industry, or

governmental organizations or specifications of University’s Representative and shall attest to Contractor’s compliance with such specifications.

2. Where these specifications set standards by referencing published specifications, submittal of certification may not be required; however, if inspection or performance at the job site after delivery and until University’s final acceptance creates doubt regarding compliance, University’s Representative reserves the right to receive such certification or, in event compliance cannot be certified, demand removal of questionable Work and its replacement with certifiable Work.

3. When specified in technical Specification Sections, submit manufacturers’ certificate to University’s Representative for review, in quantities specified for Product Data.

4. Follow same procedure as for Product Data. Where feasible, or where required by technical Specification Sections, indicate compliance with the specified standard by means of a label on the container, or on an inconspicuous place on the product.

5. Indicate how material or product conforms to or exceeds specified requirements. Submit supporting reference date, affidavits, and certifications as appropriate.

6. Certificates may be recent or previous test results on material or product, but must be acceptable to University’s Representative.

7. Each certificate shall be signed by an official authorized to certify in behalf of Contractor, supplier or manufacturer and shall contain the name and address of the Contractor, project name and location, and the quantity and date or dates of shipment or delivery to which the certificates apply. Certification shall not be construed as relieving Contractor from furnishing materials and products conforming to Contract Documents.

G. Manufacturer’s Instructions:



1. When specified in technical Specification Sections, submit manufacturers’ printed instructions for delivery, storage, assembly, installation, [start-up,] adjusting, and finishing, to University’s Representative for delivery to University in quantities specified for Product Data.

2. Indicate special procedures, perimeter conditions requiring special attention, and special environmental criteria required for application or installation.

3. Identify conflicts between manufacturers’ instructions and Contract Documents.4. Installation of the items will not be allowed to proceed until the information is received.

Failure to furnish the information can be cause for rejection of the material.

H. Manufacturer’s Field Reports:1. Submit reports for University’s Representative’s benefit.2. Submit report in duplicate within five days of observation to University’s Representative

for information.3. Submit for information for limited purpose of assessing conformance with information

given and design concept expressed in Contract Documents.

I. [Deferred Approval:]1. Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) will approve or reject

methods of securing certain manufactured items to building structure or building components in conformity with requirements of State of California, California Code of Regulations, Title 24, Part 1 Section 4-229 and 7.153. Because such manufactured items may vary considerably in design and construction and may require varying methods of anchorage in place, OSHPD review of same will not occur until after award of contract, at which time the apparently accepted item is determined. Items in this latter category are designated as deferred approval items.

2. Data such as manufacturer’s detailed drawings, specifications, calculations and the like, submitted to obtain deferred approvals from OSHPD, are in addition to, and are different from Product Data and Shop Drawings. Together with details of anchorage to structure or to building components, OSHPD approved drawings and specifications will become additional Contract Documents, the same as if added by Change Order involving no change in either contract amount or in contract time.

3. Scheduling: Submit as soon as possible after award of contract. Complete, accurate, and timely submittal will minimize total time in deferred approval process. Delayed or lengthy OSHPD approval process will not constitute a reason for extension of the construction time or a compensable delay.

4. Submittal:a. Refer to list of deferred approval items for specific requirements.b. For each deferred approval item, furnish a structural analysis including calculations

by a structural engineer registered in State of California.c. Together with structural analysis, submit detailed drawings, specifications, and

certified pertinent properties of nonstructural elements used in construction and in anchorage of each item.

5. Route each deferred approval item submitted through Contractor, to University’s Representative, to Contractor for correction and thence through University’s Representative to OSHPD. Any corrections and comments noted by University’s Representative must be addressed and incorporated into the document prior to submission to OSHPD. Provide space on each sheet of drawings and on covers of specifications, structural analysis, calculations, lists of properties and the like to accommodate review and approval stamps and signatures by each of the above parties.

6. OSHPD approved or rejected submittal will be returned to Contractor in reverse routing sequence. OSHPD’s approval stamp will suffice to incorporate data approved into the Contract Documents.





END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 35 00

SPECIAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section: The requirements for the following subjects are covered in this Section.1. Construction Procedures Plan.2. Contractors Safety Plan.3. Smoke/Odor Control.4. Disposal Operations.5. Cultural Resources.

1.02 CONSTRUCTION PROCEDURES PLAN

A. Within 15 days of Notice to Proceed, submit to University’s Representative a proposed Construction Procedures Plan demonstrating how the provisions of this section and of all other requirements of the Contract Documents are to be implemented so as to provide the minimum possible disturbance to residents from noise, traffic, and vibration to adjacent structures. The plan must be approved before work is started, and shall include, but not be limited to, the following:1. Sequence of operations.2. Environmental Protection Plan as described in this Section, if applicable.3. Noise Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for noise

control requirements.4. Dust Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for dust

control requirements.5. Smoke/odor control plan.6. Site Plan showing public protection such as pedestrian covered walkways, barriers,

flagman locations, truck access, and similar items, if applicable.7. Waste, debris, and rubbish removal procedures.8. Trucking plan describing traffic routes and procedures for transporting debris.9. Street cleanup plan, if applicable.10. MSDS Safety Data Sheets for any chemicals proposed to be used.11. Utility shut off and capping plan.12. Vibration control plan, if applicable.

B. Refer to other specification sections for specific requirements concerning some of the items that are noted to be included in the Construction Procedures Plan.

1.03 CONTRACTOR’S SAFETY PLAN

A. Contractor shall comply with all applicable safety requirements including, but not limited to, EH&S General Safety Update instructions. A copy of these instructions is identified as Exhibit 01 14 00-2 in Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions, and is to be prominently posted at the construction site.

B. Contractor shall be the “Controlling Employer”, throughout the duration of the construction of the Project. As the “Controlling Employer”, Contractor is responsible for the following:1. All safety and health conditions at the Project;

30 June 2017 SPECIAL PROCEDURES01 35 00 - 1


2. Correcting any and all hazards which may endanger any person’s health or safety while rightfully working on the Project;

3. Initiating, maintaining, and supervising all safety programs in connection with the Work;4. Conducting daily safety inspections of the site to ensure that its subcontractors and any

other employees working on the Project, whether working directly for Contractor or University, are not in violation of any CAL/OSHA regulations;

5. Providing written notice demanding immediate correction of any safety violation to each and every subcontractor or employee, whether working directly for Contractor or University, working on the Project who is either responsible for exposing employees to the hazard, creating the hazard, or correcting the hazard; and

6. Notifying and complying with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, regulations and orders of any public authority bearing on the safety of persons rightfully on the Project.

1.04 SMOKE/ODOR CONTROL

A. Primary fresh air intakes to buildings must be protected from exhaust from internal combustion engines, paint and solvent fumes and other noxious fumes and vapors.

B. Contractor must implement control methods such as snorkels from engines exhausts to 50 feet away from air intakes.

C. All other activities generating fumes must be limited to a distance of at least 50 feet from the air intake grille.

D. If fume generating procedures must occur within 50 feet of an air intake Contractor is responsible for the following:1. Notify University’s Representative at least 14 days in advance.2. Complete the work when it least impacts University (evenings, weekends, or particularly

windy days).3. Provide carbon filter media, plastic barriers, or other control methods to assure fresh air

only enters the building ventilation system.

1.05 DISPOSAL OPERATIONS

A. The following requirements are in addition to requirement specified in Section 01 74 19 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal.

B. Solid Waste Management: Supply solid waste transfer containers. Daily remove all debris such as spent air filters, oil cartridges, cans, bottles, combustibles and litter. Take care to prevent trash and papers from blowing onto adjacent property. Encourage personnel to use refuse containers. Convey contents to a sanitary landfill.

C. Washing of concrete containers where wastewater may reach adjacent property, storm drains or natural watercourses will not be permitted. Remove any excess concrete to the sanitary landfill.

D. Chemical Waste and Hazardous Materials Management: Furnish containers for storage of spent chemicals used during construction operations. Dispose of chemicals and hazardous materials in accordance with applicable regulations.

E. Garbage: Store garbage in covered containers; pick up daily and dispose of in a sanitary landfill.

F. Dispose of vegetation, weeds, rubble, and other materials removed by the clearing, stripping and grubbing operations off site at a suitable disposal site in accordance with applicable regulations.



G. Excavated Materials:1. Native soil complying with the requirements of Division 31 - Earthwork may be used for

backfill, fill and embankments as allowed by that section.2. Spoil Material: Remove all material, which is excavated in excess of that, required for

backfill, and such excavated material, which is unsuitable for backfill, from the site.a. Excess suitable backfill material shall be hauled off site. No additional compensation

will be paid to Contractor for such off haul. Include all such costs in the lump sum prices bid for the project.

b. Unsuitable backfill material will be disposed of off site in accordance with applicable regulations, in a disposal site indicated in the Environmental Protection Plan, if applicable. Remove rubbish and materials unsuitable for backfill immediately following excavation. Remove material in excess of that required for backfill immediately following backfill operations.

H. Rubbish shall consist of all materials not classified as suitable materials or rubble and shall include shrubbery, trees, timber, trash, and garbage.

1.06 CULTURAL RESOURCES

A. The project does not pass through any known archaeological sites. However, it is conceivable that unrecorded archaeological sites could be discovered during construction.

B. In the event that artifacts, human remains, or other cultural resources are discovered during subsurface excavations at locations of the Work, Contractor shall protect the discovered items, cease work for a distance of 35 feet radius in the area, notify University’s Representative and comply with applicable law.

C. University may retain an Archaeologist to monitor and recover data and artifacts during period work have ceased.

D. All items found which are considered to have archaeological significance are the property of University.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 35 13

INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedures for Infection Control during construction.

1.02 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:1. UL 586 - Standard for High-Efficiency, Particulate, Air Filter.


A. Infection control is critical in all hospital areas. Dust in ceilings and construction debris contains fungus, which, if inhaled by patients, can cause pneumonia and even death. Construction activities causing disturbance of existing dust, or creating new dust, must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of particles into patient areas. Refer to Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls for dust control requirements.

B. The University is committed to avoid the transmission of infectious diseases in and within the University’s Medical Center. Contractor shall inform all workers on the jobsite, not to enter the hospital if they suspect they may have a communicable illness that could be transmitted.

C. Before any construction on site begins, all workers on site shall attend a mandatory meeting sponsored by the University’s Department of Hospital Epidemiology and Infection Control (HEIC), for training and instruction on precautions to be taken. After start of construction, all new workers shall be required to attend a new meeting. 1. In addition to above, a bi-monthly review meeting shall be required with jobsite

superintendents and a representative from each subcontractor.2. All construction workers shall be required to complete Infection Control Training at least

once a year.3. Contractor shall keep a record of all persons attending this meeting and submit records to

the University’s Representative.

D. Temporary construction of interior enclosures as described in Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls, shall be dust tight.

E. Temporary construction closures above ceilings, as described in this Section, shall be dust tight.

F. Removal of debris shall be outside of normal work hours and shall be in tightly covered containers, as described in this section.

G. When required by University, negative air machines shall provide airflow into construction area not less than 100 FPM at barricade entrances with doors fully open. A written report, from the University’s Inspector of Record, shall be submitted confirming specified air velocity whenever barricade is erected or modified. Negative air machines shall be connected to emergency power and run continuously.

H. Walk-off mats, as described in this Section.

30 June 2017 INFECTION CONTROL PROCEDURES01 35 13 - 1


I. Any dust tracked outside of barrier shall be removed immediately. All cleaning outside barrier should be by HEPA-filtered vacuum or other University-approved method.

J. Any ceiling access panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas shall be replaced immediately when unattended.

K. Block off all existing ventilation ducts within the construction area. Method of capping ducts shall be dust tight and withstand airflow.

L. Provide thorough cleaning of existing surfaces that become exposed to dust, before start of University’s occupancy.

M. Removal of construction enclosures and ceiling protection shall be done carefully, outside of normal work hours. Vacuum and clean all surfaces free of dust after the removal.

N. Whenever access panels are opened in occupied areas, for work above ceilings, provide portable enclosure enclosing ladder and sealing off opening, fitted tight to ceiling.

O. Polyethylene shall be fire retardant type, as specified in this section.

P. Vacuuming outside areas not under negative pressure shall be with a certified HEPA-filtered vacuum.

Q. University’s Hospital Epidemiology and Infection Control (HEIC) Staff may order and monitor mold counts in the vicinity of project. Whenever safe levels are exceeded, Contractor will be notified to correct conditions immediately to avoid a fine and work stoppage as described below.1. Work shall be stopped on the project whenever a hazardous infection control deficiency

exists.2. Contractor shall take immediate action to correct deficiencies.3. Failure of Contractor to correct such deficiencies will result in corrective action taken by

the University Pursuant to Article 12.2 of the General Conditions.

R. Before demolition or construction begins, a complete field review of infection control policies will be conducted. A checklist will be filled out and signed by the University’s Project Manager, Project Inspector, Infection Control Officer, and Contractor, confirming that the area is ready for work to begin. Post Check List with signatures in clear plastic sleeve on wall next to barricade door.

S. Construction personnel shall be clean, with clothing and tools free of dust before returning to occupied areas.

T. If requested by University’s Representative, install air pressure gauge such as magnehilic gauge or manometer on outside of barricade wall, with clear tubes to inside and outside spaces so that University can visually check if negative air environment is being maintained in the construction area.

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit certification by a qualified third party for the proper operation of HEPA-filtered negative air machines and vacuum cleaners.

B. Comply with requirements specified in this section.



1.05 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

A. Refer to Section 01 41 00 - Regulatory Requirements for listing of regulatory requirements,

B. NFPA: Comply with NFPA 241 "Building Construction and Demolition Operations."


A. Project Conditions1. Examine work areas to ensure the provisions of this section are being maintained.2. Do not obstruct public corridors or elevator lobbies. Keep exits and entrances open and

passable.3. Conduct work so as not to disturb University's activities.4. Adjacent occupied areas will remain in operation during the period of construction.5. Where a breach of these polices are noticed; immediate corrective action is to be taken

by the Contractor.6. Report all deficiencies and/or problems to the University’s Representative.

B. Enforcement:1. A breach of the Infection Control Policy may result in a fine of $2,500.00 for each

occurrence.2. Violations of Infection Control Policy may affect status as a responsible Contractor for

bidding future work.3. Gross irresponsibility may result in removal of Contractor from project.

1.07 ENVIRONMENTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Air Quality Control:1. Where applicable, fasten windows shut. 2. Ventilate barricaded construction areas by use of negative air machines exhausted

through filters to the outside of building if possible. Otherwise make arrangements with Infection Control Officer.

3. Provide a minimum of 2 negative air machines and cease any construction in areas not serviced by negative air machines.

4. Vent negative air machines to outside by removing existing windows and replacing them with vented sheet metal panels having fittings for exhaust holes or as directed by University’s Representative.

5. Provide added exhaust during welding.6. Maintain airflow of at least 100 F.P.M. (feet per minute) with door fully open at barricade

entrance openings. Measurement will be verified by University’s Inspector of Record (IOR).

7. Change HEPA-filters as frequently as necessary for duration of the project to maintain specified negative pressure in the construction area and filter particles a maximum of 0.12 microns.

B. Walk Off Mats: Place sticky mats or carpets inside and outside temporary interior enclosure entrances and other entrances to construction areas and keep them clean. Vacuum or replace carpets as often as necessary, or as required by University’s Representative, to prevent accumulation of dust.

C. Perimeter Isolation: At perimeter of work areas, between finish ceiling and upper concrete slab, provide non-combustible barriers to seal off adjacent patient or other occupied areas from work areas. Cut to fit around all existing utilities and seal around all penetrations.

D. Enclosure Outside Work Area: Whenever work is necessary outside of construction



enclosures, including spaces above furred ceilings, contain space where work is being done within a full height polyethylene sheet barrier, minimum 4 mil thicknesses, tightly taped at edges and along seams. Provide overlapping flap at least 2 feet wide for access.

E. Ceiling Access: Whenever openings are made into ceilings, provide dust tight polyethylene covering taped in place to completely seal opening until final patching is done. Refer to Above Ceiling Access Article in this Section.

F. Access Protection: Whenever access panels are opened for work above ceilings, provide polyethylene shroud around opening and ladder, taped to floor and to ceiling.

G. Lighting: Provide sufficient temporary lighting to ensure proper workmanship and safety in all areas of the Contract.

H. Storage: At no time shall any construction equipment or material be stored outside the construction barricades.

1.08 INFECTIOUS ILLNESS PRECAUTIONS

A. University is committed to avoiding the transmission of infectious diseases in and within the hospital. Contractor shall inform all workers on the job site not to enter the hospital if they suspect they have a communicable illness that could be transmitted.

B. Influenza (the flu) is a contagious respiratory illness caused by the influenza virus. It can cause mild to severe illness, and at times can lead to death. The most effective way to prevent infection from an influenza virus is through annual flu vaccination.

C. All contractors working at UCSF are encouraged to have an annual influenza vaccine. In some circumstances, University may make vaccines available to contractors free of charge and will provide documentation to verify the shot has been received. The University’s Representative will provide information regarding the Flu Shot Program.

D. University’s Chief Medical Officer determines the relevant dates of the influenza season each year. Generally, influenza season extends from November to March, but can be longer.

E. During Flu Season, Contractor and all job site workers may be required to show verification that they received the flu vaccine.

F. In the event Contractor’s and/or Subcontractors’ job site workers cannot or refuse to verify receipt of the vaccine, or do not choose to be vaccinated, those employees will be required to wear a mask at all times while in any University Patient Care Areas for the duration of the influenza season. The University will provide masks. Patient Care Areas are defined as areas within, adjacent to, or opening into the following areas:1. Admissions & Registration.2. Patient Rooms/cubicles.3. Hallways of units where patient rooms are located.4. Nursing stations of units where patient rooms are located.5. Procedural areas.6. Hallways connecting waiting areas and exam areas.7. Visitor lounges.

G. Masks will not be required within job site areas.

H. University’s Project Manager, University’s Inspectors, University’s Infection Control personnel, and University’s Facilities Personnel may monitor compliance with these requirements.



PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Used materials for protection enclosures are acceptable if approved by University's Representative and if adequate for required purposes, otherwise new materials will be required. Use and methods of installation shall not create unsafe conditions or violate Applicable Code Requirements.

B. Construction materials are to be non-combustible. Polyethylene is to be fire-retardant and listed by Underwriters Laboratories.

2.02 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

A. See Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Utilities

2.03 NEGATIVE AIR PRESSURE EQUIPMENT

A. Description: A local exhaust system capable of maintaining a constant low velocity air flow into the decontamination enclosure system and work area from adjacent unsealed areas. The exhaust system equipment is to have a 2 stage filtering system. The first stage to be a pre-filter for particle sizes of 100 micrometers and larger and a second stage pre-filter effective for particle sizes down to 5 micrometers.

B. Determining Ventilation Requirements: Containment volume to be calculated in cubic feet of the work area by multiplying floor area by the ceiling height. Total ventilation requirements in cubic feet per minute (cfm) for the work area to be calculated by dividing the volume by the air change rate. An adequate number or Negative Air Machines shall be provided to supply a minimum of one air change every 15 minutes.

C. Enclosure and Mechanical Components:1. Negative Air Machine (NAM) Cabinet: To be constructed of steel or other durable

material able to withstand damage from rough handling and transportation. Width of the cabinet to be less than 30 inches, to fit through standard size doorways. Cabinet to be factory sealed to prevent asbestos-containing dust from being released during use, transport, or maintenance. Access to, and replacement of, air filters will be from the intake end. NAM unit to be mounted on casters or wheels.

2. Fan: Capacity to be rated according to useable air-moving capacity under actual operating conditions. Centrifugal-type fan to be used.

3. Filters:a. Filter Media: Folded into closely pleated panels completely sealed on all edges with

a structurally rigid frame.b. A continuous rubber gasket to be located between the filter and the filter housing to

form a tight seal.c. Each filter to be certified by the manufacturer to have an efficiency of not less than

99.97 percent when challenged with 0.3 mm dioctylphathalate (DOP) particles. Testing to be in accordance with Military Standard Number 282, and Army Instruction Manual 136-300-175A.

d. Each filter to bear a UL label to indicate the ability to perform under specified conditions.

e. Each filter to be marked with the name of the manufacturer, serial number, airflow rating, efficiency, resistance, a direction of test airflow.

f. Final filter to be the HEPA type.g. Location of the pre-filters is to occur either on, or in, the intake grid to the exhaust

unit and held in place with a special housing or clamps.



D. Electrical Components: 1. Each NAM unit shall have a permanent label displaying approval by the National

Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) and the Underwriters Laboratories (UL).2. Each NAM unit shall be equipped with an overload protection sized for the equipment.3. The motor, fan, fan housing, and cabinet shall be properly grounded.

E. Additional NAM Features shall include the following:1. An Electrical Interlock preventing operation of the unit when it is without a HEPA filter.2. An Automatic Shutdown System to stop the fan in the event of a rupture in the HEPA

filter or a blocked air discharge.3. Warning Lights to indicate normal operation (green), moderately high pressure drop

across the filters, such as due to filter overloading (yellow), and too high of a pressure drop due to an overloaded or ruptured HEPA filter or obstructed discharge (red).

4. Instruments, such as a magnehelic gauge or manometer, to measure the pressure drop across filters and indicate when filters have become loaded and need to be changed.

5. An audible alarm if the unit shuts down due to the operation of the safety systems.6. Annual testing certificate from a University-approved testing agency indicating the unit

has been tested, when it was tested and certified for intended use.

F. Operation:1. Air Pressure: A differential pressure must be maintained at any point in the work area of

not less than (-) 0.025 inches water gauge relative to the pressure at any point outside the work area at all times, unless otherwise noted or approved by the University’s Representative.

2. Exhaust Location: Exhaust units to be located so makeup air enters the work area primarily through the decontamination units and traverses the work as much as possible. Position the exhaust units a maximum distance from the worker access opening or other makeup air sources. Place the end of unit, or its exhaust duct, through an opening in the plastic barrier, or wall covering. Seal plastic around the unit or duct with tape.

3. Venting: Vent exhaust to the outside of the building. If it has been determined that it is not feasible to vent the exhaust to the outside of the building, notify the University’s Representative for direction.

4. Makeup Air: Makeup Air shall be taken from the entrance vestibule to the construction site. Cover flaps are to reseal automatically if the Negative Air Machine should shut down for any reason. Construct vestibule door openings to ensure a positive seal.

G. Required Features:1. High Efficiency Particulate Absolute (HEPA) filtration system to have a UL 586 label.

Filters are to be marked with the following performance information:a. Air Flow Rating.b. Efficiency and Resistance.c. Direction of Air Flow.

H. NAM Exhaust Hoses: Flexible, steel reinforced, heavy-duty hoses, positively fastened to negative air machines with metal straps or clamps; Type: Federal Hose Manufacturing Company, Spiratube, or equal.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Ensure Temporary Facilities requirements have been reviewed and approved and ready for installation prior to demolition procedures.



3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Temporary interior enclosure, as described Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls,

B. Temporary Ceilings: Provide Temporary Ceilings in locations where existing ceilings have been removed above public corridors and occupied spaces.1. Temporary Supports: Approximately 2 feet on center and around perimeters.2. Gypsum Board: Removable panels on support system, taped dust-tight between work

periods.

C. Access in Occupied Areas: Where work occurs in occupied areas, provide access openings through existing plaster, gypsum board, or acoustical ceilings. Restore ceilings to original condition after work is complete.

D. Modify and extend systems as required.

E. Maintain and operate systems to provide continuous service.

3.03 SPECIAL CEILING PROTECTION

A. Schedule in advance work in ceiling spaces above occupied rooms, in accordance with project specification or as scheduled with University’s Representative.

B. Special ceiling dust control, as described Section 01 50 00 – Temporary Facilities and Controls, is in place before any major demolition or construction starts.

C. Fix exterior windows shut by means of stainless steel screws.

3.04 ABOVE CEILING ACCESS

A. Permission must be obtained before working outside the Construction Area. Before removing any ceiling tile Contractor must obtain a Ceiling Access Permit from University’s Facilities Maintenance Office.

B. Protective Measures: A mask, disposable white coverall, and disposable shoe covers must be worn when investigating conditions and working above the ceiling.

C. Any ceiling access panels opened for investigation beyond sealed areas shall be replaced immediately when unattended. Broken or soiled ceiling tiles shall be replaced at Contractor’s cost.

D. Whenever access panels are opened in occupied areas, for work above ceilings, Contractor shall provide portable enclosure, enclosing ladder and sealing off opening tight to ceiling.

E. If the area could be contaminated with asbestos make arrangements with the University’s Representative to have the area checked by an Industrial Hygienist and ensure area is properly decontaminated.

F. Ceiling/Wall Access Policy1. Applies to work in Patient Care Areas and Sensitive areas.2. All Areas at University are to be considered Sensitive Areas unless specifically waived in

writing by University.3. Before any construction on site begins under this section, all workers on site will be

required to attend a mandatory meeting sponsored by HEIC for training and instruction



on precautions to be taken.4. Summary:

a. Section includes methods and procedures to protect Patients and sensitive areas from acquiring fungal infections or other contamination associated with dust inhalation, and therein is referred to as the Ceiling / Wall Access Policy.

b. Infection Control is critical in all Patient Care Areas. Dust in ceilings, construction debris and dust contains fungus, which if inhaled by patients can cause pneumonia and even death. Construction activities causing disturbance of existing dust, or creating new dust, must be conducted in tight enclosures cutting off any flow of particles into patient areas. (Corridor locations adjacent to Long/Moffitt Hospital and extending 100 feet into Medical Sciences Building are deemed to be Patient Care Areas.)

5. Quality Assurance:a. Work Tag:

1) Report to University’s Facilities Maintenance Office, Long Hospital, Room L210, for the building where the work is to be done and complete a Ceiling Access Form and receive a work tag, prior to commencing work of this section.

2) An Approved Work Tag must be attached to the ceiling access enclosure before work will be allowed to proceed.

3) If the project is of long duration or properly isolated and barricaded, a single work tag at the beginning of the project may be sufficient, at the discretion of the University.

b. Enforcement:1) A breach of the Ceiling / Wall Access Policy will result in a written letter of

violation2) More than three breaches will result in a fine of $2,500 per occurrence.3) Violations of Ceiling / Wall Access Policy will affect status as a responsible

Contractor for bidding future work.4) Gross or repeated violations by Contractor may result in termination of the

Contract pursuant to Article 13.2 of the General Conditions,.6. Conditions:

a. Examine work areas and contact the University’s Representative and report any difficulties for ceiling access.

b. Schedule work in ceiling spaces above occupied rooms in advance.7. Execution/Installation:a. Ceiling Access: Provide a portable enclosure for each individual ceiling access.

Enclose ladder and fit enclosure tight to ceiling and seal around opening. Enclosures must remain in place until all ceiling accesses are closed and the ceiling is secured.

b. Portable enclosures must be removed, and ceiling tiles replaced, at the end of each workday. Enclosures cannot be left unattended for more then 30 minutes.

c. Ceiling Materials Replacement: Immediately before leaving the work area, replace acoustical tiles and close access panels.

d. Thoroughly clean surfaces, which have been exposed to dust with an HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaner or a damp mop.

8. Field Quality Control:a. For work within Patient Areas, University may monitor mold count in vicinity of

project. Whenever safe levels are exceeded, Contractor will be notified to correct conditions immediately to avoid fine and work stoppage described below.

b. All work shall be stopped on the project whenever a hazardous infection control deficiency exists.

c. Contractor shall take immediate action to correct all deficiencies.d. Failure of Contractor to correct such deficiencies will result in corrective action taken

by The University and deducting all cost from the contract.e. Before any demolition or construction begins, a complete field review of all Infection

Control Policies will be conducted. A checklist will be filled out and signed by the



University’s Inspector and Contractor confirming that the area is ready for work to begin.

f. Photographs will be taken on an unscheduled basis to document violations. Information from Ceiling Access Work Tags will be gathered for the record. A record of Ceiling Access Violations will be maintained.

G. Disposable Procedures:1. After investigating conditions and working above ceiling, and before leaving the enclosure

tunnel or shroud, the mask, coverall, and shoe covers must be carefully removed and deposited into a plastic trash bag. The coveralls are to be turned inside-out.

2. Secure plastic trash bag by tying off. Discard trash bags as directed by University's Representative. Do not discard trash bags within any patient care area.

3.05 STERILE/CLEAN AREAS

A. All workers entering and leaving sterile/clean areas shall wear new and clean protective suits.1. Workers shall not wear protective suits in sterile/clean areas that have been worn within

construction areas.2. Contractor shall provide clean area within construction site for workers to change into

protective suits prior to exiting jobsite and entering sterile/clean areas.

B. All tools, material and debris shall be covered and sealed while being transported to and from the construction site.

C. Additional negative air machines may be required to filter circulating air in construction site.

D. Temporary flooring and floor coving may be required in certain areas.

E. Prior to constructing barricades in sterile / clean areas, provide a full height polyethylene sheet barrier, minimum 4 mil thickness, tightly taped at edges and along seams, with overlapping flap at least 2 feet wide for access.

3.06 REMOVAL AND RECONDITIONING

A. At completion of the Work:1. Remove temporary structures and services installed as a requirement of the Contract

Documents. 2. Restore utilities to their original condition.3. At damaged walls and ceilings, patch and restore finishes to match existing conditions.

Where necessary, extend finish restoration to adjoining work in a manner, which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing. See Section 01 73 29 - Cutting and Patching

3.07 CLEANING AND DEBRIS REMOVAL

A. Cleaning: Refer to Section 01 74 00 - Cleaning for cleaning procedures.

B. Debris Removal: Refer to Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste Management and Disposal for debris removal procedures.

3.08 EXHIBITS

A. Exhibit 01 35 13-1 - Infection Control Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan Including Preventive Measures Checklist for Medical Center Construction and Renovation.



B. Exhibit 01 35 13-2 – Dust Mitigation Training syllabus Outline for Contractors.

C. Exhibit 01 35 13-3 - Post Test for Infection Prevention for Construction Personnel.

D. Exhibit 01 35 13-4 - Prueba Posterior de Prevención de Infección para el Personal de Construcción

END OF SECTION



EXHIBIT 01 35 13-1Infection Control Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan Including Preventive

Measures Checklist for Medical Center Construction and Renovation

Instructions for Completing the Checklist

The Risk Assessment and Plan including the Preventive Measures Checklist will be completed during the design planning phase of the construction/renovation project by the multidisciplinary planning group. Infection Control personnel must be involved in each phase of the project to ensure that the appropriate prevention measures are initiated and maintained.

Table A describes the type of construction activity. The type of “Construction Activity” is first identified by selecting the level of activity that best describes the project being planned.

Table B identifies the “Population and Geographic Risk Group” that may be affected by the project because of its physical proximity or potential exposure to the activity.

PART 4 Table C identifies the appropriate class of infection prevention measures by matching the construction activity with the population risk group. As indicated in Table C, the appropriate dust mitigation measures for the project are identified. A copy will be reviewed and approved by University’s HEIC and filed by University’s Office of Design and Construction or University’s Medical Center Facilities Management for all Class III and IV categories. Adaptations to the prevention measures may be made only after approval has been provided by University’s HEIC.

Construction compartment negative air monitoring

A. If required for the project, negative air pressure must be monitored at all times during the duration of the project and documented daily by University’s Office of Design and Construction.

B. If positive or neutral air pressure is identified, work must be suspended, barrier investigation must be completed, and negative air pressure restored before resuming work.

A copy of the Infection Control Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan must be sent to University’s HEIC when matrix indicates Class III or Class IV preventive measures are required.



Infection Control Risk AssessmentEXHIBIT 01 35 13-1

Project # and Location: Project Start Date Estimated Duration:

Project Manager (PM): Contractor(s): Infection Control Practitioner (ICP):

PM’s phone number: Contractor’s phone number: ICP’s phone number:

Comments:

Table A Type of Construction Activity

Type AInspection and non-invasive activities. These include, but are not limited to:

removal of ceiling tiles for inspection (up to 4 sq feet)movement of equipment, building structures, etc. for visual inspectionpainting (but not sanding)putting up wall covering, electrical trim work, minor plumbing, and activities which do not generate dust or require cutting of

walls or access to ceilings other than for visual inspection.

Type BSmall scale, short duration activities that create minimal dust. These include, but are not limited to:

installation of telecommunications cablingaccess to chase spacescutting of walls or ceiling where dust migration can be controlled.

Type CWork that generates a moderate to high level of dust or requires demolition or removal of any fixed building components or assemblies (e.g., counter tops, cupboards, sinks). These include, but are not limited to:

sanding of walls for painting or wall coveringremoval of floor and wall coverings, baseboards, ceiling tiles and caseworknew wall constructionminor duct work or electrical work above ceilingsmajor cabling activitiesany activity which cannot be completed within a single work shift.

Type DMajor demolition, construction and renovation projects. These include, but are not limited to:

activities which require consecutive work shiftsheavy demolition or removal of a complete cabling system is requirednew construction.

Table B Population and Geographic Risks Groups* GROUP 1

LOWEST RISKGROUP 2

MEDIUM RISKGROUP 3

HIGH RISKGROUP 4

HIGHEST RISKOffice areas Administrative

areasAreas NOT

USED for patient care, patient holding or transport of patients

LobbyCafeteriaClinical Labs

Emergency RoomRadiology/CT scanLabor and Delivery Well Baby NurseriesPediatrics Med/SurgNuclear MedicineAdmission/Discharge areaRehabilitation TherapyEchocardiographyGeneral Medical/Surgical UnitsOutpatient Care Clinics

All Critical Care areasComprehensive Cancer CenterPeri-operative areas (including PACU, L&D OR) Sterile ProcessingCardio-Pulmonary Acute Care UnitsCardiac Catheterization & Angiography areas Dialysis areasInpatient Oncology & Bone Marrow Transplant

UnitsEndoscopy areas Pharmacy admixture areasAmbulatory Surgery CenterPediatric Treatment Center

Permit Request By: (PM)

Date:

Permit Authorized By: (ICP)

Date:



Infection Control Risk Mitigation Plan and Preventive Measures Checklist for Construction and RenovationEXHIBIT 01 35 13-1 Project # and Location: Project Start Date Estimated Duration:

Project Manager (PM): Contractor(s): Infection Control Practitioner (ICP):

PM’s phone number: Contractor’s phone number: ICP’s phone number:

Please check the ICRM Plan for the project determined by the ICRA

CLASS I1. Execute work by methods that minimize generating

dust from construction operations.2. Immediately replace ceiling tile displaced for visual

inspection.

3. Immediately remove incidental dust using HEPA vacuum or damp dusting.

4. Clean work area upon completion of task.

CLASS II(includes Class I)

1. Obtain infection control permit before construction begins.

2. Provide active means to prevent dust from dispersing into atmosphere

3. Water mist work surfaces to control dust while cutting.4. Seal unused doors with tape.5. Air vents may require sealing; consult w/ University’s

Facilities Mgmt.6. Wipe surfaces with disinfectant.

7. Construction workers will vacuum clothes with HEPA Vacuum before leaving work area.

8. Contain construction waste before transport in covered containers.

9. Wet mop and/or vacuum with HEPA filtered vacuum before leaving work area.

10. Place adhesive walk-off mats inside work area (and outside of work area if safety allows).

11. Ceiling or wall access outside construction zone may require separate enclosure (permit required).

CLASS III(includes Class II)

______Initial

1. Seal air vents and Isolate HVAC system in area where work is being done. Consult with project specifications.

2. Complete all critical barriers or implement portable mitigation unit before construction begins.

3. Seal all holes, pipes, conduits and penetrations appropriately.

4. Maintain negative air pressure within work site utilizing HEPA-equipped air filtration units.

5. Do not remove barriers from work area is thoroughly cleaned.

6. Vacuum work with HEPA filtered vacuum7. Wet mop with disinfectant.8. Remove barrier materials to minimize dirt and debris. 9. Moisten construction waste before transport in tightly

covered containers.

CLASS IV(includes Class III)

______Initial

1. If walls are not full height, exposed wall or ceiling space must be sealed.

2. Construct vestibule and require all personnel to vacuum off in this room using a HEPA vacuum cleaner before leaving work site. Alternatively, they can wear cloth or paper coveralls that are removed each time they leave the work site.

3. Do not remove barriers from work area until completed project is inspected by University’s Design and Construction or University’s Facilities Management’s representatives and thoroughly cleaned. Remove barrier materials to minimize dust and debris.

4. Upon completion of work, remove isolation of HVAC system in areas where work is being performed. Follow established procedures for re-starting HVAC or water.

_______Exceptions/Additions to this permit are noted by attached memoranda Date Initials Permit Request By: (PM) Date: Permit Authorized By: (ICP) Date:

Table C: Construction Activity and Risk Group Matrix CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITY

TYPE“A”

TYPE“B”

TYPE“C”

TYPE“D”

RISK LEVEL Group 1 Class I Class II Class II Class III/IVGroup 2 Class I Class II Class III Class IVGroup 3 Class II Class III Class III/IV Class IVGroup 4 Class III Class III/IV Class III/IV Class IV *Designation of Grouping for any location may be changed at the discretion of University’s HEIC



EXHIBIT 01 35 13-2DUST MITIGATION TRAINING SYLLABUS OUTLINE FOR CONTRACTORS

Welcome to University’s (UCSF) Medical Center.Construction/Demolition/Renovation can generate dust and debris that may contain germs that can be transmitted by dust.

People with healthy immune systems are generally not at risk for dust-related disease. Patients can be infected by mold and other germs by breathing in contaminated air. UCSF Medical Center proudly cares for solid organ transplant patients, bone marrow transplant

patients, cancer patients, and other patients with compromised immune systems and who are exquisitely susceptible to dust-related disease.

Dust can cause life-threatening disease in immune compromised patients such as pneumonia or brain infection.

Dust mitigation for Indoor Construction ProjectsThe extent of the specific measures employed for dust mitigation in a project will depend on the anticipated amount of dust generation, the location(s) of the project, duration of the project and patient populations in the vicinity of the project. The contractor and University’s project manager will complete a risk assessment. Adjacent units’ managers must be notified of the project and updated when needed. Construction barricades must be sealed from floor to underside of floor above. When space is available a vestibule will be created adjacent the barricade. Barricades will have gasketed door frames (or zipper doors at plastic barricades) with self-

closures and access controls. All penetrations into construction areas will be sealed (around piping, windows closed) and air

ducts will be capped as determined in the pre-construction meeting. Signage with the University’s project manager’s name and 24-hour contact information must be

posted outside the construction zone. The signage will include the approved Infection Control Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan, Pre-Construction Survey and all required ILSM documents.

Adhesive walk off mats shall be placed inside the construction barricade and outside the barricade door.

Most projects will require the use of High Efficiency Particulate Air (HEPA) filter units to maintain negative pressure within the construction barricade. The HEPA units will be certified within the last year, contain clean filters, have discharge hoses vented to the outside when possible, and create a negative air pressure within the barricade with door open and an air flow of at least 100 feet per minute at all times.

When the option to vent the exhaust of the HEPA filter unit is determined either not to be feasible or necessary, the Project Manager in consultation with HEIC and Facilities Management may conclude that the HEPA unit be used as a “scrubber only”.

A clean jobsite must be maintained. All dust must be contained within the construction barrier. Any dust tracked outside the barricade must be removed by wet mop or HEPA vacuum immediately. Debris removal will be performed in clean containers with covers, along a pre-determined route. Exterior and wheels of container must be wiped down prior to transporting.

Construction activities outside the barricades require the use of a full height polyethylene sheet barrier, completely taped at the edges and seams. A zipper flap is required for access. Negative air may be required at the opening.

When ceiling/wall access is required outside the construction barricades, a polyethylene enclosure must be utilized in areas where patients are housed or transported. Negative air containment may be required. A ceiling/wall access permit is required and must be obtained from UCSF Facilities Parnassus Room L210 (353-1120) or Mount Zion Room 06 (885-7576).

Depending on the scope of the project, HEIC and the University’s Project Manager may require construction workers leaving the construction barricades to vacuum the outside of their clothing with a HEPA vacuum or will put on a clean disposable paper suit just prior to leaving the barricade.



Air sampling will be collected at strategically important locations (as requested by HEIC) Pre and Post demolition and during the construction phases of projects to assess the effectiveness of dust mitigation at the project site.

The Department of Hospital Epidemiology and Infection Control (HEIC), Design and Construction and Facilities staff will regularly inspect the project site for adherence to dust mitigation measures. Any breach of compliance with dust mitigation measures may be subject to a fine or stop work order until acceptable particulate levels are restored and compliance measures are in place, as per project specifications.

If dust mitigation measures are either not in compliance or barriers and/or measures fail, it is the responsibility of the observer to notify the Project Manager and construction supervisor for immediate remedy. The Project Manager shall then communicate the non-compliance or failure to the Infection Control/Interim Life Safety Measures monitor for inspection and documentation.

All on-site workers involved in any type of demolition, construction, or remodeling work must attend an in-service sponsored by HEIC. Material reviewed includes: reasons for dust mitigation measures during demolition and construction projects in and around the medical center, patient populations served at UCSF, infectious agents of concern, air sampling for mold spores, and specific measures for dust mitigation. Contractors must retain a list that documents workers who have attended an in-service. This in-service must be completed at least annually. HEIC and Facilities Management reserve the right to require anyone to complete the training again.

The contractor shall inform all workers on the jobsite not to enter the Medical Center if they suspect they have a symptomatic illness that could spread to others.

Painting activities may involve dust generation (sanding, removing base coving, etc). Evaluate each project per Risk Assessment.

Floor covering removal may generate dust. Evaluate each project per Risk Assessment. Per the approved project Infection Control Risk Assessment and Mitigation Plan, HEIC and

Facilities Management must approve the progression of cleaning order in which barrier removal.

Dust Mitigation for Major Outdoor Construction Projects Windows on units facing outdoor construction must be shut and disabled. Signs will be placed on doors leading to outside stairwells that face external construction projects

to limit non-emergency traffic. Facilities Management will monitor air filters attached to building supply fans or air handling units.

Increased dust generation related to construction may require increased maintenance. A letter will be sent by Patient Care Services advising patients and visitors of the disruptions and

the hazards of dust. The Project Manager will inform UCSF Medical Center staff via email as to the procedures in

place for dust mitigation as well as construction activity schedules. All activities that create dust must be continuously hosed down with water. Soil must also be kept moist as soil may contain germs that may be aerosolized. Loose debris will be moist when loaded for hauling. Debris to be hauled away by trucks will be moist and covered prior to hauling. Roadways will be free of dirt and washed daily. Soil containing Legionella may enter plumbing system through cracked pipes. Report any

disturbed, cracked or broken pipes to the project manager. The University’s Infection Control/Interim Life Safety Measures Monitor will complete a check-list

to ensure above dust mitigation measures are performed each day. Any breach of compliance with dust mitigation measures may be subject to a fine, as specified in the project specifications.

Contractor to cease dust-producing activities if water is not available or if a situation arises leading to uncontrollable dust generation.

UCSF HEIC, Design and Construction, and Facilities management staff reserve the right to inspect the project site for adherence to dust control measures.

Construction workers working on outdoor projects may not enter the Medical Center unless free of dust.



Air sampling will be completed at strategically important locations Pre and Post demolition and construction phases of projects. The purpose of the air sampling is to assess dust mitigation at the project site.

If deemed necessary by the Safety Officer, the University’s Project Manager, or HEIC, a traffic attendant may be stationed near the project site to direct traffic.

All on-site construction workers must attend an in-service sponsored by HEIC. Materials to be reviewed include rationale for dust mitigation measures in demolition and construction projects in and around the medical center, patient populations served at UCSF, infectious agents of concern, air sampling for mold, and specific measures for dust mitigation.

A contact phone number will be provided to Medical Center staff, patients, and visitors by the University’s Project Manager to answer general questions regarding the project.

This guideline is intended for use at UCSF Medical Center Facilities and no representations or warranties are made for use by other facilities or organizations. Not for outside production or publication without permission. Direct inquiries to the Office of Origin or Medical Center Administration at (415) 353-2733..



EXHIBIT 01 35 13-3

Post Test for Infection Prevention for Construction Personnel(Circle the best answer: True or False)

1. Dust containing mold and other germs can cause serious illness and even death to some patients. TRUE FALSE

2. Construction, demolition, renovation and excavation can generate dust containing mold spores and other germs. TRUE FALSE

3. If you find an injection needle in your work site you should pick it up and throw it out in the garbage. TRUE FALSE

4. Utility services (water, gas, electric) must not be shut off without approval from Facilities Management, except in an emergency. TRUE FALSE

5. It is acceptable to leave the work site and enter the hallway if your work clothes are covered in dust. TRUE FALSE

6. Barriers placed around job sites help to prevent dust from entering patient care areas. TRUE FALSE

7. Adhesive walk-off mats need to be changed only daily. TRUE FALSE

8. For large construction projects, HEPA filtered fan units running in the job site are required to scrub the air and create negative pressure. TRUE FALSE

9. Remove debris using an open container via any route and at times when patients are present. TRUE FALSE

10. During outdoor demolition soil and debris should be kept dry. TRUE FALSE

11.Air sampling during construction and demolition can help determine if Infection Control measures for dust control are working. TRUE FALSE

12.All on-site construction workers must attend an Infection Control in-service. This in-service must be completed at least annually. TRUE FALSE

13.Workers who are sick with a cold, flu or other communicable illness should not enter the medical center.TRUE FALSE

14.You must turn off all HEPA negative air machines before leaving the jobsite at the end of each working day. TRUE FALSE



15. It is permissible to open a ceiling hatch or ceiling tile in a corridor if you only need to look for less than 10 seconds. TRUE FALSE

16. If you are not sure if a utility line is live or dead you should contact job superintendent immediately. TRUE FALSE

17. If you are in a service elevator and a patient needs to be transported in that same elevator, you must vacate the elevator even if there is enough room for both of you to ride. TRUE FALSE

18.You can use passenger elevators to transport materials and equipment. TRUE FALSE

19. If construction dust needs to continually be removed in the corridors outside the project area, it is possible that there is airborne dust in the corridor and you should notify your job superintendent. TRUE FALSE

20.A HEPA negative air machine unit running in a construction space will always produce negative air within the project site. TRUE FALSE

21. Infection Control, Design and Construction, and Facilities Management can stop a job at any time for dust control violations.TRUE FALSE

22.Ceiling and wall access permits are not required for portable barriers in the medical center. TRUE FALSE

23.HEPA machine certification is good for 2 years. TRUE FALSE

24.Fire and life safety systems are put in place to take the place of safety systems that may have been removed or disabled during construction. TRUE FALSE

25.Corridors may be temporarily blocked by construction activity as long as worker is present and it can be cleared within 5 minutes. TRUE FALSE

26.Before entering and after leaving a patient care area, you must wash your hands with either soap and water or an alcohol based hand rub.TRUE FALSE

By signing below, I am confirming that I have viewed and understand all of the content presented in the training video. I also understand that Infection Control and Safety measures are important to safe patient care and UCSF Medical Center operations; I will adhere to all infection control and safety requirements.

Print Name:_____________________ Signature:___________________ Date:_________ Project #:________________ Contractor or Company Name:_________________

ORIGINAL TESTS MUST BE GIVEN TO FACILITIES MGMT AND COPIES RETAINED ON SITE BY CONTRACTOR



EXHIBIT 01 35 13-4

Prueba Posterior de Prevención de Infección para el Personal de Construcción.(circule la mejor respuesta: Verdadero o Falso)

1. El polvo que contiene moho y otros gérmenes pueden causar serias enfermedades y hasta la muerte de algunos pacientes. VERDADERO FALSO

2. La construcción, demolición, renovación y excavación pueden generar polvo que contiene esporas de moho y otros gérmenes. VERDADERO FALSO

3. Si halla una aguja de inyección en su centro de trabajo debe recogerla y arrojarla a la basura. VERDADERO FALSO

4. Los servicios públicos (agua, gas, electricidad) no deben ser desconectados sin aprobación de la dirección de las instalaciones, excepto en caso de emergencia. VERDADERO FALSO

5. Es aceptable dejar el sitio de trabajo y entrar al pasillo si su ropa de trabajo está empolvada. VERDADERO FALSO

6. Las barreras puestas rodeando el centro de trabajo son para ayudar a prevenir que ingrese polvo en las áreas de atención al paciente. VERDADERO FALSO

7. Los felpudos adhesivos deben cambiarse diariamente. VERDADERO FALSO

8. En los grandes proyectos de construcción, los equipos de ventilación con filtrado HEPA que operan en el centro de trabajo son para limpiar el aire y crear una presión negativa. VERDADERO FALSO

9. Retire los escombros con un recipiente abierto por cualquier vía y cuando los pacientes estén presentes. VERDADERO FALSO

10. Durante una demolición al exterior, se deben mantener secos el suelo y los escombros.VERDADERO FALSO

11. El muestreo del aire durante la construcción y demolición pueden ayudar a determinar si están funcionando las medidas de control de infecciones por el polvo. VERDADERO FALSO

12. Todos los trabajadores de la construcción in situ en sitio deben asistir a un servicio interno de control de Infecciones. Este servicio interno debe completarse anualmente como mínimo. VERDADERO FALSO

13. Los trabajadores que padezcan de un resfriado, gripe u otras enfermedades contagiosas no deben ingresar al centro médico.VERDADERO FALSO

14. Debe apagar todas las máquinas de aire negativo HEPA antes de abandonar el centro de trabajo al fin de la jornada de trabajo. VERDADERO FALSO

15. No se permite abrir una escotilla o azulejo del techo en un pasillo si sólo necesita asomarse por menos de 10 segundos.VERDADERO FALSO



16. Si no está seguro de si una línea de servicio público está conectada o desconectada debe contactar al superintendente del trabajo INMEDIATAMENTE. VERDADERO FALSO

17. Si se halla en un ascensor de servicio y el paciente necesita ser transportado en el mismo ascensor, debe dejar el ascensor, incluso si hay suficiente espacio para que ambos lo utilicen.VERDADERO FALSO

18. Se puede usar los ascensores para transportar materiales, pasajeros y equipos.VERDADERO FALSO

19. Si el polvo de la construcción necesita ser eliminado continuamente en los pasillos fuera de la zona del proyecto, es posible que haya polvo en el aire en el pasillo y usted debe avisar al supervisor de obra.VERDADERO FALSO

20. Las máquinas de aire negativo HEPA que operan en un espacio de construcción generarán siempre aire negativo dentro del lugar del proyecto. VERDADERO FALSO

21. . La dirección de control de infecciones, diseño y construcción, y la dirección de las instalaciones pueden detener la obra en cualquier momento por violaciones del control de polvo.VERDADERO FALSO

22. Los permisos de acceso al techo y paredes no son necesarios para las barreras portátiles en el centro médico.VERDADERO FALSO

23. La certificación de la máquina HEPA es válida para 2 años.VERDADERO FALSO

24. Sistemas de seguridad contra incendios y la vida son colocados en lugar de los sistemas de seguridad que puedan haber sido removidos o inhabilitados durante la construcción.VERDADERO FALSO

25. Los pasillos pueden ser bloqueados temporalmente por la actividad de construcción, siempre y cuando el trabajador esté presente y puedan ser despejados dentro de 5 minutos.VERDADERO FALSO

26. Antes de ingresar y salir de un área de atención del paciente, debe lavarse las manos con agua y jabón o un desinfectante de manos o con cualquier frotación desinfectante con alcohol.VERDADERO FALSO

Al firmar a continuación, confirmo que entiendo y he visto todo el contenido que se presenta en el video de entrenamiento. Entiendo que las medidas de control de infecciones y seguridad son importantes para la atención al paciente y las operaciones del Centro Médico de UCSF bajo condiciones de seguridad; y voy a cumplir con todos los requisitos de control de infecciones y seguridad.

Nombre en letra de molde:_____________________ Firma:_____________ Fecha:_________ Proyecto #:________________ Nombre de contratista o empresa:_________________

LOS EXÁMENES ORIGINALES DEBEN ENTREGARSE A LAS INSTALACIONES MGMT Y LAS COPIAS DEBEN MANTENERSE EN LA OBRA POR EL CONTRATISTA



SECTION 01 35 23

UNIVERSITY’S INTERIM LIFE SAFETY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section covers University’s Interim Life Safety Measures (ILSM).


A. Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations:1. JCAHO Standards - 2009.

B. National Fire Protection Association 1. NFPA No. 101- Life Safety Code.

C. California Code of Regulations, Title 8, Industrial Safety.1. CCR Title 8, Section 1922.

1.03 GENERAL

A. ILSM is a series of administrative actions required to be taken to temporarily compensate for the hazards posed by construction activities.

B. This serves to ensure proper protection of University employees, patients and visitors against fire, the by-products of fire and fire related emergencies and to comply with local, state, and federal codes, laws and requirements of accrediting agencies.

C. ILSM program is directed to new construction, renovations and existing Life Safety Code deficiencies within University buildings.

1.04 PROCEDURE

A. University's Interim Life Safety Measures shall be implemented when ever life safety features are compromised for 4 hours or longer. Each Interim Life Safety Measure action must be documented. Primary responsibility for individual items is as noted following each of the 6 ILSM’s Policies and Procedures detailed below. ILSM’s include, but are not limited to the following:1. Site Evaluation: Questions shall be answered specifically for the project. Any affirmative

response shall be considered as a condition that triggers implementation of ILSM.2. Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM) Responsibilities: DCFM shall meet with

University’s Representative to review the project scope and ILSM procedures applicable prior to the start of construction.

3. University’s Representative: University’s Representative shall be responsible for all activities involved with the construction area, will ensure strict adherence to the ILSM by the contractor and will act as liaison with University staff and personnel associated with the ILSM.

4. Contractor’s Responsibilities: Contractor shall diligently adhere to the ILSM. Contractor shall diligently adhere to the Medical Center Facilities Management Jobsite Book. Copies can be requested at the University’s Facilities Management Office, Parnassus Room L-210 or at Mount Zion Room A-06.

5. Staff Responsibilities (Occupants In And/Or Adjacent To Construction Area): Staff shall

30 June 2017 UNIVERSITY’S INTERIM LIFE SAFETY01 35 23 - 1


be aware of compromised building conditions and adhere to the ILSM.6. University’s Facilities: University’s Facilities shall be advised of every construction project

and its implemented ILSM.


A. University’s Security personnel will be informed of pending construction work by the University’s Representative, and will be present during discussion of ILSM’s at the Preconstruction Meeting.

B. Discussion of ILSM’s shall be documented in the meeting minutes.

C. Life Safety Systems Shutdowns: Requests for approval for shutdowns of life safety systems must be submitted to the University’s Representative by Contractor in writing before shutdown is desired as described in Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions. University’s Facilities Management/Building Management is responsible for conducting shutdowns of life safety systems.

D. University’s Representative will document the training of personnel in ILSM’s by the Designated Campus Fire Marshal.

E. University’s Representative and Designated Campus Fire Marshal will inspect construction areas and document violations and remedies of the ILSM’s using the ILSM’s Violation Report and Notification Form provided with this Section.

F. University’s Representative and University’s Infection Control Officer will complete a Risk Assessment (RA) and Preventive Measures Checklist (ICRA) to ensure appropriate controls.

1.06 ENFORCEMENT

A. Enforcement of ILSM’s will be documented by the University's Representative with the use of ILSM Standard Operating Programs for Construction Areas which include Policy and Procedures and Exhibits, provided with this Section.



3.01 EXHIBITS

A. Exhibit 01 35 23-1 - Interim Life Safety Measures, Standard Operating Programs for Construction Areas.

B. Exhibit 01 35 23-2 - Policy No. 1 Project Evaluation.

C. Exhibit 01 35 23-3 - Policy No. 2 Interim Life Safety Measures will be coordinated with and supervised by the Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM).

D. Exhibit 01 35 23-4 - Policy No. 3 The University’s Project Manager (PM) has specific responsibility for assuring that all ILSMs are implemented throughout the project.

E. Exhibit 01 35 23-5 - Policy No. 4 The Contractor is legally bound by the terms of the contract to implement and continuously maintain the Interim Life Safety Measures.



F. Exhibit 01 35 23-6 - Policy No. 5 Staff in areas adjacent to construction shall be kept informed of the construction activities, will be briefed on the ILSM, and provided training on temporary exit protocols and emergency procedures.

G. Exhibit 01 35 23-7 - Policy No. 6 Medical Center Facilities.

H. Exhibit 01 35 23-8 - Medical Center PCRA Form, Assessment of the Impact of Construction Projects.

I. Exhibit 01 35 23-9 - Medical Center PCRA Form, Assessment of the Impact of Construction Projects.

J. Exhibit 01 35 23-10 - Inspector of Record Site Inspection Report.

K. Exhibit 01 35 23-11 - Infection Control & ILSM Signoff Sheet.

L. Exhibit 01 35 23-12 - ILSM Contractor Drill Test Procedures.

M. Exhibit 01 35 23-13 - Violation Report and Notification Form.

N. Exhibit 01 35 23-14 - Hot Work Permit.

END OF SECTION



Exhibit 01 35 23-1

INTERIM LIFE SAFETY

STANDARD OPERATING PROGRAMS

FOR CONSTRUCTION AREAS

University’s Interim Life Safety (ILSM) are a series of administrative actions required to be taken to temporarily compensate for the hazards posed by construction activities.

Implementation of the ILSM is required in or adjacent to all construction areas. ILSM apply to all personnel: designers, project managers, installation technicians and construction workers. ILSM are a required component of every project, and as such are to be incorporated into the Contract Documents by the design professional and are bid/contracted to the construction contractor. ILSM will be continuously enforced from contractor mobilization through completion of any construction project.

The ILSM are intended to provide a level of life safety comparable to that described in 2009 JCAHO Standards, the applicable occupancy chapters of the 2000 edition of the Life Safety Code (NFPA 101) and CCR Title 8, Section 1922. ILSM are to be instituted anytime an area is going to be compromised. Each ILSM action must be documented.

Six separate Policies and Procedures are outlined herein and identified in detail are the assigned responsibilities for determination of implementing the Interim Life Safety Measures program. Included are seven Exhibits that shall serve as documentation of the outlined ILSM program.



Exhibit 01 35 23-2

INTERIM LIFE SAFETY

POLICIES AND PROCEDURES

POLICY NO. 1 PROJECT EVALUATION

After the contract specifying ILSMs are in place, but prior to starting construction, the University’s Project Manager (PM) will inform the Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM), the University’s Medical Center Safety Officer and the University’s Director of Facilities for the Medical Center about the project impact on fire & life safety systems. The PM will brief the group on all of the ILSMs that are documented in the Contract Drawings and then a walkthrough will occur to evaluate whether contracted measures are sufficient or if additional measures are required. The PM and University’s Medical Center Safety Officer will conduct an Project Control Risk Assessment plan (PCRA) and a Project Control Risk Management plan (PCRM). The PM will obtain sign off. The PM will retain documentation in the ILSM file for review.

The Contractor is required to participate in the assessment, implementation, monitoring and enforcement of the plans. Contractor participation may include training of construction workers, supplying specialized equipment to create and maintain safe environmental conditions, monitoring construction staff behavior, enforcing work practices and maintaining diligent assurance of all necessary records and documentation.



Exhibit 01 35 23-3

INTERIM LIFE SAFETY MEASURES


POLICY NO. 2 Interim Life Safety Measures will be coordinated with and supervised by the Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM)

The Designated Campus Fire Marshal is designated by the State of California with the authority and responsibility to uphold the building code requirements for a fire and life safe environment.

PROCEDURE:

At the ILSM meeting the University’s Project Manager (PM) will provide a briefing to the DCFM and the following documentation:

1. Project location, scope, start date.2. Schedule of construction activities3. Identification of Project Representatives from Contractor, University, staff occupants, adjacent

staff occupants. (Project Directory)4. Proposed temporary impacts or modifications to means of egress and/or building separations.5. New rating assemblies and their location of installation.6. Proposed impacts on Fire Alarm System. Schedule of when area is planned to be off-line, and

provisions for temporary systems if applicable. Code upgrades or new additions to system. Schedule for final testing and certification of new / modified systems.

7. Proposed impacts to fire suppression system. Schedule of when areas is planned to be off-line. New sprinkler installation plan. Schedule for final testing and certification of new / modified system.

8. Information on any hazardous materials to be utilized during construction

For the duration of the Project the DCFM will provide the following services:

1. DCFM to approve Hot Work Permits and periodically inspect condition of contractor-provided fire fighting equipment.

2. DCFM to enforce free and unobstructed access to emergency services and for emergency forces.

3. If path of egress is changed or obstructed during the course of construction, DCFM to conduct one extra local fire drill per shift, per quarter.

4. Conduct staff training when egress or compartmental features of fire safety are compromised.

5. Discuss DCFM organized safety education programs with staff to ensure staff awareness of Life Safety Code deficiencies located in vicinity of the construction area and any construction hazards.

6. Enforce a Fire Watch when a situation presents a hazard to life or property as result of construction or when the fire protection equipment/ system has been rendered inoperable.

7. In case of Fire Watch, DCFM shall notify the local fire department.8. DCFM shall be aware, per PM notification received, of impending construction work,

and shall increase hazard surveillance of buildings, grounds, and equipment with special attention to excavations, construction areas, construction storage and field offices.



Exhibit 01 35 23-4



POLICY NO. 3 The University’s Project Manager (PM) has specific responsibility for assuring that all ILSMs are implemented throughout the project.

The University’s Project Manager (PM) shall be responsible for oversight of all activities involved with the defined construction area or associated with the project. The PM will enforce strict adherence to the ILSM by the Contractor and will act as the liaison with University’s Medical Center staff and personnel associated with ILSM.

PROCEDURES:1. PM will inspect means of egress in construction areas.2. PM will ensure free unobstructed access to emergency facilities adjacent to

construction areas.3. PM shall confirm with Contractor, that the fire alarm, detecting, and suppression

systems are not impaired. PM will report immediately to the DCFM any situations that impair these systems.

4. PM shall inspect, during erection, that temporary construction partitions are smoke tight and built of noncombustible materials.

5. PM shall inform Contractor of smoking prohibition in all areas of the Hospital Medical Center.

6. PM shall ensure that Contractor is responsibly storing materials in and adjacent to construction area, and that Contractor is cleaning and removing debris from construction area in accordance with specifications.

7. University’s Inspector of Record (IOR) shall inspect all infection control measures daily and verify Contractor compliance

8. PM will notify the University’s Medical Center Facilities Management of impending construction work that takes place outside of the approved construction area.

9. PM will ensure, through notification of Contractor, that hazardous conditions inside the construction area are corrected in a timely fashion.

10. PM shall be responsible for distribution and posting of construction alert notices when temporary interruptions affecting life safety codes must be made.

11. PM in conjunction with the DCFM, will document violations and remedies of the ILSM using the ILSM Violation Report and Notification Form provided herein. Exhibit 01 35 23-12.

12. IOR shall record all applicable ILSM for the project construction area per the Periodic IOR Site Inspection Report, Exhibit 01 35 23-10.

13. PM shall schedule a Fire Watch, when required by the DCFM.14. PM to receive a Building Log of all Inspection/Testing Reports of temporary Life

Safety Systems conducted by Fire Safety Office and distribute copiy to the DCFM.



Exhibit 01 35 23-5



POLICY NO. 4 The contractor is legally bound by the terms of the contract to implement and continuously maintain the Interim Life Safety Measures.

Contractor shall diligently adhere to ILSM defined in the Contract Documents. Contractor shall diligently adhere to the University’s Medical Center Facilities Management Jobsite Book. Copies can be requested from the University’s Facilities Management Office, room L-210.Responsibilities shall be contractually assigned to all tier subcontractors.

PROCEDURES:

1. Contractor shall ensure that exits provide free and unobstructed egress, for areas adjacent to and within the construction area, at all times.

2. If alternate exits are designated, Contractor shall provide or modify directional exit signs as necessary for alternate exits.

3. Contractor shall maintain escape facilities for construction workers at all times.4. Contractor shall not block or impede access to emergency facilities.5. Contractor shall ensure that existing fire alarm, detecting, and suppression systems are not

impaired during progress of construction, unless such activity is cleared with the University’s Project Manager (PM) and Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM) and appropriate mitigation measures are put into place.

6. Contractor shall provide an approved, temporary but equivalent system when any fire system is impaired.

7. Contractor shall provide non-combustible, smoke tight partitions with smooth and clean surfaces.8. Contractor shall obtain a Hot Work Permit from the DCFM at the beginning of the job for any

welding or brazing activities, and abide by the terms and conditions of that permit.9. Contractor shall provide additional fire fighting equipment to assure equivalent fire protection in

construction area while existing fire detecting and suppression systems are impaired.10. Contractor shall ensure that all construction employees are prohibited from smoking in or

adjacent to all construction areas within university buildings.11. Contractor shall ensure that storage of materials within and adjacent to the construction area is

kept at minimum level necessary for daily construction activities.12. Contractor shall clean and remove debris from construction area daily.13. Contractor shall ensure that hazardous conditions inside the construction area are minimized.14. When structural or compartmental features of fire safety are compromised, the Contractor shall

be responsible for training employees of compromised conditions.15. Contractor shall distribute written requests for shutdowns of life safety systems to University’s

Hospital Facilities Management and copy to University’s Representative.16. Contractor shall conduct monthly inspection and testing of the temporary fire alarm systems

installed in or adjacent to all construction area and send copies to the DCFM.



Exhibit 01 35 23-6



POLICY NO. 5 Staff in areas adjacent to construction shall be kept informed of the construction activities, will be briefed on the ILSM, and provided training on temporary exit protocols and emergency procedures.

PROCEDURES:

1. The University’s Project Manager (PM) shall notify staff of pending construction activity (Construction Alert Notices), that identify the extent of affected area, hours of construction activity, describes the expected impacts and has contact information for the University’s Project Manager.

2. Staff personnel shall be trained when means of egress or compartmental features of fire safety are compromised due to construction. The PM shall provide personnel a briefing of alternate exits, and post signage to ensure visual direction of exit.

3. Emergency Exiting Map shall be updated or modified to reflect interim egress.

4. The Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM) will brief staff on the care and function of alternate fire alarm devices.

5. The DCFM shall train all staff in the use of fire extinguishers.

6. Staff shall participate in scheduled fire drills for designated areas where Interim Life Safety Measures are being implemented.

7. Staff personnel shall be available for educational programs offered by the Designated Campus Fire Marshal that emphasize awareness of Life Safety Code violations, construction hazards and the Interim Life Safety Measures.



Exhibit 01 35 23-7



POLICY NO. 6: MEDICAL CENTER FACILITIES

University’s Medical Center Facilities (MCF) shall be advised of every construction project and its implemented ILSM, and has the responsibility for ILSM as required for any utility shutdown.

PROCEDURES:

1. MCF shall attend scheduled Preconstruction Meeting.

2. MCF shall be aware, per University’s Project Manager (PM) notification received, of impending construction work, and shall increase hazard surveillance of buildings, grounds, and equipment with special attention to excavations, construction areas, construction storage and field offices.

3. MCF shall notify the Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM) and University’s Safety Officer of ILSM violations reported and verified by personal knowledge. PM shall correct identified violation.

4. MCF shall evaluate, coordinate and schedule all utility system shutdowns and building access requests. MCF will notify DCFM whenever a fire & life safety system is shutdown, and implement any interim safety measures required.



Exhibit 01 35 23-8Medical Center Pre-Construction Risk Assessment & ILSM Plan (PCRA)

Project: Location(s): Start Date: End Date:

Project Manager: Contractor:Brief description of the project scope of work or nature of impairment:

This assessment is to be completed by the Project Manager together with Facilities, Safety, CFM, and the General Contractor before the start of any phase of construction work to ensure that appropriate ILSMs are implemented. If you answer YES to any of the below questions, refer to the Interim Measures Plans listed (1-16) for proposed ILSMs to compensate for all deficiencies, complete all ILSM forms, and provide supporting documentation as required in order to achieve ILSM compliance. Project progression, phasing, and site-specific field conditions will require periodic “re-evaluation” of this document. Frequency of “re-evaluation” will be determined by project representatives (Exhibit 3).

Project Evaluation ChecklistNo. Questions Y N Proposed ILSM Plan

Please circle as appropriate

1a Will noise from pounding, hammering and use of high-impact power tools potentially impact patient care activities adjacent to the project area?

1

1b Will vibrations from high-impact power tools potentially impact patient care activities adjacent to the project area? 12 Will existing exit paths be impaired or blocked?

(i.e. access to all possible affected paths of egress; vertical and horizontal)3, 4, 9, 11a, 2

3 Will the construction area require additional exit routes? 4, 9, 11b, 144 Will existing corridor width be reduced below allowable reductions? (refer to NFPA 101 LSC for allowable reductions) 7, 8, 9, 14, 2, 11a5 Will any exterior access points to the building be blocked? (Access to emergency departments, entrances, and exit

discharges will be maintained free of obstruction, storage, or other impediments.2-Notifcation, 8

6 Will Fire department access to the building be impaired? (access of fire fighting apparatus or access to standpipe connections)

2-Notifcation, 8

7 Will fire alarm system & suppression system be impaired in- or outside of the construction area as part of the project activities? (Any temporary system must be tested monthly. A fire watch & fire department notification must be implemented when fire systems are compromised for more than 4 hours in a 24 hour period).

5, 2

8 Will there be an increase in flammable hazards or combustible fire load? 7, 6, 99 Will vertical or horizontal fire/smoke barriers be breached, and/or special attention to barriers and partitions be

needed?7, 9, 14

10 Is it a Plan For Improvement or project? 1311 Will a hot work permit be necessary for heat-producing activities that could be sources of ignition? 15, 612 Will the construction site require tailored traversing of egress to provide emergency exiting? 4, 9, 11b13 Will there be utility shut downs/disruptions as a result of project activities? (i.e. HVAC, electrical, plumbing, med gas,

IT)16

Additional Comments (i.e. ILSM plans implemented but not required which enhance the overall safety for project area): It should be noted that this building is currently undergoing frequent Environmental rounds by a multidisciplinary EOC Team and smoking is strictly prohibited.

Signature of Campus Fire Marshal or Designee Required ILSM Plans

1) Schedule times when these activities can be performed after hours or on weekends. Halt work activities if patient or family complaints are received.2) Notify the San Francisco Fire and initiate a fire watch when a fire alarm or sprinkler system is out of service more than 4 hours in a 24-hour period in an

occupied building. Notification and fire watch times are documented. Schedule Fire Watches through Medical Center Security.3) Post signage identifying the location of alternate exits to everyone affected.4) Inspect exits in affected areas on a daily basis.5) Provide temporary but equivalent fire alarm and detection systems for use when a fire system is impaired (Monthly testing is required).6) Provide additional fire-fighting equipment directly outside the project area.7) Use temporary construction partitions that are smoke-tight, or made of noncombustible material, or made of limited combustible material that will not

contribute to the development or spread of fire.8) Increase surveillance of buildings, grounds, and equipment, giving special attention to construction areas and storage, excavation, and field offices.9) Enforce storage, housekeeping, and debris removal practices that reduce the building’s flammable and combustible fire load to the lowest feasible level.10) Provide additional training to those who work in the hospital on the use of fire-fighting equipment.11) Conduct one local additional fire drill per shift per quarter -Departments affected by project activities.

-Specific to project area12) Inspect and tests temporary systems monthly. The completion date of the tests is documented.13) The hospital conducts education to promote awareness of building deficiencies, construction hazards, and temporary measures implemented to maintain

fire safety.14) The hospital trains those who work in the hospital to compensate for impaired structural or compartmental fire safety features.



15) Hot work permit must be issued through Campus Fire Marshal which includes special inspections by contractor and other appropriate inspection personnel

16) Schedule shutdown with Medical Center Facilities Management and/or IT DepartmentExhibit 01 35 23-9

UCSF Medical Center PCRM FormManagement of the Impact of Construction Projects

(A) at various intervals of the project, loud noise will be generated from pounding, hammering and use of high-impact power tools.

Schedule times when these activities can be performed after hours or on weekends. Halt work activities if patient or family complaints are received.

(B) at various stages of the project use of high-impact power tools will cause some vibration in the building structure.

Schedule times when these activities can be performed after hours or on weekends. Halt work activities if patient or family complaints are received.

(C) If the following Life Safety impacts occur:Disabling Fire Alarm over 4 hoursImpede corridor widthAdjust Emergency Exit PlanHot WorkDisabling Fire AlarmDisabling SprinklersPenetrations in Fire Walls

Need Fire WatchLeave required width openNeed ILSM Plan postedNeed permit from Campus Fire MarshalNeed temporary fire alarm system in placeNeed State Agency approvalNeed State approved fire stop method

(D) If disruption of utilities occur:Connection or relocation of existing electricalConnection or relocation of existing HVAC Connection or relocation of existing PlumbingConnection or relocation of existing Medical GasConnection to or relocation of existing IT system

Schedule shutdown with University’s Facility Engineer.Schedule shutdown with University’s Facility Engineer.Schedule shutdown with University’s Facility Engineer.Schedule shutdown with University’s Facility Engineer.Schedule shutdown with University’s IT Department

(E) If Emergency Access or Security issues occur:Obstructed corridor pathwayObstructed exit waysExit signs disabledConstruction site accessExit way and security lightingSite or Parking Lot control

Schedule with University’s Facility Engineer on off hours.

Create and post new ILSM exit planRelocate to code complying locationKeep Construction Site locked at all timesProvide code complying lightingRequest Security Officer for duration of work

(F) Other Item: Management Plan:

THIS FORM WILL BE DISTRIBUTED TO, FACILITIES MANAGEMENT, INFECTION CONTROL, CONTRACTOR(S), SAFETY & SECURITY.



Exhibit 01 35 23-10

INSPECTOR OF RECORD SITE INSPECTION REPORT

Date: Proj. Name:

Time: Proj. Number:

Loc: Contractor:

1. CONSTUCTION BARRICADE 1. EGRESSBarricade sealed properly Exits clear and unobstructed YES NOw ith no penetrations YES NO Alternate exit signs are posted Walk-off mats in place, clean YES NO in observable locations YES NOBarricade doors have closers YES NO Contractor has maintained escapeDoor frames gasketed facilities for construction w orkers YES NOdoors close & seal properly YES NOSigns posted cautioning Comments:about the spread of dust YES NOAdjacent ceiling areas intact YES NO 2. CONSTRUCTION BARRICADESAdjacent floor areas clean, no dust tracked YES NO Temporary construction partitions

are rated and smoke tight YES NOComments: Temporary doors are rated and smoke tight YES NO

2. NEGATIVE AIR Comments:Negative pressure at barricade entrance YES NOAll w indow s and doors closed YES NO 3. FIRE ALARM & SUPPRESSIONbehind barricade Verif ication that interim f ire alarm Negative air machines running YES NO and f ire sprinklers are unimpaired YES NONegative air filters clean YES NO Access to Emergency Services Negative air discharge hoses intact YES NO is clear and unobstructed YES NO

Fire extinguishers have Annual Certif icationComments: and are fully charged YES NO

3. JOBSITE Comments:Project area clean, debris removed daily YES NODebris removed in suitable containers YES NO 4. JOBSITEDebris removed at time specif ied YES NO Smoking prohibited YES NO

Confinement for hazardous, Comments: flammable and combustible materials YES NO

Contractor performing housekeeping 4. OCCUPIED AREAS and debris removal daily YES NO

Work authorized and scheduled YES NO Contractor safely storing materialsVisqueen barricade properly in place YES NO in and adjacent to construction area YES NOCeiling access tag posted YES NO Hot Work Permit procedure in place? YES NOSurrounding area clean YES NO

Comments:Comments:

cc: Infection Control Project Manager Inspector: File

INFECTION CONTROL DAILY REPORT INTERIM LIFE SAFETY REPORT

OFFICE OF DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION



Exhibit 01 35 23-11

INFECTION CONTROL & ILSM SIGNOFF SHEET

PROJECT TITLE: ________________________________________________________LOCATION: ________________________________________________________CONSTRUCTION START DATE: _____/_____/_____

IINFECTION CONTROLICRA & ICRM have been reviewed and completed:Infection Control Officer Signature _______________________ Date ___________Project Manager Signature _______________________ Date ___________General Contractor Signature _______________________ Date ___________Recommended action: ______________________________________________________________________

INTERIM LIFE SAFETY MEASURESPCRA & PCRM have been reviewed and completed:Safety Officer Signature _______________________ Date ___________Security Officer Signature _______________________ Date ___________Project Manager Signature _______________________ Date ___________General Contractor Signature _______________________ Date ___________Recommended action: ______________________________________________________________________

FIRE LIFE SAFETY MEASURESFire Life Safety Measures have been reviewed and completed:Pass Fail N/A____ ____ ____ Fire Extinguisher Certified____ ____ ____ Hazardous Material Confinement____ ____ ____ Temporary Fire Alarm Devices____ ____ ____ Temporary Fire Suppression Devices____ ____ ____ Emergency Exit Egress____ ____ ____ Fire WatchRecommended action: ____________________________________________________________________

Designated CampusFire Marshal Signature ______________________ Date ___________Project Manager Signature ______________________ Date ___________General Contractor Signature ______________________ Date ___________cc: Project File



Exhibit 01 35 23-12

UCSF Medical Center ILSM Contractor Drill Test Procedures

Plan ahead – It’s important that everyone know what to do if there is a fire:

Know your evacuation plan Know alternative exits from your work area Know where fire alarm pull stations and fire

extinguishers are located If you have any disability that could delay your

evacuation, inform University’s Facilities Management and your Emergency Coordinator for your work area.

If you are disabled, make sure you have a “buddy” assigned to assist you in an evacuation

Know the location of your Emergency Assembly Area IF YOU HEAR THE FIRE ALARM-ALWAYS

EVACUATE TO A SAFE AREA

If a fire occurs, follow the R.A.C.E procedures

1. RACE ---- Is the acronym used at the origin of a fire

a. R = Remove - any person from immediate danger

b. A = Announce – Pull the fire alarm and call 9+911c. C = Contain – the fire and smoke by closing all

doors and windows to the room where the fire is located. Block space under the door with towels or other material to control smoke.

d. E = Extinguish – the fire if it is safe to do so and be ready to evacuate.

If you Evacuate, move horizontally and go to the area ofrefuge (smoke compartment), beyond the first set of fire doors. You will not evacuate the building unless directed to do so by the Fire Department.

Move away from the fire’s point of origin in a Hospital Building and Ambulatory Care Center:

Be ready to evacuate Listen for further instructions

Move away from the fire’s point of origin in a Non-Hospital Building, follow the procedure for your building, and note the Following:

Evacuate the building according to the evacuation routes

Do not use elevators Meet in the designated location

2. Emergency Phone Numbers

a. UCSF Campus Safety Department (24 Hour Emergency Response Team)

b. 415-476-1414 Police or 9-911 (for Spills or Hazards)

c. OEH&S Phone Number 476-1300

3. Location of Fire Alarm Pull Devices

a. At the beginning of a Project, Contractor will show all employed workers where all Fire Alarm Pull Devices are on the floor.

b. Review the Evacuation Floor Plans, which are located on each floor. These plans show the evacuation routes and location of fire alarm pull boxes and fire extinguishers.

c. Know at least two exit routes to leave your work areas.

d. Practice proper response actions during fire drills.

4. Use of a Fire Extinguisher

A fire extinguisher is an active fire protection device used to extinguish or control small fires, often in emergency situations. It is not intended for use on an out-of-control fire, such as one which has reached the ceiling, endangers the user (i.e. no escape route, smoke, explosion hazard, etc.), or otherwise requires the expertise of a fire department.

5. PASS – If you elect to use a fire extinguisher, remember PAS S

a. P = Pull the pin. Pull firmly to break the plastic lock.

b. A =Aim the hose or nozzle at the base of the fire.

c. S = Squeeze the handle completing the release of the extinguishing agent.d. S= Sweep the house or nozzle from side to side at the base of the fire.

When not to use a fire extinguisher is as important as when to use one. Do not use a fire extinguisher if:

The fire is larger than the size of a small trash can.

You are alone. You have a history of back injury. You have an upper respiratory

infection .

6. If Your Clothing Catches Fire.

a. Stopb. Dropc. Roll

For Larger fires, GET OUT, close doors to contain fire as much as possible.



d. Safety Hotline 353-3073Exhibit 01 35 23-12

UCSF Medical Center ILSM Contractor Drill Test

POINT OF ORIGIN #:________________________

CAMPUS: ________BUILDING: _________ ___DEPARTMENT/BOX: _________________________DATE: ________________ Day: _______________ Shift: D / E / N Participant’s name/position: __________________________, _________________________

At the point of origin, the participant(s) was able to define, describe or demonstrate the following:

Pass Fail Educate

1. WHAT TO DO IN CASE OF A FIRE.

1a. R A C E

Remove, announce, contain and extinguish or evacuate2. EMERGENCY NUMBERS

3. LOCATION OF FIRE ALARM PULL DEVICES

4. LOCATION OF FIRE EXTINGUISHER(S)

4a. USE OF FIRE EXTINGUISHERS(S)

5. P A S S

Pull, aim, squeeze and sweep6. IF YOU CLOTHING CATCHES FIRE

Stop, Drop, Roll

Results to Supervisor: ___________________________________________Phone/Box: _______________________Follow-up / recommendations: _________________________________________________________________________________________________

_________________________________________________________________________________________________



Drill Conducted by: _____________________________________________Exhibit 01 35 23-13

INTERIM SAFETY MEASURE

VIOLATION REPORT AND NOTIFICATION FORMTO: Contractor

CC: UCSF Designated Campus Fire MarshalMedical Center Security DirectorMedical Center Safety Officer

FROM: ________________________, Project Manager, Design and Construction

Phone No.: ________________

DATE: _____/_____/_____

TIME: ________________

REPORT MADE BY: ____________________________________________________

PROJECT NAME/N0.: __________________________________________________________

LOCATION: __________________________________________________________

VIOLATION:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________

REQUIRED ACTION:__________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________




EXHIBIT 01 35 23-14: For Construction Projects


SECTION 01 35 43

ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedures for environmental procedures during construction.

1.02 ENVIRONMENTAL PROTECTION PLAN

A. During the progress of the work, keep the premises occupied in a neat and clean condition and protect the environment both on site and off site, throughout and upon completion of the construction project.

B. Develop an Environmental Protection Plan in detail and submit to University’s Representative within 30 days from the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed. Distribute the approved plan to all employees and to all subcontractors and their employees. The Environmental Protection Plan shall include, but not be limited to, the following items:1. Copies of required permits and procedures agreed upon with City, County, and other

regulatory agencies having jurisdiction.2. Proposed sanitary landfill site.3. Other proposed disposal sites.4. Noise Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for noise

control requirements.5. Dust Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for dust

control requirements.6. Copies of any agreements with public or private landowners regarding equipment,

materials storage, borrow sites, fill sites, or disposal sites. Any such agreement made by Contractor shall be invalid if its execution causes violation of local or regional grading or land use regulations.

C. Requirements: All operations shall comply with all federal, state and local regulations pertaining to water, air, solid waste and noise pollution.

D. Definitions of Contaminants:1. Sediment: Soil and other debris that have been eroded and transported by runoff water.2. Solid Waste: Rubbish, debris, garbage and other discarded solid materials resulting from

construction activities, including a variety of combustible and non-combustible wastes, such as ashes, waste materials that result from construction or maintenance and repair work, leaves and tree trimmings.

3. Chemical Waste: Includes petroleum products, bituminous materials, salts, acids, alkalis, herbicides, pesticides, disinfectants, organic chemicals and inorganic wastes. Some of the above may be classified as “hazardous.”

4. Sanitary Wastes:a. Sewage: Domestic sanitary sewage.b. Garbage: Refuse and scraps resulting from preparation, cooking, dispensing and

consumption of food.

E. Protection of Natural Resources:1. General: It is intended that the natural resources within the project boundaries and outside

the limits of permanent work performed under this Contract be preserved in their existing condition or be restored to an equivalent or improved condition upon completion of the

30 June 2017 ENVIRONMENTAL PROCEDURES01 35 43 - 1


work. Confine construction activities to areas defined by the public roads, easements, and work area limits shown on the Drawings. Return construction areas to their pre-construction elevations except where surface elevations are otherwise noted to be changed. Maintain natural drainage patterns. Conduct construction activities such that ponding or stagnant water conducive to mosquito breeding habitat will not occur at anytime.

2. Land Resources: Do not remove, cut, deface, injure, or destroy trees or shrubs outside the work area limits. Do not remove, deface, injure, or destroy trees within the work area without permission from University’s Representative. Such improvements shall be removed and replaced, if required, by Contractor at their own expense.a. Protection: Protect trees that are located near the limits of Contractor’s work areas

which may possibly be defaced, bruised or injured or otherwise damaged by Contractor’s operations. No ropes, cables, or guys shall be fastened to or be attached to any existing nearby trees or shrubs for anchorage.

b. Trimming: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls.c. Excavation Around Trees: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and

Controls.d. Repair or Restoration: Repair or replace any trees or other landscape feature

scarred or damaged by equipment or construction operations as specified below. The repair and restoration plan shall be reviewed and approved by University’s Representative prior to its initiation.

e. Temporary Construction: Remove all signs of temporary construction facilities such as haul roads, work areas, structures, foundations of temporary structures, stockpiles of excess or waste materials, or any other vestiges of construction as directed by University’s Representative. Level all temporary roads, parking areas, and any other areas that have become compacted or shaped. Any unpaved areas where vehicles are operated shall receive a suitable surface treatment or shall be periodically wetted down to prevent construction operations from producing dust damage and nuisance to persons and property, at no additional cost to University. Keep haul roads clear at all times of any object that creates an unsafe condition. Promptly remove any contaminants or construction material dropped from construction vehicles. Do not drop mud and debris from construction equipment on public streets. Sweep clean turning areas and pavement entrances as necessary.

3. Water Resources: Investigate and comply with all applicable federal, state and local regulations concerning the discharge (directly or indirectly) of pollutants to the underground and natural waters. Perform all work under this Contract in such a manner that any adverse environmental impacts are reduced to a level that is acceptable to University’s Representative and regulatory agencies. Refer to Division 31- Earthwork for “dewatering” water disposal requirements.a. Oily Substances: At all times, special measures shall be taken to prevent oily or

other hazardous substances from entering the ground, drainage areas or local bodies of water in such quantities as to affect normal use, aesthetics or produce a measurable impact upon the area. Any soil or water that is contaminated with oily substances due to Contractor’s operations shall be disposed of in accordance with applicable regulations.

1.03 HAZARDOUS MATERIALS PROCEDURES

A. If any hazardous material is encountered during construction, notify University immediately.

B. Except as otherwise specified, in the event Contractor encounters on the Project site material reasonably believed to be asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyl (PCB), or other hazardous materials which have not been rendered harmless, Contractor shall immediately stop Work in the area affected and report the condition to University and University's Representative in writing. The Work in the affected area shall not thereafter be resumed except by written agreement of University and Contractor if in fact the material is asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials and has not been rendered harmless. The Work in the affected area



shall be resumed in the absence of asbestos, PCB, or other hazardous materials, or when such materials have been rendered harmless.

C. In University buildings there are construction materials that are known to contain asbestos. In some areas, asbestos has been identified in one or more of the following construction products: spray-applied fireproofing; pipe, boiler, tank and air duct insulations; roofing materials; cements and wallboard; surfacing plasters and acoustical treatments; vinyl floor tile and vinyl sheet goods (linoleum); flooring, base cove and ceiling tile adhesives; caulking and glazing materials; acoustic ceiling tile; fume hoods, exhaust ducts and counter tops; and fire doors.1. Contractor shall review the hazardous building materials survey report prepared by the

University Environmental Health & Safety Office (EH&S) to determine the location and condition of asbestos-containing building materials on the Project site. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect Contractor’s employees, subcontractors and University employees and shall not disturb asbestos-containing building materials at any time. If Contractor elects to use respirators for protection, approved half-mask types equipped with HEPA filters should be used as a minimum. Respirator training, medical surveillance and all other applicable state and federal OSHA regulations must also be complied with. No one shall remove, repair or handle any asbestos-containing building materials except Cal-OSHA registered Asbestos Contractors working under the direct supervision of the University Environmental Health & Safety Office.

2. If Contractor observes asbestos-containing building materials in poor or damaged condition, or if assistance is needed, the University is to be notified immediately.

D. All fluorescent light fixture ballasts manufactured prior to 1978 are assumed to contain PCBs and must be disposed of as hazardous waste in accordance with CCR Title 24, and University’s EH&S procedures. Ballasts manufactured after January 1, 1978 and specifically labeled "No PCBs" can be disposed of as non-hazardous construction debris. All ballasts not specifically labeled "No PCBs" must be removed from light fixtures, segregated and held for University's EH&S pick-up. Contact University to arrange for a container and pick-up of PCB-containing light ballasts.

E. Fluorescent lamps typically contain mercury that is listed as a presumptive hazardous waste under CCR Title 22, Chapter 11, Appendix X. Disposal of more than 25 lamps per day as non-hazardous waste is restricted by the California Environmental Protection Agency, Department of Toxic Substances Control (DTSC). Haul fluorescent lamps to one of the following licensed facilities:1. Mercury Technologies, Inc., 30677 Huntwood Avenue, Hayward, CA 94544; (510) 429-

1129.2. Allied Environmental Technology, 47375 Fremont Blvd., Fremont, CA 94538; (510) 490-

8686.3. Mercury Recovery Services, 2021 South Myrtle, Monrovia, CA 91016; (818) 301-1372.4. Lighting Resources, Inc., 805 E. Francis Street, Ontario, CA 91766; (909) 923-7252.5. Contractor shall provide the University with a certificate or receipt from the recycling

facility as proof of compliance with this Section.

F. Unless otherwise determined by approved testing methods, all paints applied prior to 1979 are assumed to contain lead, a regulated hazardous material. Contractor shall take all necessary precautions to protect Contractor’s employees, subcontractors and University employees from exposure to lead-containing dust. Contractor shall comply with the Cal-OSHA lead standard for the construction industry, CCR Title 8, Section 1532.1 which applies to any construction activity which may release lead dust or fume including, but not limited to, manual sanding, abrasive blasting, welding, cutting or torch burning of lead-based coatings.1. Lead painted construction debris resulting from demolition activities is not considered to

be hazardous waste unless the paint has been intentionally separated from its substrate through chemical stripping or other means. If lead-based paint is to be removed from its



substrate, it must be segregated, packaged and held for University's EH&S pick-up. Contact University to arrange for a container and pick-up of lead-based paint waste.

G. Hospital or clinical environments may contain elemental lead sheet goods within ceiling, wall, floor or door cavities. Elemental lead is a regulated hazardous material and shall not be disposed of as non-hazardous construction debris. Contractor shall remove all lead sheet goods and haul to an approved recycling facility. Contractor shall provide the University with a certificate or receipt from the recycling facility as proof of compliance with this Section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIAL SAFETY DATA SHEETS

A. Contractor shall prepare a detailed list of hazardous chemicals as well as materials and operations that may give off noxious odors, such as welding operations, that are anticipated to be used on the jobsite. This list shall be accompanied by a Material Safety Data Sheet (MSDS) for each chemical listed. Contractor shall provide two sets of this list and MSDS to the University prior to the Pre-Construction Conference.

B. Prior to the start of work at the jobsite, the University shall review and obtain comments on the list and MSDS, with a proceed signature from the University's Environmental Health & Safety (EH&S) Occupational Health and Research Safety Program (OHRS); University's contact is Director of EH&S - Phone No. (415) 476-1794.1. In the event comments are made that will affect the Project, the University will discuss the

issue with University's EH&S to achieve a consensus.2. University OHRS shall place one set of the approved list and MSDS in the University's

EH&S Projects-Under-Construction File maintained at the reception area, located at University's EH&S offices, 50 Medical Center Way. The File will be checked by the University's EH&S Emergency Responder on a daily basis.

3. University shall provide Contractor with a copy of the approved list, MSDS, and University's EH&S approval letter which are to be maintained at the jobsite at all times. Contractor is responsible for providing notification to employees and adjacent occupancies where warranted.

C. In the event of complaints about hazardous chemicals or materials/operations with noxious odors during the course of the construction of the Project, the University EH&S Emergency Responder shall be immediately advised of the situation, will assess the risk to health and safety and level of that risk. The University EH&S Emergency Responder can be reached at any time (24 hours daily) by calling University's Police Department at [(415) 476-6911].1. If an immediate compromise to health and/or safety exists, the University will request

Contractor to stop work at the Project and the University will initiate appropriate mitigation procedures.

2. If there is no apparent immediate danger, the University shall present the information to Contractor. The decision to continue or stop work at the Project will then be the responsibility of Contractor.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 GUIDELINES FOR MINIMIZATION OF SILICA EXPOSURE DURING CONSTRUCTION

A. Types of Silica:1. Quartz.2. Cristobalite.



3. Tridymite.4. Crystalline.5. Concrete or masonry material:

a. Hard-stone-like building material made of clay, or by mixing cement or combination of cement, sand, gravel, broken stone, or other aggregate with water.

1) Examples of materials found on University property: brick, concrete block, mortar, natural of manufactured stone, floor, wall counter top tile and terra cotta.

B. The following activities can expose construction workers to respirable crystalline silica:1. Chipping, hammering, and drilling of rock.2. Crushing, loading, hauling, and dumping of rock.3. Abrasive blasting using silica sand as the abrasive.4. Abrasive blasting of concrete (regardless of abrasive used).5. Cutting, coring, sawing, hammering, drilling, grinding, and chipping of concrete or

masonry materials when using any powered tool (tool or equipment powered by electrical, combustion, hydraulic, chemical, or pneumatic energy).

6. Demolition of concrete and masonry structures.7. Dry sweeping or pressurized air blowing of concrete, rock, or sand dust.

C. Health Effects of Silica Exposure:1. When crystalline silica is inhaled by workers, the lung tissue reacts by developing fibrotic

nodules and scarring around the trapped silica particles. This fibrotic condition of the lung is called silicosis. As the nodules become larger, breathing becomes difficult and death may result.

D. Control Measures from the National Institute of Safety and Health:1. Dust Control and Dust Reduction System:

a. The key to preventing silicosis is to keep dust out of the air. Dust controls can be as simple as a water hose to wet the dust before it becomes airborne. Use the following methods to control respirable crystalline silica:

1) Use equipment with dust collection systems. Use local exhaust ventilation to prevent dust from being released into the air generated by the use of powered tools or equipment. Local exhaust ventilation may include vacuum systems, dust collection systems, and dust exhaust systems. Always use the dust control system, and keep it well maintained. Do not use equipment if the dust control system is not working properly. Dust reduction systems do not include pouches, bags, or containers attached to powered tools.

2) During rock or concrete drilling, use water through the drill stem to reduce the amount of dust in the air, or use a drill with a dust collection system. Use drills that have a positive-pressure cab with air conditioning and filtered air supply to isolate the driller from the dust.

3) When sawing concrete or masonry, use saws that provide water to the blade.

4) Use good work practices to minimize exposures and to prevent nearby workers from being exposed. For example, remove dust from equipment with a water hose rather than with compressed air. Use vacuums with high-efficiency particulate air (HEPA) filters, or use wet sweeping instead of dry sweeping.

5) Use abrasives containing less than 1 percent crystalline silica during abrasive blasting to prevent quartz dust from being released in the air.

6) Use containment methods such as blast-cleaning machines and cabinets to prevent dust from being released into the air.



E. Personal Hygiene:1. The following personal hygiene practices are essential for protecting workers from

respirable crystalline silica and other contaminants such as lead, particularly during abrasive-blasting operations:a. Do not eat, drink, or use tobacco products in dusty areas.b. Wash hands and face before eating, drinking, or smoking outside dusty areas.c. Park cars where they will not be contaminated with silica and other substances

such as lead.

F. Protective Clothing:1. Take the following steps to assure that dusty clothes do not contaminate cars, homes, or

worksites outside the dusty area:a. Change into disposable or washable work clothes at the worksite.b. Shower and change into clean clothes before leaving the worksite.

G. Air Monitoring: Air monitoring is needed to measure worker exposures to respirable crystalline silica and to select appropriate engineering controls and respiratory protection. Air samples should be collected and analyzed according to The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health (NIOSH) Method Nos. 7500 and 7602 or their equivalent. Air sampling usually involves the use of a combination device called a cyclone assembly and a sampling pump to trap tiny respirable silica particles from the air in the work environment. The cyclone assembly and sampling pump can be placed on an employee, who will wear the device throughout the work shift for up to 8 hours. All employees may be fitted with the sampling device or just a select few who are closest to the silica source may be fitted. The air sample is then analyzed by a laboratory using x-ray diffraction or infrared spectroscopy. The NIOSH recommended exposure limit (REL) for respirable crystalline silica is 0.05 mg/m3 (50 µg/m3) as a Time Weighted Average (TWA) for up to 10 hours/day during a 40-hour work week. The OSHA REL is 10 mg/m3

(%SiO2+2)

H. Respiratory Protection:1. The primary means for preventing and minimizing silica exposure should be engineering

and source controls such as substitution of non-silica containing materials during sand blasting, automation, enclosed systems, local exhaust ventilation, wet methods, and good work practices. Respiratory protection must also be used as a means to prevent exposures. Any half-mask, air-purifying respirator with a high-efficiency particulate filter is acceptable for most operations, but greater respiratory protection may be necessary in some cases. For example: a. For exposures 50-1,000 times the REL (2.5-50 mg/m3), NIOSH recommends

using a supplied-air respirator that has a half-mask. The respirator should be set on pressure-demand or one of the other positive-pressure settings.

b. For exposures 10- 50 times the REL (0.5-2.5 mg/m3), NIOSH recommends using either an air-purifying, full-face respirator with a high-efficiency particulate air filter or a P100 filter, or a powered, air-purifying respirator with a tight-fitting face piece and a high-efficiency particulate air filter or a P100 filter.

c. For exposures less than 10 times the REL (0.5 mg/m3), NIOSH recommends using a half-mask, air-purifying respirator that has a P100 filter.

d. NIOSH recommends workers wear a Type CE, pressure-demand or positive-pressure, abrasive-blasting respirator (APF of 1,000 or 2,000) during abrasive-blasting operations that involve crystalline silica.

I. Exposure monitoring is essential to ensure correct selection of the proper respiratory protection. When respirators are necessary, the contractor must have a respiratory protection program that includes:1. Periodic environmental monitoring.2. Regular training of personnel.



3. Selection of proper NIOSH-approved respirators.4. An evaluation of the worker's ability to perform the work while wearing a respirator.5. Respirator fit testing.6. Maintenance, inspection, cleaning, and storage of respiratory protection equipment.

J. Training:1. All employees whose work may involve silica containing dust are required to be properly

trained prior to their assignment to such work and annually thereafter. Documentation of training shall be made available for review prior to initiating work. Training shall include:a. The potential health hazards of overexposure to airborne dust generated from

concrete and masonry materials, including silicosis, lung cancer, chronic obstructive lung disease (COPD) and decreased lung function.

b. Methods used by the employer to control employee exposure to airborne dust from concrete and masonry materials, including wet cutting, local exhaust ventilation systems, and isolation of the process from the operator or other employees by means of distance, enclosure, or other methods, as applicable.

c. Proper use and maintenance of dust reduction systems, including the safe handling and disposal of waste materials collected with their use.

d. The importance of good personal hygiene and housekeeping practices when working in proximity to dust from concrete and masonry materials including:

1) Not smoking tobacco products (UCSF is a non-smoking campus). Appropriate methods for cleaning up before eating and appropriate methods for cleaning clothes.

2) Avoiding, to the extent practical, activities that would contribute significantly to an employee’s exposure to airborne dust.

2. ll supervisors whose work involves the oversight of employees who will be cutting, grinding, drilling, or coring concrete or masonry materials, shall be trained in the following topics prior to, and annually thereafter, engaging in supervision of employees:a. The information required to be provided by Paragraph 3.01G in this Section.b. Identification of tasks the employees will perform which may result in employee

exposure to concrete or masonry dust.c. Procedures for implementation of the measures used by the employer to reduce

the exposure to concrete or masonry dust.

K. Reference: CCR Title 8, Section 1530.1.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 35 49

FIRE SAFETY PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedures for fire safety during construction.

1.02 REFERENCES

A. California Code of Regulations:1. Title 19, Article 1, Section 1.09, Standard Fire Prevention Practices. 2. Title 24, Part 9-California Fire Code, Article 49: Hot Work.

B. National Fire Protection Association:1. NFPA 10 - Portable Fire Extinguishers.2. NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.

1.03 GENERAL

A. The University Safety Program exists to minimize the dangers of fire, panic and explosion.

B. During construction period, and until time fire protection needs are fulfilled by permanent facilities, install and maintain whatever types and forms of fire protection and temporary facilities as may be required by authorities having jurisdiction to adequately protect against fire losses.

C. Develop and supervise an overall fire prevention and fire protection program. Eliminate unnecessary fire hazards wherever possible.

D. Access for Fire Fighting:1. The required access roadways for fire fighting equipment, on-site and off-site, shall not be

obstructed in any manner, including parking of vehicles.2. No material or construction shall interfere with access to hydrants, Siamese connections,

or fire extinguishing equipment.3. Free access to permanent, temporary, or portable first-aid and fire equipment shall be

maintained at all times.4. Maintain fire road around building perimeter at all times.

E. Precautions:1. Notify University when structural features, fire rated walls or components of the fire safety

systems are compromised. 2. Follow all applicable regulatory hot and safe work procedures when performing welding,

cutting, torching, grinding, brazing, or tacking, including protecting personnel and the adjacent work area from fire hazards.

1.04 POLICY

A. Corridors are to be designed, constructed and maintained as required by the Regulations in Title 19 of the California Code of Regulations. Corridors may not be used for storage. Corridors are not to be used as temporary storage during renovation projects. Corridors may not be used as an extension of work space or for the installation of electrical provisions for equipment.

30 June 2017 FIRE SAFETY PROCEDURES01 35 49 - 1


1.05 PROCEDURES

A. Monitor:1. Appoint qualified person with authority to maintain fire protection equipment, institute fire

prevention measures, and direct the prompt removal of unnecessary combustible materials and waste.

2. Such person shall be properly trained in the correct and safe use of extension lights, soldering coppers, flammable liquids, welding and metal cutting apparatus, wax pots, and other heat tools.

B. Construction:1. Plans and documents relating to new construction as well as remodeling projects shall be

reviewed by the Designated Campus Fire Marshal (DCFM) to confirm adherence to applicable building and fire regulations. Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for Temporary Construction Enclosures.

C. Flammable Materials:1. Trash, debris, lumber or other materials considered to be flammable or hazardous are not

to be stored or allowed to accumulate in quantities that endanger life or property.2. Storage and use of flammable liquids to be in accordance with State, Federal and

Campus Standards. 3. Flammable liquids means any liquid having a flash point below 140 degrees Fahrenheit.4. Containers used for the temporary storage of combustible waste must be of solid metal,

such as steel, or made of material approved by DCFM.5. Assign a qualified person with authority to direct the prompt removal of combustible and

waste material.6. Flammable and Combustible Liquids:

a. Storage of flammable and combustible liquids shall be in accordance with NFPA 30, except as modified by this Section.

b. Storage of Class I and II liquids shall not exceed 60 gallons within 50 feet of the structure under construction, alteration, or demolition.

c. Storage areas shall be kept free of weeds, debris and combustible materials not necessary to the storage.

d. Open flames and smoking shall not be permitted in flammable and combustible liquids storage areas. Such storage areas shall be appropriately posted as “NO SMOKING” areas.

e. Class I and II liquids shall be kept in approved safety containers.f. Means shall be provided to dispose of leakage and spills promptly and safely.g. Class I liquids shall only be dispensed where there are no open flames or other

sources of ignition within the possible path of vapor travel.

D. Fire and Panic Safety:1. Corridors and Exits:

a. The placement of any item in exits and/or corridors without DCFM approval is not permitted. Corridors and exitways have been designed and constructed to provide safe passage for building occupants in both normal circulation and under emergency conditions.

2. Exit Corridors, Demolition Materials and Items Delivered During Construction:a. No material may be stored in the exitway.b. Equipment temporarily removed from the construction space may be stored in

the corridor provided it is acceptable to the University and DCFM. The items must be described and an acceptable period of storage time established.

c. When approved by DCFM, items delivered to the site for installation may remain in the corridor for 48 hours maximum provided they are not of a highly combustible nature or the packing materials are not combustible. Every possible action must be taken to have these items delivered when needed and placed in the



construction space upon arrival.d. No permitted demolition material, construction material and/or equipment may be

placed in any corridor in such a manner as to restrict the minimum corridor width to less than 72 inches.

e. [Because of the strategic use of the corridor between Medical Sciences Building and Moffitt Hospital, storage is not permitted in this space.]

f. No exit stairway, smoke tower or smoke tower vestibule may be used for storage including under the bottom stair.

E. Fire Fighting Equipment and Devices:1. Direct access to fire hydrants, fire department connections, and fire alarm stations must

be maintained at all times. Hydrants, connections and fire alarm stations must be easily visible at all times.

2. Provide and maintain appropriate number and type of fire protection equipment including fire extinguishers, fire hoses, and other equipment suitable for type fire associated with the hazards present during course of Work.

3. Fire Extinguishers:a. Comply with applicable recommendations of NFPA 10 for each area of each

construction activity when combustible materials, flammable liquids, and similar exposures to possible fires are present. Locate fire extinguishers in field offices, storage sheds, tool houses, and other temporary buildings.

b. Provide and maintain portable ABC multi-purpose dry chemical fire extinguishers with a minimum rating of 4A-60 BC throughout the area under construction and temporary structures used for construction.

c. In the area under construction, minimum requirements are:1) One fire extinguisher for each 3,000 square feet of building floor area;2) No more than 100 feet maximum travel distance;3) One fire extinguisher at the field office;4) One fire extinguisher at each entry;5) One fire extinguisher with fire watch at the location of open flame work.

4. Use fire fighting equipment and devices only for fighting fires.

F. Emergency Fire Procedures:1. Provide and post an emergency fire procedure plan.2. Evacuate anyone seriously endangered by the fire.3. Activate the nearest fire alarm station.4. Call the emergency number 9-911 if using University campus phone and give building,

floor level, and room number of fire. If using non-University phone, call the local fire department (911).a. Confine fire by closing all doors and windows.b. If it is safe to do so, use fire extinguishing equipment (portable fire extinguishers,

in-house fire hose, and similar items.) to contain or extinguish the fire.

G. [Fire Watch:1. Comply with the governing Fire Code for fire watch conditions when a building or

premises presents a hazard to life or property as the result of a fire or other emergency, or when it is determined that any fire protection equipment or system is inoperable, defective, or has been taken out of service, or [deemed necessary by an OSHPD Fire Life Safety Officer or ]at the request of the local fire jurisdiction.

2. The fire watch conditions shall not be terminated without [an OSHPD Fire Life Safety Officer’s] written authorization.

3. Contractor shall provide the fire watch a phone.4. Contractor shall assign to the fire watch as many personnel as are required.5. When two or more fire watch personnel are required, two-way radios are required to

facilitate communication and evacuation. 6. Contractor shall instruct fire watch personnel as to:



a. Procedures for notifying the local Fire Department.b. Method for alerting building occupants and an evacuation procedure.

7. Fire watch personnel who shall:a. The procedure for notifying the local Fire Department.b. Be thoroughly familiar with the area they are patrolling.c. Perform patrol operations according to instructions from [OSHPD and] local Fire

Department.d. Patrol their designated area at least once each hour.e. Make reports as instructed. A written record of patrol rounds and any significant

information shall be recorded in a logbook provided by University.f. Relay any special orders or pertinent information to relief personnel and Health

Center.g. Remain on duty until properly relieved.h. Check entire building, all rooms (offices, spaces, areas) including basements,

penthouses in accordance with “e” above.i. Alert building occupants of an evacuation.

8. A procedure shall be provided for reactivating sprinkler valves in the event of fire when the sprinkler system has been taken out of service [, and any other instruction required by OSHPD Fire Life Safety Officer].

9. Training necessary to insure Fire Watch personnel are capable of reactivating disabled systems, shall also be provided by qualified persons.

10. Contractor shall return the fire detection systems to active at the end of each construction shift.]

H. Welding, Cutting or Hot Work Permit Policy:1. Welding, Cutting and Hot Work operations permit.

a. Hot Work Permit must be obtained from DCFM's office prior to the start of any cutting or welding operations on campus.

b. The individual taking out the permit must personally examine the location or area inspection where the work is to be done and insure that all safety requirements must be met before work will be permitted to begin. The specific fire safety requirements are outlined on page 2 or on the back of the Hot Work Permit (see Exhibit 01 35 23-14 of Section 01 35 23 - University’s Interim Life Safety). The permit will be issued to the one person responsible for the work to be accomplished.

c. Contractor permits will be issued for the duration of a contract or specific job (see Exhibit 01 35 23-14 of Section 01 35 23 - University’s Interim Life Safety). Periodic inspections will be made to assure that fire safety requirements are being followed. If Contractor fail to comply with fire safety regulations, their permit will be revoked, and cutting and welding will be prohibited in those areas. This permit requirement applies to all cutting and welding work on campus including University’s Facilities Management Operations, and outside contractors on campus. The hot work permit must be conspicuously displayed at the job site, preferably attach to, or near, the welding equipment. Permits issued to the shops shall be displayed in a prominent place at the approved work area.

d. Shop areas that have a permanent set up as a welding area will be issued a permit on an annual basis. Permits issued to the shops shall be displayed in a prominent place at the approved work area. Renewal requests will require a fire safety inspection prior to issuance. However, periodic spot checks will be made to assure that fire safety requirements are being followed. If shop welding areas fail to comply with fire safety regulations, their permits will be revoked, and cutting and welding will be prohibited in those areas.

e. For Maintenance/Repair Welding Shops in Campus with Personnel doing welding repairs in buildings; An annual Hot Work Permit will be issued (see Exhibit 01 35 23-14 of Section 01 35 23 - University’s Interim Life Safety) A renewal request will be require a fire safety inspection prior to issuance. However, periodic



spot checks will be followed. If maintenance/repair personnel fail to comply with fire safety regulations, their permits will be revoked, and open flame, cutting or welding will be prohibited in those areas until comply.

f. A maintenance/repair for daily/weekly permits will be issued for the duration of the contract or specific job (see Exhibit 01 35 23-14 of Section 01 35 23 - University’s Interim Life Safety). Periodic inspections will be made to assure that fire safety requirement is being followed. If contractor fail to comply with the fire safety regulations, their permit will be revoked, and cutting and welding will be prohibited in those areas.

I. General Safety Rules for Welding, Cutting and Hot Work.1. All employees involved in cutting and welding operations shall be carefully trained,

properly supervised, and authorized to perform each job.2. Permits must be obtained from DCFM's office prior to each job, as outlined above.3. A fire watch must be provided on all cutting and welding jobs. Assign a second worker

to "watch" where the sparks fly and be on the lookout for an outbreak of a fire. Individuals assigned to fire watch duty must be trained in fire extinguisher use, familiar with how to notify campus emergencies personnel and sound the fire alarm. Individuals assigned to fire watch duty must also be trained in first aid and may not perform other work while the cutting and welding is taking place. The fire watch must continue thirty minutes after the actual cutting or welding has ceased.

4. Three 5 pound, ABC or CO2 fire extinguisher must be located at the job site, within easy reach of the fire watch.

5. The area where the cutting and welding is taking place must be free of combustible material; or, if it is impractical to move away the combustibles, they must be covered with asbestos tarpaulins or metal shields. All flammable liquids must be removed from where cutting involves wall or floors, and combustibles must be protected on both sides of the wall or floor.

6. Other detailed precautions, as outlined in California Code of Regulations, CCR-Part 9, California Fire Code, Article 49, must also be followed on all cutting and welding jobs.

7. Welding and cutting are not allowed in confined spaces.8. No device or attachment facilitating or permitting mixture of air or oxygen with

combustible gases prior to consumption except at the burner or in a standard torch or blowpipe, shall be allowed unless approved for the purpose.

9. Do not transfer gases from one cylinder to another or mix gases in a cylinder.10. Under no conditions shall acetylene gas be generated, piped (except in approved

cylinder manifolds), or utilized at a pressure, except when dissolved in a suitable solvent in cylinders manufactured according to Interstate Commerce Commission requirements.

11. The use of liquid acetylene is prohibited.12. Acetylene gas shall not be brought in contact with unalloyed copper except in a blowpipe

or torch.13. Oxygen shall not be used from cylinders through torches or other devices equipped with

shutoff valves, without reducing the pressure through a suitable regulator attached to the cylinder valve or manifold.

14. Fuel gas shall not be used from cylinders through torches or other devices equipped with shutoff valves.

1.06 FALSE FIRE ALARMS

A. Take necessary precautions to prevent false fire alarms which could be caused from cutting and plumbing torches, welding, grinding, routing, drilling, power sawing, and other equipment operations which create products of combustion.

B. Smoke Detector Deactivation: Contact University's Representative, who will notify University’s Facilities Management Department for coordination to deactivate smoke detectors in work areas.



C. False Fire Alarms: An excess of two False Fire Alarms will result in a fine of $300.00.

1.07 EXISTING FIRE DETECTOR EQUIPMENT

A. Secure University’s approval prior to deactivating or covering any fire detection system.

B. [Where existing fire sprinkler system or fire alarm system is being modified, provide temporary measures to maintain full time operation of systems in University occupied areas. Operation of sprinkler control valves shall be permitted only by properly authorized personnel and shall be accompanied by notification of duly designated parties. When the sprinkler protection is being regularly turned off and on to facilitate connection of newly completed segments, the sprinkler control valves shall be checked at the end of each work period to ascertain the protection is in service.]

C. Protect smoke detectors from dust during demolition and construction. Method of protection shall be approved in writing by the University’s Representative.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 35 53

SECURITY PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for project security procedures during construction including the following:1. Security program.2. Entry control.3. Personnel identification.4. Permanent keys.

1.02 SECURITY PROGRAM

A. Provide security and protection services and systems in coordination with activities and in a manner adequate to achieve 24 hours, seven day per week effectiveness.

B. Protect the Work from theft, vandalism, and unauthorized entry. Contractor shall have sole responsibility for job site security.

C. Initiate program in coordination with University‘s existing security system at project mobilization.

D. Work Area Enclosure and Lockup: At earliest possible date, secure work area against unauthorized entrance at times when personnel are not working.

E. Maintain program throughout construction period until University‘s occupancy.

F. Provide construction “A” keying different from permanent keying of locks and include organized, locked, and supervised storage for receiving and dispensing items of finish hardware throughout construction period.

G. Inspector of Record’s Access: Provide Inspector of Record with keys necessary to gain access to locked areas of the Work. Inspector of Record will be responsible for such keys and will return them to Contractor at the time of final inspection.

1.03 ENTRY CONTROL

A. Restrict entrance of persons into Project site [and existing facilities].

B. Allow entrance only to authorized persons with proper identification.

C. Maintain log of workers and visitors, make available to University’s on request.

1.04 PERSONNEL IDENTIFICATION

A. Provide identification badge to each person authorized to enter premises. Badges must be worn at all times. Clipping badges to tool bag or job box is not acceptable.

B. Badge to Included: Personnel photograph, name, assigned number, expiration date, and employer.

30 June 2017 SECURITY PROCEDURES01 35 53 - 1


C. Maintain list of accredited persons; submit copy to University on request.

D. Require return of badge at expiration of their employment on the Work.

1.05 PERMANENT KEYS

A. Immediately upon receipt of permanent keys for whatever purpose (finish hardware, mechanical equipment, casework, dispensers, lockers, switches, equipment items, or similar items.), tag or otherwise clearly identify keys according to one University approved system and turn them over to University prior to any opportunity of access to keys by parties other than University.



END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 SECURITY PROCEDURES01 35 53 - 2


SECTION 01 35 56

FIREWALL PENETRATION POLICY

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes description of University’s Firewall Penetration Policy.

B. Related Section.1. Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.


A. Intertek Testing Services (Warnock Hersey Listed):1. WH - Certification Listings.

B. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.1. UL - Fire Resistive Directory.

1.03 FIREWALL PENETRATION POLICY

A. The integrity of firewalls is a crucial element in the performance of the Fire and Life Safety aspects of the Facility. In the event of a fire, unprotected penetrations in rated fire/smoke partitions can contribute to the spread of fire and smoke which will endanger the lives of patients, staff and visitors.

B. The purpose of this policy is to protect the integrity of firewalls by controlling the frequency and manner in which these barriers are penetrated.

C. Contractor must adhere to this policy and Contractor shall provide copies of this policy to all personnel working at the Project Site.


A. University's Representative shall ensure that in-house construction work complies with this policy.

B. University's Representative shall ensure that the University’s maintenance crew strictly adheres to this policy.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Materials and sealants used in the fire rating of penetrations must be as specified in the approved UL or WH listed system for that application.

30 June 2017 FIREWALL PENETRATION POLICY01 35 56 - 1


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROCEDURE

A. Whenever a firewall is opened for any reason (penetration by any pipe, conduit or cable) the hole, large or small, must be tightly sealed using the appropriate UL or WH listed fire rated system.

B. If the penetration is larger than the maximum specified by the approved UL or WH. listed system then the barrier must first be restored, using the same materials as existing construction, reducing the penetration to an appropriate size for sealing.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Inspections of all work to ensure that penetrations are properly sealed shall be made by Inspector of Record.

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 FIREWALL PENETRATION POLICY01 35 56 - 2


SECTION 01 35 63

SUSTAINABILITY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section covers the following subjects: Sustainability Project requirements.

B. Related Sections: 1. [Section 01 91 00 - Commissioning: General commissioning requirements.]2. [Section 23 08 00 - Commissioning of HVAC: Mechanical systems commissioning

requirements.]3. Individual specification sections for additional product requirements.4. Section [______-_____________]: Electrical systems commissioning requirements.5. Section [______-_____________]: Plumbing systems commissioning requirements.


A. American Society of Heating, Refrigerating and Air-Conditioning Engineers: 1. ASHRAE 52.2[-1999] - Method of Testing General Ventilation Air-Cleaning Devices for

Removal Efficiency by Particle Size.2. ASHRAE 62.1[-2007] - Ventilation for Acceptable Indoor Air Quality.3. ASHRAE 90.1[-2007] - Energy Efficient Design of New Buildings Except Low-Rise

Residential Buildings.

B. ASTM International: 1. ASTM C1371[-2004a] - Standard Test Method for Determination of Emittance of

Materials Near Room Temperature Using Portable Emissometers.2. ASTM C1549[-2004] - Standard Test Method for Determination of Solar Reflectance Near

Ambient Temperature Using a Portable Solar Reflectometer.3. ASTM E408[-1971(1996)e1] - Standard Test Methods for Total Normal Emittance of

Surfaces Using Inspection-Meter Techniques.4. ASTM E903[-1996] - Standard Test Method for Solar Absorptance, Reflectance, and

Transmittance of Materials Using Integrating Spheres.5. ASTM E1918[-1997] - Standard Test Method for Measuring Solar Reflectance of

Horizontal and Low-Sloped Surfaces in the Field.6. ASTM E1980[-2001] - Standard Practice for Calculating Solar Reflectance Index of

Horizontal and Low-Sloped Opaque Surfaces.

C. CBC - California Building Code.

D. California Department of Health Services: 1. CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174 - Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions

from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers, including 2004 Addenda.

E. Carpet and Rug Institute: 1. CRI Green Label Plus Testing Program.2. CRI Green Label Testing Program.

F. Forest Stewardship Council:

30 June 2017 SUSTAINABILITY PROJECT REQUIREMENTS01 35 63 - 1


1. FSC Guidelines- Forest Stewardship Council Guidelines.

G. Green Seal: 1. GC-03[-2nd Edition, January 7, 1997] - Anti-Corrosive Paints.2. GS-11[-1st Edition, May 20, 1993] - Product Specific Environmental Requirements.3. GS-36[-October 19, 2000] - Aerosol Adhesives.

H. GREENGUARD Environmental Institute: 1. GREENGUARD Children and Schools Certification Program.

I. International Standards Organization: 1. ISO 14021[-1999] - Environmental Labels and Declarations - Self-Declared

Environmental Claims (Type II Environmental Labeling).J. Scientific Certification Systems:

1. SCS EC10.2 - Environmental Certification Program Indoor Air Quality Performance.

K. Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors: 1. SMACNA IAQ[-2nd Edition 2007] - IAQ Guidelines for Occupied Buildings Under

Construction.

L. South Coast Air Quality Management District: 1. SCAQMD Rule 1113[-January 1, 2004] - Architectural Coatings.2. SCAQMD Rule 1168[-January 7, 2005] - Adhesive and Sealant Applications.

M. U.S. Environmental Protection Agency: 1. ENERGY STAR - ENERGY STAR Voluntary Labeling Program.2. EPA IAQ Testing - Compendium of Methods for the Determination of Air Pollutants in

Indoor Air.3. EPA Construction General Permit, 2003.

N. U.S. Green Building Council: 1. LEED 2009 for New Construction and Major Renovations Rating System.2. LEED 2009 for Core & Shell Development Rating System.3. LEED 2009 for Existing Buildings Operations & Maintenance Rating System.4. LEED 2009 for Commercial Interiors Rating System.5. LEED Reference Guide for Green Building Design and Construction For the Design,

Construction and Major Renovations of Commercial and Institutional Buildings Including Core & Shell and K-12 School Projects, Version [________].

6. LEED Reference Guide - LEED for Existing Buildings Reference Guide, Version [________].

7. LEED Reference Guide - LEED for Commercial Interiors Reference Guide, Version [________].

1.03 SUSTAINABLE PROJECT GOALS

A. Comply with the following general sustainable Project goals. Refer to specific specification sections for more detailed requirements.1. Notify University and University’s Representative when conflicts arise between Work

performance and sustainable Project goals.

SPEC NOTE Consider adding information to LEED checklist to identify entity responsible for credit compliance and documentation. Most credits can be assigned solely to Owner, Architect/Engineer, or Contractor.



B. Sustainable Project Goals: Refer to Exhibit 01 35 63-1 LEED Rating System Project Checklist attached to this section.

SPEC NOTE Edit the following list to be consistent with possible LEED credits identified for Project.

C. Use resources efficiently: 1. Reuse existing buildings and materials.2. Furnish materials that use resources efficiently.3. Use construction practices that achieve efficient use of resources and materials.4. Recycle or reuse job site waste.5. Furnish recycled content materials.6. Furnish materials that can be recycled.

D. Avoid scarce, irreplaceable, or endangered resources: 1. Furnish materials from abundant, well managed resources.2. Furnish materials that are replaceable, renewable, or can be replenished.3. Furnish materials that minimize damage to natural habitats.

E. Use durable materials: 1. Furnish materials with longest usable life.2. Furnish materials that can be reused.3. Furnish materials with least maintenance requirements.

F. Create spaces that are healthy for occupants: 1. Furnish low toxic products and materials.2. Furnish materials without toxic maintenance requirements.3. Furnish mechanical equipment that provides fresh air and does not trap water or

pollutants.

G. Use energy efficiently: 1. Furnish materials with low embodied energy.2. Furnish materials that save energy during building operations.

H. Use water efficiently: 1. Use construction practices that use water efficiently.2. Furnish water conserving appliances and equipment.3. Landscape Project site for water conservation.4. Capture and utilize rainwater.

I. Furnish materials that generate least amount of pollution.

J. Protect and restore natural habitats on site.

1.04 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Preinstallation Meetings:1. Convene minimum one week prior to commencing work of this section.2. Review submittal and documentation requirements for LEED Rating System certificate.3. Review construction procedures and temporary facilities required for LEED Rating

System compliance.4. Review LEED credits requiring [Contractor] furnished data and documentation and

Contractor responsibilities for completing LEED On-Line forms.

1.05 SUBMITTALS



SPEC NOTE Only request submittals needed to verify compliance with Project requirements. The following submittals include documentation necessary to support LEED certification. Edit requirements carefully.

A. Product Data: 1. Submit data for filter media and filter efficiency.

B. Manufacturer's Certificate: Certify products and materials meet or exceed specified requirements.1. Certify paving materials solar reflectance index.

a. Indicate solar reflectance index and percent of total site hardscape surfaces for each paving material.

2. Certify roofing materials solar reflectance index.a. Indicate roof slope, solar reflectance index, and percent of total roof surface for each

roofing material.3. Certify plumbing fixture water consumption rates.

a. Indicate manufacturer and model number of each fixture and fitting and water consumption rates.

4. Certify source and origin for [salvaged] [and] [reused] Products.a. Include description and location of each [salvaged] [and] [reused] Product in

completed construction.5. Certify recycled material content for recycled content products permanently installed as

part of Project.a. Indicate post-consumer recycled content percent by weight [as defined by LEED

Rating System].b. Indicate pre-consumer recycled content percent by weight [as defined by LEED

Rating System].c. Indicate recycled content materials in accordance with ISO 14021.

6. Certify source for regional materials for products permanently installed as part of Project.a. Indicate manufacturing or fabrication location and distance to site in miles (km).b. Indicate percent by weight of each product qualifying as regional material.

7. Certify lumber is harvested from Forest Stewardship Council Certified well managed forest.a. Indicate certifying agency and agency accreditation by Forest Stewardship Council.b. Include chain-of-custody documentation tracking wood product from forest to

installed Product.c. Include description and location of each certified wood-based Product in completed

construction.8. Certify volatile organic compound content for each interior [adhesive] [and] [sealant] and

related primer.a. Include data sheet indicating volatile organic compound content, in g/L, for each

Product.9. Certify volatile organic compound content for each interior paint and coating.

a. Include data sheet indicating volatile organic compound, in g/L, and chemical component content for each Product.

10. Certify volatile organic compound content for each carpet [and carpet cushion].a. Include independent test results indicating each carpet complies with CRI Green

Label Plus Testing Program.b. Include independent test results indicating each carpet cushion complies with CRI

Green Label Testing Program.11. Certify each composite wood [and agrifiber] product contains no added urea-

formaldehyde resins.12. Include data sheet indicating urea-formaldehyde resin content for each Product.

SPEC NOTE Coordinate construction photo requirements with Section 01 32 00 - Construction Progress Documentation.



C. Construction Photographs: Submit photographs indicating measures protecting materials from moisture for the following: 1. Absorptive materials, including but not limited to masonry units, lumber, finished

architectural woodwork, flush wood doors, gypsum board, acoustical ceiling tiles, and insulation.

2. Ducts and other HVAC equipment.

D. Product Cost Data: 1. Submit cost of Products, excluding cost of labor and equipment for installation, for the

following products installed as part of permanent construction: a. Salvaged, refurbished, and reused products.b. Products with recycled material content.c. Regional products.d. Rapidly renewable products.e. Certified wood products.

E. Construction Plans: 1. Construction Waste Management Plan: Refer to Section 01 74 19 - Construction Waste

Management and Disposal.2. Construction Indoor Air Quality (IAQ) Plan: Indicate absorptive material and HVAC

system protection; source control; pathway interruption; housekeeping and construction sequencing.

3. Materials Reuse Management Plan: Indicate list of salvaged, refurbished or reused materials and Products to be incorporated into the Work. Include source for each material and Product and intended locations within completed construction. Calculate value of reused materials as a percentage of total Project material and Product cost.a. Submit monthly report of actual recycled content materials and Products purchased

for the Work. Adjust plan as required to ensure compliance with specified results.4. Recycled Materials Management Plan: Indicate list of proposed materials and Products

with recycled content to be incorporated into the Work. Include total and weighted recycled content cost data for each proposed material and Product. Calculate value of recycled content as a percentage of total Project material and Product cost.a. Submit monthly report of actual recycled content materials and Products purchased

for the Work. Adjust remaining proposed materials and Products to ensure compliance with specified results.

5. Regional Materials Management Plan: Indicate list of proposed regional materials and Products to be incorporated into the Work. Include total and weighted regional material cost data for each proposed material and Product. Calculate value of regional materials as a percentage of total Project material and Product cost.a. Submit monthly report of actual regional materials and Products purchased for the

Work. Adjust remaining proposed materials and Products to ensure compliance with specified results.


SPEC NOTE Each LEED Rating System includes points available for various credits. Number of possible points and points required for each certificate rating vary by the Rating System. Coordinate following rating selection with appropriate LEED Rating System.

A. Perform Work in accordance with LEED Reference Guide to permit application and certification to achieve [Certified] [Silver] [Gold] [Platinum] Rating under LEED Rating System.

SPEC NOTE The following paragraphs allow University and University’s Representative to set project goals for Contractor to meet. When goals are believed to be attainable, Contractor must be permitted some flexibility in product selection and means and methods to meet specified goals. When goals are required, University and



University’s Representative are obligated to ensure specified products and installation requirements permit Contractor to meet specified goals.

1. University identified Project sustainable Project goals that are [believed to be attainable] [required].

2. Furnish products with materials and properties for entire Project to meet or exceed specified sustainable Project goals.

3. Perform Work using means and methods for entire Project to meet or exceed specified sustainable Project goals.

SPEC NOTE Include the following paragraph only when cost of acquiring specified standards is justified.

B. Maintain one copy of each document on site.

1.07 QUALIFICATIONS

SPEC NOTE The following is not required by LEED Rating Systems. Include the following when Contractor is required to employ personnel familiar with LEED requirements to assist with LEED documentation.

A. Monitor and manage compliance with this section under direct supervision of LEED Accredited Professional.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

SPEC NOTE Coordinate product requirements with individual specification sections where additional requirements are specified.

2.01 PROHIBITED MATERIALS

A. Do not use materials containing asbestos, polychlorinated biphenyls (PCB) or other hazardous materials.

SPEC NOTE Prohibiting HCFC and Halon is optional under LEED Rating System.

B. Do not use HCFC based refrigerants or Halon extinguishing agents.

C. Do not use materials containing butyl for interior locations.

2.02 HVAC FILTERS

SPEC NOTE Coordinate temporary and permanent filter requirements with Division 23 {15} sections. LEED requires MERV 13 permanent filters for return and outside air when building is mechanically ventilated.

A. Temporary Return Air Filters: ASHRAE 52.2 minimum efficiency reporting value (MERV) of 8.

2.03 PAVING MATERIALS

SPEC NOTE Sustainable design requirements permit combination of shading, open grid pavements, and minimum SRI values.Select paving material performance appropriate to applicable Project LEED Rating system.

A. Paving Surfaces: Minimum solar reflectance index (SRI) of 29, calculated in accordance with



ASTM E1980.1. Reflectance: Measured in accordance with ASTM E903, ASTM E1918, or ASTM C1549.2. Emittance: Measured in accordance with ASTM E408 or ASTM C1371.

2.04 ROOFING MATERIALS

SPEC NOTE Select roof surface performance appropriate to applicable Project LEED Rating system. Select SRI 79 for low sloped roofs, less than or equal to 2: 12 pitch. Select SRI 29 for steep sloped roofs, greater than 2: 12 pitch.

A. Roof Surface: Minimum solar reflectance index (SRI) of [78] [29] for 75 percent of roof area, calculated in accordance with ASTM E1980.1. Reflectance: Measured in accordance with ASTM E903, ASTM E1918, or ASTM C1549.2. Emittance: Measured in accordance with ASTM E408 or ASTM C1371.

B. Roof Surface: ENERGY STAR compliant with the following performance: 1. Emissivity: Minimum 0.9 for 75 percent of roof area in accordance with ASTM E408.

2.05 REUSED MATERIALS

A. Furnish the following materials salvaged, refurbished, or reused from on-site or other sources to achieve minimum [5] [10] percent overall materials reuse for Project's building products as defined by LEED Reference Guide.

SPEC NOTE LEED measures materials reuse by cost. Edit sample list to include salvaged, refurbished, or reused materials with substantial value to ensure compliance with LEED credit. For LEED, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing components and specialty equipment such as elevators are not included in materials reuse calculations.

Coordinate individual specification sections specifying salvaged or reused materials with requirements of this section. Consider adding a direct reference to this section from other sections listed below.

1. Timber framing. [Refer to Section [________].]2. Slate shingles. [Refer to Section [________].]3. [____________________]. [Refer to Section [________].]

2.06 RECYCLED CONTENT MATERIALS

A. Furnish the following materials with maximum available recycled content to achieve minimum [10] [20] percent overall recycled content for Project's building products as defined by LEED Reference Guide.

SPEC NOTE LEED measures recycled content by weight and cost. Edit sample list to include materials with substantial recycled content value to ensure compliance with LEED credit. For LEED, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing components and specialty equipment such as elevators are not included in recycled content calculations.

Coordinate individual specification sections requiring recycled content materials with requirements of this section. Consider adding a direct reference to this section from other sections listed below.

1. Concrete with pozzolan admixtures. [Refer to Section [________].]2. Structural steel framing. [Refer to Section [________].]3. Steel joists. [Refer to Section [________].]4. Metal floor and roof decking. [Refer to Section [________].]



5. Steel stairs and railings. [Refer to Section [________].]6. Metal siding and roofing. [Refer to Section [________].]7. Aluminum framed storefronts and entrance. [Refer to Section [________].]8. Aluminum windows. [Refer to Section [________].]9. Aluminum curtain wall. [Refer to Section [________].]10. Steel stud framing. [Refer to Section [________].]11. Gypsum board. [Refer to Section [________].]12. Acoustical ceiling panels. [Refer to Section [________].]13. [____________________]. [Refer to Section [________].]

2.07 REGIONAL MATERIALS

A. Furnish the following materials extracted, harvested or recovered, and manufactured within 500 miles (800 km) of Project site to achieve minimum [10] [20] percent overall regional materials as defined by LEED Reference Guide.

SPEC NOTE LEED measures regional materials by cost. Edit sample list to include materials with substantial regional content value to ensure compliance with LEED credit. For LEED, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing components and specialty equipment such as elevators are not included in regional materials calculations.

Coordinate individual specification sections requiring regional materials with requirements of this section. Consider adding a direct reference to this section from other sections listed below.

1. Concrete. [Refer to Section [________].]2. Concrete masonry units. [Refer to Section [________].]3. Brick masonry units. [Refer to Section [________].]4. Gypsum board. [Refer to Section [________].]5. Wood flooring. [Refer to Section [________].]6. [____________________]. [Refer to Section [________].]

2.08 RAPIDLY RENEWABLE MATERIALS

SPEC NOTE Rapidly renewable materials credit does not apply to LEED CS - Core and Shell rating system.

A. Furnish the following rapidly renewable materials to achieve minimum [2.5] [________] percent overall rapidly renewable materials as defined by LEED Reference Guide.

SPEC NOTE LEED measures rapidly renewable materials by cost. Edit sample list to include materials with substantial rapidly renewable material value to ensure compliance with LEED credit. For LEED, mechanical, electrical, and plumbing components and specialty equipment such as elevators are not included in regional materials calculations.

Coordinate individual specification sections requiring rapidly renewable materials with requirements of this section. Consider adding a direct reference to this section from other sections listed below.

1. Agrifiber cabinets. [Refer to Section [________].]2. Bamboo flooring. [Refer to Section [________].]3. Cork flooring. [Refer to Section [________].]4. Linoleum flooring. [Refer to Section [________].]5. [____________________]. [Refer to Section [________].]

2.09 CERTIFIED WOOD MATERIALS



A. Wood Based Materials: Furnish the following materials certified in accordance with FSC Guidelines for minimum 50 percent of wood based materials as defined by LEED Reference Guide.

SPEC NOTE LEED measures certified wood materials by cost. Edit sample list to include materials with substantial certified wood material value to ensure compliance with LEED credit. List certified wood products. Include references to individual specification sections where appropriate.

Coordinate individual specification sections requiring certified wood with requirements of this section. Consider adding a direct reference to this section from other sections listed below.

1. Structural wood decking. [Refer to Section [________].]2. Wood cabinets. [Refer to Section [________].]3. Wood wall paneling. [Refer to Section [________].]4. [____________________]. [Refer to Section [________].]

2.10 LOW EMITTING MATERIALS - ADHESIVES AND SEALANTS

SPEC NOTE The following standard sets different limits for various adhesive and primer materials and applications.

A. Adhesives, Sealants, and Sealant Primers: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168.

B. Aerosol Adhesives: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with GS-36.

2.11 LOW EMITTING MATERIALS - PAINTS AND COATINGS

SPEC NOTE Green Seal limits VOC content for interior paint to 1.25 lb/gallon (150 g/L) for non-flat paint and 0.42 lb/gallon (50 g/L) for flat paint and prohibits certain compounds as paint ingredients. For LEED, this standard does not apply to primers, stains, or clear finishes.

A. Architectural Paints and Coatings: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with GS-11.

SPEC NOTE Green Seal limits VOC content for interior anti-corrosive and anti-rust paints used for ferrous metal substrates to 2.1 lb/gallon (250 g/L).

B. Anti-Corrosive and Anti-Rust Paints: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with GC-03.

SPEC NOTE SCAQMD Rule 1113 sets the following VOC content limits for various wood finishes:

Clear Wood Finishes: Varnish 2.94 lb/gallon (350 g/L); lacquer 4.62 lb/gallon (550 g/L)Floor Coatings: 0.84 lb/gallon (100 g/L)Sealers: Waterproofing type 2.1 lb/gallon (250 g/L); sanding type 2.31 lb/gallon (275 g/L); other types 1.68 lb/gallon (200 g/L)Stains: 2.1 lb/gallon (250 g/L)Primers: 1.68 lb/gallon (200 g/L)Shellacs: Clear type 6.13 lb/gallon (730 g/L); pigmented type 4.62 lb/gallon (550 g/L)



C. Clear Wood Finishes, Floor Coatings, Stains, Primers, and Shellacs: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1113.

2.12 LOW EMITTING MATERIALS - FLOORING SYSTEMS

SPEC NOTE For new construction, school, and core and shell projects, include the following paragraph as the only LEED flooring system requirement. Or delete the following paragraph, and include the remaining requirements in this article.

A. Flooring Systems: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with product and testing requirements of CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174 for the following: 1. Carpet.2. Carpet cushion.3. Carpet adhesive.4. Hard surface flooring.5. Sealers and stains for concrete, wood, bamboo, and cork flooring.6. Tile setting adhesives.7. Tile grouts.

SPEC NOTE CRI establishes separate limits for carpets and carpet cushions.

For LEED, carpet adhesives are governed by SCAQMD Rule 1168 adhesive requirements.

B. Carpets: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with CRI Green Label Plus Testing Program.

C. Carpet Cushions: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with CRI Green Label Testing Program.

SPEC NOTE Materials certified by FloorScore include vinyl composition tile, vinyl tile, sheet vinyl, linoleum, polymeric, laminate, hardwood, porcelain tile, and rubber flooring and wall base and stair treads.

D. Hard Surface Flooring: FloorScore Certified for VOC content in accordance with SCS EC10.2.

SPEC NOTE SCAQMD Rule 1113 sets the following VOC content limits for various flooring finishes:

Clear Wood Finishes: Varnish 2.94 lb/gallon (350 g/L); lacquer 4.62 lb/gallon (550 g/L)Floor Coatings: 0.84 lb/gallon (100 g/L)Sealers: Waterproofing type 2.1 lb/gallon (250 g/L); sanding type 2.31 lb/gallon (275 g/L); other types 1.68 lb/gallon (200 g/L)Stains: 2.1 lb/gallon (250 g/L)

E. Concrete, Wood, Bamboo, and Cork Floor Finishes: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1113, including sealers and stains.

SPEC NOTE SCAQMD Rule 1168 sets the VOC content limits for tile adhesives at 0.55 lb/gallon (65 g/L). SCAQMD Rule 1168 does not set specific limits for tile grout.

F. Tile Setting Adhesives and Grout: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with SCAQMD Rule 1168.



2.13 LOW EMITTING MATERIALS - COMPOSITE WOOD [AND AGRIFIBER]

SPEC NOTE For school projects, include the following paragraph as the only LEED composite wood and agrifiber requirement. Delete remaining requirements in this article.

A. Composite Wood [and Agrifiber] Products: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with product and testing requirements of CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174.

B. Composite Wood [and Agrifiber] Products: Manufactured and fabricated to contain no added urea-formaldehyde resins.

2.14 LOW EMITTING MATERIALS - FURNITURE AND FURNISHINGS

SPEC NOTE This article applies to LEED for Schools, only, for products manufactured, refurbished, or refinished within one year of Project occupancy.

A. Furniture and Seating: GREENGUARD Children and Schools certified.

2.15 LOW EMITTING MATERIALS - CEILING AND WALL SYSTEMS

SPEC NOTE This article applies to LEED for Schools, only.

A. Ceiling and Wall Systems: Maximum volatile organic compound content in accordance with product and testing requirements of CA/DHS/EHLB/R-174 for the following:1. Gypsum board.2. Insulation.3. Acoustical ceiling systems.4. Wall coverings.

2.16 EQUIPMENT AND APPLIANCES

SPEC NOTE Delete this article when ENERGY STAR product requirements are specified in technical sections.

A. Equipment and Appliances: ENERGY STAR compliant for appliances, office equipment, electronics, and commercial food service equipment.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 SUSTAINABLE SITES

SPEC NOTE The following is prerequisite for sustainable sites category credits. Select EPA standard appropriate to applicable Project LEED Rating system.

A. Perform storm water management and erosion control Work in accordance with [EPA Construction General Permit] [or] [local erosion and sedimentation control standards] [whichever is more stringent].

SPEC NOTE Use the following for newly developed sites.

B. Limit site disturbance to [areas indicated on Drawings.] [the following areas:]1. 40 feet (12 m) beyond building perimeter.2. 10 feet (3000 mm) beyond walkways, patios, surface parking, and utilities less than 12

inches (300 mm) diameter.



3. 15 feet (4500 mm) beyond primary roadway curbs and main utility trenches.4. 25 feet (7600 mm) beyond pervious paving areas.

3.02 ENERGY AND ATMOSPHERE

SPEC NOTE The following three paragraphs are prerequisites for energy and atmosphere category credits.

A. Perform commissioning Work as specified in [Section 01 91 00 - Commissioning,] [Section 23 08 00 and [________] for the following:

SPEC NOTE Additional commissioning for entire building is optional under LEED Rating System.

1. Fundamental building systems.2. Entire building.

B. Perform Work to meet or exceed minimum energy efficiency and performance in accordance with CBC.

C. Perform Work without use of CFC based refrigerants in HVAC building systems.

SPEC NOTE The following paragraph is prerequisite for indoor environmental quality category credits.

D. Perform ventilation Work in accordance with ASHRAE 62.1.

3.03 MATERIALS AND RESOURCES

A. Recycle or salvage minimum of [50] [75] percent by weight of non-hazardous construction, [demolition,] and land clearing waste.

3.04 INDOOR ENVIRONMENTAL QUALITY

A. Accept absorptive materials on site in manufacturer's sealed, protective packaging. Inspect for damage.

B. Store absorptive materials in enclosed, environmentally conditioned space to prevent moisture absorption.

SPEC NOTE The following may impact schedule by prohibiting loading building materials within work areas before building is enclosed.

C. Do not store or install absorptive materials within building until building is enclosed and materials are protected from exposure to elements.

D. Protect installed absorptive materials from damage with temporary exterior enclosure to prevent moisture absorption.

SPEC NOTE The following paragraph is prerequisite for indoor environmental quality category credits.

E. Perform ventilation Work in accordance with ASHRAE 62.1.

SPEC NOTE The following requirements are optional under LEED Rating System. Coordinate requirements with Section 01 60 00 - Rough Carpentry.



F. Develop and implement construction indoor air quality management plan including the following:1. Comply with minimum requirements of SMACNA IAQ.2. Protect stored and installed absorptive materials from moisture damage.

a. Store materials on elevated platforms under cover, and in dry location.b. When materials are not stored in enclosed location, cover tops and sides of material

with secured waterproof sheeting.3. Protect HVAC equipment during construction.

a. Shut down return side of HVAC system whenever possible during heavy construction or demolition.

b. When HVAC system are operated during heavy construction, furnish disposable temporary filters.

4. Replace filtration media immediately before occupancy.SPEC NOTE LEED Rating system permits one of the three following paragraphs to attain point

for same credit.

Remaining paragraphs in this article for IAQ before occupancy do not apply to LEED CS - Core and Shell projects.

5. Conduct minimum two-week building flush-out with new filtration media at 100 percent outside air after construction ends and before occupancy.

6. Perform building flush-out before occupancy by supplying total outdoor air volume of 14,000 cf/sf (36,830 L/sq m) of floor area while maintaining indoor environment at minimum 60 degrees F (15.5 degrees C) and maximum 60 percent relative humidity.

7. Perform building flush-out before occupancy by supplying total outdoor air volume of 3,500 cf/sf (9,210 L/sq m) of floor area. Continue building flush-out after occupancy by supplying outdoor air at minimum rate of 0.30 cfm/sf (0.0013 L/s/sq m) of floor area or design minimum outside air rate, whichever is greater, until total outdoor air volume of 14,000 cf/sf (36,830 L/sq m) of floor area is delivered to interior spaces. During each day of flush-out, begin ventilation minimum 3 hours before occupancy and continue for duration of occupancy,

8. Conduct baseline indoor air quality testing procedure consistent with EPA IAQ Testing.

SPEC NOTE The following chart is furnished as an aid to specifying LEED requirements. Do not include this chart within construction specifications.

This chart is a list of required LEED prerequisites and available LEED credits for New Construction (NC), Schools, and Core and Shell (CS) projects. The phase column indicates when each credit may be verified. Credits indicated as construction phase credits will require specified input from the Contractor to complete the credit application. Coordinate requirements of this section and other technical section to ensure Contractor submits required data.

When Sustainable Sites SS Credit 9 is sought, the credit may be verified during design, unless the credit includes SS Credit 7.1 as one of the four methods of achieving the credit.

Credit Title Phase NC CSSustainable Sites (SS)

P1 Construction Activity Pollution Prevention Construction Required RequiredP2 Environmental Site Assessment Design NA NAC1 Site Selection DesignC2 Development Density and Community Connectivity DesignC3 Brownfield Redevelopment DesignC4.1 Alternative Transportation-Public Transportation Access DesignC4.2 Alternative Transportation-Bicycle Storage and Changing Rooms DesignC4.3 Alternative Transportation-Low-Emitting and Fuel-Efficient Vehicles Design



Credit Title Phase NC CSC4.4 Alternative Transportation-Parking Capacity DesignC5.1 Site Development-Protect or Restore Habitat DesignC5.2 Site Development-Maximize Open Space DesignC6.1 Stormwater Design-Quantity Control DesignC6.2 Stormwater Design-Quality Control DesignC7.1 Heat Island Effect-Nonroof ConstructionC7.2 Heat Island Effect-Roof DesignC8 Light Pollution Reduction DesignC9 Tenant Design and Construction Guidelines Design NAC9 Site Master Plan Design NA NAC10 Joint Use of Facilities Design NA NA

Water Efficiency (WE)P1 Water Use Reduction Construction Required RequiredC1 Water Efficient Landscaping DesignC2 Innovative Wastewater Technologies DesignC3 Water use Reduction DesignC4 Process Water use Reduction Design NA NA

Energy and Atmosphere (EA)P1 Fundamental Commissioning of Building Energy Systems Construction Required RequiredP2 Minimum Energy Performance Design Required RequiredP3 Fundamental Refrigerant Management Design Required RequiredC1 Optimize Energy Performance DesignC2 On-site Renewable Energy DesignC3 Enhanced Commissioning ConstructionC4 Enhanced Refrigerant Management DesignC5 Measurement and Verification Construction NAC5.1 Measurement and Verification-Base Building Construction NAC5.2 Measurement and Verification-Tenant Submetering Construction NAC6 Green Power Construction

Materials and Resources (MR)P1 Storage and Collection of Recyclables Design Required RequiredC1 Building Reuse-Maintain Existing Walls, Floors, and Roof Design NAC1.1 Building Reuse-Maintain Existing Walls, Floors, and Roof Design NAC1.2 Building Reuse-Maintain Interior Nonstructural Elements Design NAC2 Construction Waste Management ConstructionC3 Materials Reuse ConstructionC4 Recycled Content ConstructionC5 Regional Materials ConstructionC6 Rapidly Renewable Materials Construction NAC6 Certified Wood Construction NAC7 Certified Wood Construction NA

Indoor Environmental Quality (IEQ)P1 Minimum Indoor Air Quality Performance Design Required RequiredP2 Environmental Tobacco Smoke (ETS) Control Design Required RequiredP3 Minimum Acoustical Performance Design NA NAC1 Outdoor Air Delivery Monitoring DesignC2 Increased Ventilation DesignC3 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan During

ConstructionConstruction NA

C3.1 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan During Construction

Construction NA

C3.2 Construction Indoor Air Quality Management Plan Before Occupancy

Construction NA

C4.1 Low-Emitting Materials-Adhesives and Sealants ConstructionC4.2 Low-Emitting Materials-Paints and Coatings ConstructionC4.3 Low-Emitting Materials-Flooring Systems ConstructionC4.4 Low-Emitting Materials-Composite Wood and Agrifiber Products Construction



Credit Title Phase NC CSC4.5 Low-Emitting Materials-Furniture and Furnishings Construction NA NAC4.6 Low-Emitting Materials-Ceiling and Wall Systems Construction NA NAC5 Indoor Chemical and Pollutant Source Control DesignC6 Controllability of Systems-Thermal Comfort Design NAC6.1 Controllability of Systems-Lighting Design NAC6.2 Controllability of Systems-Thermal Comfort Design NAC7 Thermal Comfort-Design Design NAC7.1 Thermal Comfort-Design Design NAC7.2 Thermal Comfort-Verification Design NAC8.1 Daylight and Views-Daylight DesignC8.2 Daylight and Views-Views DesignC9 Enhanced Acoustical Performance Design NA NAC10 Mold Prevention Construction NA NA

Innovation in Design (ID)C1 Innovation in Design DesignC2 LEED® Accredited Professional ConstructionC3 The School as a Teaching Tool Design NA NA

Regional Priority (RP)C1 Regional Priority

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 41 00

REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section sets forth certain codes, standards, and relevant requirements applicable to the work required under this Contract.

1.02 GENERAL

A. Perform the Work in accordance with Applicable Code Requirements and applicable requirements of all other regulatory agencies listed on Drawings.

B. Unless otherwise specified, specific references to codes, regulations, standards, manufacturers' instructions, or requirements of regulatory agencies, when used to specify requirements for materials or design elements, shall mean the latest edition of each in effect at the date of submission of bids, or the date of the Change Order or Field Order, as applicable.

1.03 CONFLICTS

A. If a conflict exists between referenced regulatory requirements or between referenced regulatory requirements and the Contract Documents, Contractor shall notify University's Representative and request that the conflict be resolved.

1.04 OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENT

A. Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development, referred to by the abbreviation OSHPD, located at 400 ‘R’ Street, Suite 200, Sacramento, CA, 95811, is the agency having jurisdiction over Project design and construction.

B. OSHPD will require a Licensed Contractor's Declaration.

C. Inspector of Record: Shall be employed by University and approved by University’s Representative, University’s Consultants, and OSHPD.

D. Testing Laboratories: Shall be employed by University and approved by University’s Representative and OSHPD.

E. OSHPD will require Addenda Approval submitted by University’s Representative.

F. OSHPD will require a Building Permit for the project submitted by the University. No fees are required from Contractor, nor is any local building permit required.

G. OSHPD will require Change Order Approval submitted by University's Representative.1. Substitutions are considered to be Change Orders and must be approved by OSHPD

prior to fabrication or use.

H. OSHPD will require Verified Report forms to be filed every three months during construction. Separate verified reports are required from University's Representative, University’s Consultants, Inspector of Record, and Contractor.

30 June 2017 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00 - 1


I. Copies of forms specified in paragraphs 1.04E, 1.04F, 1.04G, and 1.04H above are available from the University's Representative.

1.05 QUALITY CONTROL

A. Start of Construction: Notify OSHPD of the start of construction in accordance with CCR Title 24.

1.06 PERMITS

A. A local building permit need not be obtained, nor is the construction subject to local building code requirements, unless Contract Documents reference such requirements for specific portions of the work.

B. A permit is required from OSHPD.


A. Penetrations: Seal penetrations through 2-hour fire rated floors or walls with UL or WH approved systems.

B. Mechanical and Plumbing System Anchorage: Support and brace pipes, ducts, and conduits, in accordance with OSHPD Pre-Approved Unistrut Seismic Bracing System, and SMACNA "Guidelines for Seismic Restraints of Mechanical and Plumbing Piping Systems".


PART 3 EXECUTION - NOT USEDEND OF SECTION

30 June 2017 REGULATORY REQUIREMENTS 01 41 00 - 2


SECTION 01 42 00

REFERENCES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for abbreviations, definitions, reference standards, and symbols.

1.02 ABBREVIATIONS

A. Abbreviations, used on the Drawings, are listed thereon.

B. The following abbreviations of organizations may be used in the Contract Documents:1. AABC Associated Air Balance Council2. AAMA Architectural Aluminum Manufacturers' Association3. AASHTO American Association of State Highway and Transportation Officials4. ACBM Asbestos Containing Building Material5. ACI American Concrete Institute6. AIA American Institute of Architects7. AIMA Acoustical and Insulation Materials Association8. AISC American Institute of Steel Construction9. AMCA Air Moving and Conditioning Association10. ANSI American National Standards Institute11. APA American Plywood Association12. ARI Air Conditioning and Refrigeration Institute13. ASC Adhesive and Sealant Council14. ASCE American Society of Civil Engineers15. ASHRAE American Society of Heating, Refrigerating, and Air-Conditioning Engineers16. ASME American Society of Mechanical Engineers17. ASTM American Society for Testing and Materials18. AWI American Woodwork Institute19. AWPA American Wood Preservers' Association20. AWS American Welding Society21. AWWA American Water Works Association22. BAAQMD Bay Area Air Quality Management District23. BHMA Builders Hardware Manufacturers' Association24. CBC California Building Code25. CBSC California Building Standards Commission26. CCR California Code of Regulations27. CFR Code of Federal Regulations28. CLFMI Chain Link Fence Manufacturers' Institute29. CMC California Mechanical Code30. CPC California Plumbing Code31. CPM Critical Path Method32. CRSI Concrete Reinforcing Steel Institute33. CSFM California State Fire Marshal34. CSS State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of

Public Works, Division of Highways' "Standard Specifications"35. DCFM Designated Campus Fire Marshal36. DOSH Division of Occupational Safety and Health (Cal/OSHA)37. DSA Division of the State Architect38. EH&S UCSF Office of Environmental Health and Safety

30 June 2017 REFERENCES01 42 00 - 1


39. EPA Environmental Protection Agency40. ETL Electrical Testing Laboratories41. FGMA Flat Glass Marketing Association42. FM Factory Mutual System, Factory Mutual Engineering Corporation43. FS Federal Specifications44. JCAHO Joint Commission on Accreditation of Healthcare Organizations45. ICBO International Conference of Building Officials46. ICC International Code Council 47. IPCEA Institute of Power Cable Engineers Association48. MM State of California, Business and Transportation Agency, Department of

Public Works, Division of Highways' "Materials Manual"49. NEBB National Environmental Balancing Bureau50. NEC National Electric Code51. NEMA National Electric Manufacturers' Association52. NETA National Electrical Testing Association53. NFPA National Fire Protection Association54. NIOSH The National Institute for Occupational Safety and Health55. NESHAP National Emission Standard for Hazardous Air Pollutants56. OSA Office of the State Architect57. OSHA Occupational Safety and Health Act58. OSHPD Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development59. PS United States Department of Commerce Product Standard60. RIS Redwood Inspection Service61. SFM State of California, Office of State Fire Marshal62. SMACNA Sheet Metal and Air Conditioning Contractors National Association, Inc.63. TCA Tile Council of America64. UL Underwriters' Laboratories, Inc.65. USS United States Standard66. WCLIB West Coast Lumber Inspection Bureau67. WH Warnock Hersey68. WI Woodwork Institute

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. The following terms, when used on the Drawings or in the Specifications, shall have the following meanings:1. As Directed: As directed by University's Representative.2. As Required: As required by Applicable Code Requirements; by good building practice;

by the condition prevailing; by the Contract Documents; by University; or by University's Representative.

3. As Selected: As selected by University's Representative.4. By Others: Work on the Project that is outside the scope of Work to be performed by

Contractor under the Contract, but that will be performed by University, Separate Contractors, or other means.

5. Equal: Of same quality, appearance, and utility to that specified, as determined by University's Representative. Contractor bears the burden of proof of equality.

6. Furnish: Supply only, not install.7. Install: Install or apply only, not furnish.8. New (N): As provided in manufacturer's original packaging. (Unused, NOT USED, not

refurbished).9. University-Furnished - Contractor-Installed: To be furnished by University at its cost and

installed by Contractor as part of the Work.10. Project Site: Geographical location of the Project.11. Provide: Furnish and install.12. Punch List: Comprehensive list of Items to be completed or corrected prior to final

payment.



13. Shown: As indicated on the Drawings.14. Specified: As written in the Contract Documents.15. Submit: Submit to University's Representative.16. Testing Laboratory or Testing Agency: Independent entities engaged to perform specific

inspections and tests, see Section 01 45 00 - Quality Control.17. Work Area: As designated on Drawings.


A. For products or workmanship specified by association, trade, or other consensus standard, comply with requirements of the standard, except when requirements that are more rigid are specified or are required by applicable codes.

B. Applicable standards of the construction industry have the same force and effect (and are made a part of the Contract documents by reference) as if copied directly into the Contract documents, or as if published copies were bound herewith.

C. Unless otherwise specified, specific references to referenced standard, when used to specify requirements for materials or design elements, shall mean the latest edition in effect on the date of submission of bids or date of the Change Order or Field Order, as applicable, except where a specific date is established code.

D. Obtain copies of standards where required by product specification sections.

E. When specified reference standards conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from the University’s Representative before proceeding.

1.05 SYMBOLS

A. Symbols, used only on the Drawings, are shown thereon.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 45 00

QUALITY CONTROL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section: The requirements for the following quality control subjects are covered in this Section.1. Control of Installation.2. Tolerances.3. University’s Representative.4. Contractor’s Responsibilities Regarding University’s Testing Laboratory.5. Tests and Inspections6. Additional Testing and Inspections.7. Test Reports.8. [Geotechnical Engineer.]9. Job Conditions.10. Repair and Protection.

B. Included in Other Sections:1. Requirements for specific tests and inspections.2. Designation of work to be tested and inspected.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. The term "University's Testing Laboratory" means a testing laboratory retained and paid for by University for the purpose of reviewing material and product reports and performing other services as determined by University.

B. The term "Contractor’s Testing Laboratory" means a testing laboratory retained and paid for by Contractor to perform the testing services required by the Contract Documents. Contractor’s Testing Laboratory shall be an organization other than University's Testing Laboratory and shall be acceptable to University's Representative. It may be a commercial testing organization, the testing laboratory of a trade association, the certified laboratory of a supplier or manufacturer, Contractor’s own forces, or other organization. Contractor’s Testing Laboratory shall have performed testing of the type specified for at least 5 years.


A. Tests, inspections, and acceptances of portions of the Work required by the Contract Documents or by Applicable Code Requirements shall be made at the appropriate times. Except as otherwise provided, Contractor shall make arrangements for such tests, inspections, and acceptances with Contractor’s Testing Laboratory. Contractor shall give University's Representative timely notice of when and where tests and inspections are to be made.

B. If such procedures for testing, inspection, or acceptance reveal failure of the portions of the Work to comply with requirements established by the Contract Documents, Contractor shall bear all costs made necessary by such failure including those of repeated procedures and compensation for University's Representative's services and expenses.

C. The Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development (OSHPD) requires a list of

30 June 2017 QUALITY CONTROL01 45 00 - 1


structural tests and inspections to be included in the Specification for hospital projects. Structural tests and inspections required by OSHPD are listed in the special OSHPD Structural Tests and Inspection Form (Exhibit 01 45 00-1) attached at the end of this Section.

1.04 CONTROL OF INSTALLATIONS

A. Monitor quality control over suppliers, manufacturers, products, services, site conditions, and workmanship, to produce Work of specified quality.

B. Comply with manufacturers' instructions, including each step in sequence.

C. Should manufacturers' instructions conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from University's Representative before proceeding.

D. Comply with specified standards as minimum quality for the Work except where more stringent tolerances, codes, or specified requirements indicate higher standards or more precise workmanship.

E. Perform Work by persons qualified to produce required and specified quality.

F. Verify that field measurements are as indicated on shop drawings or as instructed by the manufacturer.

G. Secure Products in place with positive anchorage devices designed and sized to withstand stresses, vibration, physical distortion, or disfigurement.

H. Multiple Tests and Inspections: Certain portions of the Work will be tested and inspected at various stages, sometimes off the site, between their inception and final positioning in the completed work. Nothing in any prior approval or satisfactory test result shall govern if at any subsequent time the Work or portion thereof, is found not to conform to the Contract Documents.

I. If University’s Representative is to observe tests, inspections, or make acceptances required by the Contract Documents, University’s Representative will do so promptly and, where practical, at the normal place of testing.

J. Tests or inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents shall be made promptly to avoid unreasonable delay in the Work.

1.05 TOLERANCES

A. Monitor fabrication and installation tolerance control of products to produce acceptable Work. Do not permit tolerances to accumulate.

B. Comply with manufacturers' tolerances. Should manufacturers' tolerances conflict with Contract Documents, request clarification from University’s Representative before proceeding.

C. Adjust Products to appropriate dimensions; position before securing products in place.

1.06 UNIVERSITY'S REPRESENTATIVE

A. University's Representative is referenced on the Project Directory in the Contract Documents and on the Agreement between the University and Contractor.

B. Monitoring the progress of the work with the Inspector of Record.



C. Documenting the progress and conditions of the work.

D. Reviewing and verifying the degree of work completion with that cited in Contractor's monthly payment requests.

E. If University's Representative is to observe tests, inspections, or make acceptances required by the Contract Documents, University's Representative will do so promptly and, where practicable, at the normal place of testing.

F. Unless specific exceptions are established by the University's Representative's written instructions to do so, the University’s Representative and the Inspector of Record will not assume any responsibility in the following areas;1. Authorizing deviations from contract documents.2. Personally conducting tests.3. Entering into any area of responsibility of Contractor’s Superintendent.4. Expediting work for Contractor.5. Advising or issuing directions relative to construction means and methods.6. Authorizing Beneficial Occupancy.

1.07 CONTRACTOR’S RESPONSIBILITIES REGARDING UNIVERSITY'S TESTING LABORATORY

A. Cooperate with University's Testing Laboratory personnel and provide access to the Work, including off-site manufacturer’s and fabricator’s operations.

B. Secure and deliver to University's Testing Laboratory adequate quantities of representative samples of materials proposed for use as specified.

C. Submit to University's Testing Laboratory the preliminary design mixes proposed to be used for concrete and other materials which require review by University's Testing Laboratory.

D. Submit copies of product test reports as specified.

E. Furnish incidental labor and facilities:1. To provide University's Testing Laboratory access to the Work to be tested.2. To obtain and handle samples at the Project site or at the source of the product to be

tested.3. To facilitate inspections and tests.4. For storage and curing of test samples.

F. Provide notice to University's Representative sufficiently in advance of operations to allow for University's Testing Laboratory assignment of personnel and scheduling of tests.

G. When tests or inspections are not performed after such notice, Contractor shall reimburse University for University's Testing Laboratory personnel and travel expenses incurred.

1.08 TESTS AND INSPECTIONS

A. Certain portions of the Work will be tested and/or inspected at various stages. Nothing in any prior acceptance or satisfactory test result shall govern, if at any subsequent time the Work or portion thereof, is found not to conform to the requirements of the Contract Documents.

B. Tests and inspections shall comply with requirements of State of California, California Building Code (CBC), Section 108 – Inspections.

C. Failure of Materials and Equipment Tested or Inspected:



1. Contractor will be charged for retesting and reinspection resulting from Contractor’s noncompliance with the Contract as evidenced by tests and inspections by University’s Testing Laboratory.

2. Previous acceptance may be withdrawn and material of which tested Samples are representative or equipment may be subject to removal and replacement by Contractor at its expense with material or equipment meeting specification requirements.

3. University's Representative may refuse consideration of further Samples of same brand or make for testing.

4. At University’s discretion, defective material and equipment may be permitted to remain in place subject to adjustment of Contract price.

1.09 ADDITIONAL TESTING AND INSPECTION

A. If initial tests or inspections made by University's Testing Laboratory reveal that any portion of the Work does not comply with Contract Documents, or if University's Representative determines that any portion of the Work requires additional testing or inspection, additional tests and inspections shall be made as directed.

B. If such additional tests or inspections establish that such portion of the Work complies with the Contract Documents, all costs of such additional tests or inspections shall be paid by University.

C. If such additional tests or inspections establish that such portion of the Work fails to comply with the Contract Documents, all costs of such additional tests and inspections, and all other costs resulting from such failure, including compensation for University's Representative and University's consultants shall be deducted from the Contract Sum.

1.10 TEST REPORTS

A. University's Testing Laboratory and Contractor’s Testing Laboratory shall submit one copy of all reports to University's Representative and University’s Inspector of Record, indicating observations and results of tests and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents.

B. Contractor’s Testing Reports to include:1. Date issued,2. Project name,3. Project Number.4. [OSHPD Project Number,]5. Name of Inspector from inspection or testing agency,6. Date and time of sampling or inspection,7. Identification of product and specification section,8. Type of inspection or test,9. Date of test,10. Results of tests,11. Conformance with Contract Documents,12. Whether original test or re-test.

C. University's Representative will distribute one copy each of the reports to University Facilities, University's Consultants, and Contractor.

1.11 GEOTECHNICAL ENGINEER

A. University will retain and pay the expenses of a Geotechnical Engineer to perform inspection, testing, and observations of functions specified by University. Geotechnical Engineer shall



communicate only with University and University’s Representative. University’s Representative shall then give notice to Contractor, with a copy to University, of any action required by Contractor.

1.12 JOB CONDITIONS

A. When Contractor’s methods of operation result in excessive test and inspection costs to University and if after warning, costs remain excessive; Contractor shall defray costs attributable to their methods of operation.

B. Scheduling:1. Make tests and inspections conducted pursuant to the Contract Documents promptly to

avoid unreasonable delay in the Work.2. Make tests, inspections, and approvals of portions of the Work required by the Contract

Documents or by applicable code requirements at appropriate times. Except as otherwise provided, arrange for such tests, inspections, and approvals with the Contractor’s Testing Laboratory. Give University’s Representative written notice within 7 calendar days of when and where tests and inspections are to be made.

3. Cooperate with testing program as necessary to avoid delays. When material or work is not ready at times scheduled for tests and inspections, be responsible for costs of additional tests and inspections occasioned by delays.

4. Premium time fees for testing performed after regular working hours or on Saturday, Sunday, or on legal holidays shall be reimbursed by Contractor except when testing is required for University requested overtime work.

C. Completed Work: Should University’s Representative require tests and inspections for work completed before final acceptance of entire work, furnish necessary facilities, labor, and materials to uncover or remove work in question to extent necessary.1. If such work is found defective due to fault of Contractor, Contractor shall defray expense of

removal, tests, and inspections, and satisfactory reconstruction. Time extension may not be granted.

2. If such work is found to conform to requirements of the Contract, Contractor shall be reimbursed by University for facilities, labor, and materials required for removal, and costs of satisfactory reconstruction in accordance with the Contract for amounts for extra work and time extension.

1.13 REPAIR AND PROTECTION

A. Upon completion of testing, inspecting, sample-taking, and similar services performed on the work, repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the visual qualities of exposed finishes.

B. Protect work exposed by or for quality control services activities, and protect repair work.

C. Repair and protection is Contractor’s responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for testing, inspecting, or similar services.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CLEANING



A. See Section 01 74 00 - Cleaning.

3.02 EXHIBITS

A. Exhibit 01 45 00-1 - OSHPD Structural Tests and Inspection Form.

END OF SECTION



OFFICE OF STATEWIDE HEALTH PLANNING AND DEVELOPMENTFACILITIES DEVELOPMENT DIVISION – www.oshpd.ca.gov/fdd400 R Street, Suite 200 ~ Sacramento, California 95811 Phone (916) 440-8300 FAX (916) 324-9188700 N. Alameda Street, Suite 2-500 ~ Los Angeles, California 90012 Phone (213) 897-0166 FAX (213) 897-0168

Testing, Inspection and Observation Program2010 California Building Standards Code – OSHPD 1

This program is prepared and submitted for an OSHPD 1 project. OSHPD 1 projects include all construction and remodel projects for general acute-care hospitals and acute psychiatric hospitals. OSHPD 1 projects also include construction and remodel of skilled nursing facilities and/or intermediate care facilities except those of single-story, Type V, wood or light steel-frame construction.

AFacility #:12476 Facility Name: UCSF MEDICAL CENTER – Moffitt Long Hospital

UCSF Project #: 12-680AProject #:

Street Address: 505 Parnassus Avenue Sub #:

City: San Francisco, CA 94122 County:

Record Name (Scope of Project): M7W APEX Toilet Upgrade

BTESTS – DOCUMENTATION / CERTIFICATION REQUIRED

CONSTRUCTION

VERIFICATION

OFFICE USE ONLY

REQUIRED TESTS RESPONSIBLE FIRM ORINDIVIDUAL *TBD IOR

FDDCONSTRUCTION

ACCEPTANCE

C REQUIRED SPECIAL INSPECTIONS RESPONSIBLE INDIVIDUAL *TBD IORFDD

CONSTRUCTION ACCEPTANCE

* NOTE: To Be Determined (TBD) – The name of the firm or individual to perform this test or special inspection shall be submitted to and approved by the Office, prior to proceeding with the work that requires this test or special inspection.





Facility #:12476Facility Name: UCSF Medical Center Moffitt Long Hospital UCSF Project #: 12-680 Project #: Sub #:

DCONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION AND REPORTING FOR

OFFICEUSE

ONLY

Ref.No.

REQUIRED CONSTRUCTION OBSERVATION

(See “PERSONAL KNOWLEDGE” as defined in California Administrative Code, Section 7-151)

VERIFIED COMPLIANCE REPORT REQUIRED AS INDICATED(Form OSH-FD-123)

*MILESTONES / INTERVALS GEOR AOR SEOR MEOR EEOR CONTSP

INSP IOROSHPD

FDD

FINAL VERIFIED COMPLIANCE REPORT AT COMPLETION X X X X X

NOTE: Construction observation may be scheduled at project milestones, at specific intervals, or a combination of both.

ABBREVIATIONS: Geotechnical Engineer of Record (GEOR), Architect of Record (AOR), Structural Engineer of Record (SEOR), Mechanical Engineer of Record (MEOR), Electrical Engineer of Record (EEOR), Contractor or Owner/Builder (CONT), Special Inspector (SP. INSP), and Inspector of Record (IOR).





Facility #:12476Facility Name: UCSF Medical Center Moffitt/Long Hospital UCSF Project # 12-680 Project #: Sub #:

E Samples of Test and Inspection Reports are: Attached Deferred Approval. Samples shall be submitted to and approved by the Office, prior to proceeding with the work that requires tests or

special inspections. Not applicable. Project has no required tests or special inspections.

Required test and inspection reports shall be prepared and submitted to OSHPD/FDD within ____ days of the completion of all tests and inspections. If not designated, all reports shall be submitted to the Office within 15 calendar days.This program has been prepared and submitted for an OSHPD 1 project. OSHPD 1 projects include all construction and remodel projects for general acute care hospitals and acute psychiatric hospitals. OSHPD 1 projects also include construction and remodel of skilled nursing facilities and/or intermediate care facilities except those of single-story, Type V, wood or light steel-frame construction.

Submitted by:

Deepak Dandekar AIAArchitect/Engineer of Record (Print Name)

C10032Professional License # Architect/Engineer of Record (Signature)

Date

FOR OFFICE USE ONLY

OSHPD Plan Approval:

Name Date

OSHPD Field Acceptance:

Name Date

Architectural DateA AC D

Structural DateA AC D

Mechanical DateA AC D

Electrical DateA AC D

Fire and Life Safety DateA AC D

Comments:

NOTE: For Testing, Inspection and Observation Program Instructions, visit our website.


http://www.oshpd.ca.gov/FDD/Forms/TIO/TIOProgramInstructions_rev0311.pdf


SECTION 01 45 19

INSPECTION OF WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for inspection of Work during construction.

1.02 UNIVERSITY’S INSPECTORS

A. The University will employ one or more qualified Project Inspector or Inspector of Record (IOR) who will be employed continuously at the construction site, working under the University Representative's general direction. The University’s Inspectors will observe progress of the work and to report to the University's Representative any non-conformance with Contract Documents.

B. Inspectors of Record will also be acceptable to the Division of Facilities Development of the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development.

C. In compliance with the State Building Code, Part 1, Title 24 of the California Code of Regulations, Article 7-145, the Inspector of Record shall have personal knowledge, obtained by continuous inspection of all parts of the work of construction in all stages of its progress, to ensure that the work is in accordance with the approved Contract Documents.

D. Specific duties and limits of responsibilities of the University’s Inspectors include the following:1. Observing and spot checking materials upon arrival at site, and work in progress, to

determine conformance with Contract Documents. Reporting any defects immediately to the University's Representative.

2. Maintaining liaison with Contractor and its Subcontractors only through Contractor's superintendent.

3. Evaluating Contractor’s suggestions and reporting them with recommendations to the University's Representative for final decision.

4. Remaining alert to the Construction Schedule and immediately reporting any potential delays and problems to the University's Representative.

5. Maintaining a Daily Log of activities on site, pertinent to a continuous project report record.

6. Preparing a Verified Report every 3 months (or sooner if required for a specific project schedule).

7. Receiving Samples of construction materials at the jobsite.8. Scheduling and accompanying regulatory inspectors through the project and reporting to

the University's Representative the results of such inspection visits.9. Being alert to conditions which could affect University’s existing operation.10. Reviewing and verifying degree of work completion with that cited in Contractor’s monthly

payment request.11. Maintaining Contract information and Shop Drawing files.12. Preparing a Field Inspection Report of incomplete or unsatisfactory work at intervals

throughout the work progress. University’s Inspectors to check off such items when they are made complete and satisfactory by Contractor.

13. Attending project meetings in accordance with specifications Section 01 31 19 - Project Meetings.

14. Enforcing Infection Control in accordance with specifications Section 01 35 13 - Infection Control Procedures.

30 June 2017 INSPECTION OF WORK01 45 19 - 1


15. Provide all coordination for independent Testing Laboratories.16. Participate in formation of Final “Punch List”.

E. Acts or omissions of any University’s Inspectors (including without limitation inspectors’ failure to observe or report deficiencies in Contractor’s Work) shall not relieve Contractor from its responsibility to complete the Work in accordance with the Contract Documents.

F. Provision of inspectors by University, if any, [or by the Office of Statewide Health Planning and Development] shall be subject to the following:1. Contractor shall not take any direction, approvals or disapprovals from inspectors.2. Contractor shall not rely on inspectors to ensure that the Work is completed in

accordance with the Contract Documents.

G. Test and Inspection Reports1. University’s Inspector shall submit one copy of all inspection reports to University and/or

University’s Designee indicating observations and results and indicating compliance or non-compliance with the Contract Documents.



END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 INSPECTION OF WORK01 45 19 - 2


SECTION 01 50 00

TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the requirements for providing, maintaining, and removing of facilities and controls required to execute work of this Project efficiently and including, but not necessarily limited to, the following:1. Temporary Utilities:

a. Temporary Electricity.b. Temporary Water.c. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating.d. Temporary Lighting.e. Temporary Telephone Service.

2. Equipment.3. Construction Facilities:

a. Field Offices and Sheds.b. Sanitation Facilities.

4. Temporary Construction:a. Access Provisions.b. [Site Barriers.]c. Exterior Enclosures.d. Interior Enclosures.e. Temporary Tree and Plant Protection.

5. Construction Aids:a. Debris Box.b. Construction Elevators, Hoists, Cranes, Chutes, and Stairs.c. Scaffolding.d. Shoring and Underpinning.

6. Vehicular Access and Parking:a. Access Roads.b. Vehicle Emissions.c. Parking.d. Traffic Control.

7. Temporary Controls:a. Hot Work Operations.b. Explosives.c. Storm Water Pollution Control.d. Moisture Control.e. Dust Control.f. Noise Control.g. Sewer Sediment Control.h. Water Control.i. Erosion Control.j. Pollution Control.k. Pest Control.l. Rodent Control.

8. Temporary Signage:a. Project Identification Sign.b. Project Informational Sign.

9. Removal of Utilities, Facilities and Controls.

30 June 2017 TEMPORARY FACILITIES AND CONTROLS01 50 00 - 1


B. Related Sections:1. Various Sections: Protective measures described with respect to specific unit of work.

C. Definitions:1. Hot Work: Operations including cutting, welding, thermal welding, brazing, soldering,

grinding, thermal spraying, thawing pipe, torch-applied roofing, or any other similar situation.

2. Listed: Equipment or materials included in a list published by an organization acceptable to the authority having jurisdiction and concerned with production evaluation, that maintains periodic inspection of production of listed equipment or materials and whose listing states either that the equipment or material meets appropriate standards or has been tested and found suitable for use in a specific manner.


A. ASTM International:1. ASTM E84 - Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building

Materials.2. ASTM E90 - Standard Test Method for Laboratory Measurement of Airborne Sound

Transmission Loss of Building Partitions and Elements.

B. National Fire Protection Association:1. NFPA 30 - Flammable and Combustible Liquids Code.2. NFPA 37 - Standard for the Installation and Use of Stationary Combustion Engines and

Gas Turbines.3. NFPA 54 - National Fuel Gas Code.4. NFPA 211 - Standard for Chimneys, Fireplaces, Vents, and Solid Fuel-Burning

Appliances.5. NFPA 241 - Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alteration, and Demolition

Operations.6. NFPA 701 - Standard Methods of Fire Tests for Flame Propagation of Textiles and Films.

C. Underwriters Laboratories Inc.:1. UL - Fire Resistive Directory.

1.03 SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data describing products only as requested by University’s Representative.


A. Structural Engineer: Where required for engineering temporary facilities or aiding in construction, employ Structural Engineer licensed in State of California, other than Structural Engineer of Record.

B. Access in Occupied Areas: Where work occurs in occupied areas, provide access openings through existing plaster, gypsum board, or acoustical ceilings. Restore ceilings to original condition after work is complete.

C. Temporary Facilities and Controls: 1. The requirement and procedures set forth in this Section are based primarily on NFPA

241.2. Cooperation with University’s personnel is required, and sufficient notice shall be given

prior to start of any work, which will interfere in any way with the use of the property.



3. Since the Work will be performed in and adjacent to occupied areas, particular care shall be exercised to minimize noise and other disturbances.

4. Take precautions at all times to protect persons, including Contractor’s employees, subcontractor’s and their employees affected in any way by the Work; especially guard against or eliminate hazardous conditions.

5. Adequate for intended use and for loads imposed without excessive settlement, deflection, or deformation.

6. Properly support, wedge, and secure temporary facilities to prevent displacement or failure.7. Do not create unsafe conditions or violate Applicable Code Requirements.8. Temporary Enclosures: Temporary enclosures shall be of non-combustible materials.

Fabrics or plastic films shall be certified to conform to NFPA 701.

D. Requirements of Regulatory Agencies:1. Permits and Fees: Secure and pay for all permits and fees required for temporary facilities

and controls.2. Temporary Facilities and Controls: Comply with State and City ordinances, statutes, laws,

rules, and regulations relating to same and with authorities and insurance companies having jurisdiction.

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Comply with minimum requirements specified in Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

1.06 SITE CONDITIONS

A. General: Establish and initiate use of each temporary facility at time first reasonably required for proper performance of the Work. Terminate use and remove facilities at earliest reasonable time, when no longer needed or when permanent facilities have, with authorized use, replaced the need.

B. Conditions of Use: 1. Install, operate, maintain, and protect temporary facilities in a manner and at locations,

which will be safe, non-hazardous, sanitary, protective of persons and property, and free of deleterious effects.

2. Remove and replace any components of temporary facilities that are not suitable for intended use.

3. Temporary facilities of any nature exposed to public view to present a neat, clean attractive appearance.

C. Maintain job site, including field offices and construction sheds, in neat and clean condition.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 MATERIALS

A. Provide those materials incidental to providing construction facilities and executing controls.

B. New materials unless agreed, but shall be adequate for the required purposes. Their use and methods of installation shall not create unsafe conditions or violate requirements of Applicable Code Requirements.

C. Construction materials are to be non-combustible. Polyethylene is to be fire-retardant reinforced with glass fibers and listed by Underwriters Laboratories.



PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Ensure temporary facility and control requirements have been reviewed, approved, and ready for installation prior to beginning work.

3.02 TEMPORARY UTILITIES

A. General:1. Provide and maintain temporary utilities of any nature required for construction or

temporary occupancy until completion of the Work. Include arrangements for and payment of charges for temporary or permanent piping footage required for installation of utilities by utility companies.

2. Provide any new utility services to site, connection to utility sources and distribution of utilities for any purpose.

3. Provide utility reduction items such as transformers and reducing valves, connections to utility sources, and distribution of utilities.

4. Comply with applicable requirements specified in Division 22 - Plumbing, Division 23 - Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning (HVAC), and Division 26 - Electrical.

5. Maintain and operate systems to provide continuous service.6. Modify and extend systems as required.7. Removal and Reconditioning: Remove temporary utilities installed as a requirement of the

Contract Documents. Restore utilities to their original condition at the completion of the Work.

8. Inspections: Unscheduled site inspections will be made to ensure maintenance of equipment and compliance with Specifications.

B. Temporary Electricity:1. Electricity may be taken from University’s systems in such quantities and at such times, as

it is available. Electricity will be furnished at no charge to Contractor. Exercise measures to conserve energy.

2. University does not guarantee amounts of electricity available from University’s existing sources, nor will University be responsible for interruptions in service.

3. Conform to the requirements of Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions for interruptions of existing utilities. Coordinate this installation with University’s Representative.

4. Provide all equipment including connections, transformers, and other materials necessary for the extending of the utility lines to where they will be used.

5. Install circuit and branch wiring with area distribution boxes located so that electrical power is available throughout the Project site by use of construction-type power cords.

6. Provide main service disconnect and over current protection at convenient location, feeder switch at source distribution, and meter.

7. Permanent convenience receptacles may not be utilized during construction.

C. Temporary Water:1. Water may be taken from University’s systems in such quantities and at such times as it is

available. Water will be furnished at no charge to Contractor. Exercise measures to conserve water.

2. University does not guarantee amounts of water available from University’s existing sources, nor will University be responsible for interruptions in service.

3. Utilize University’s existing or new water system, extend and supplement with temporary cooling devices as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations.

4. Conform to the requirements of Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions for interruptions of existing utilities. Coordinate this installation with University’s Representative.

5. Provide all equipment including metering, connections, and other materials necessary for the extending of the utility lines to where they will be used.



6. Install piping with taps located so that water is available throughout the Project site by the use of hoses. Protect piping and fittings against freezing.

7. Provide water for human consumption in accordance with regulatory requirements for potable water.

8. Waste:a. Maintain connections, pipe fittings, and fixtures and conserve water use so none is

wasted.b. Failure to stop leakage or other waste will be cause for revocation (at University’s

discretion) of use of water from University’s system.9. The Work is in a building and adjacent to buildings occupied by medical facilities and

offices, which can be seriously damaged by water.a. Accompany any use of water at the job site with extreme caution to avoid floods

and/or leakage into adjacent space.b. Contractor is fully responsible for loss related to water use or leakage on this Work.

D. Temporary Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating:1. Utilize University’s existing heating and cooling plant, extend and supplement with

temporary cooling devices as needed to maintain specified conditions for construction operations. Temporary heating and cooling will be furnished at no charge to Contractor. Exercise measures to conserve energy.

2. Provide temporary heating, cooling, and ventilation as required to maintain adequate environmental conditions to meet specified minimum conditions for installation of materials; and to protect equipment, materials, and finishes from damage due to temperature or humidity.

3. Provide adequate forced ventilation of enclosed areas for welding, painting, and to achieve curing of materials, to dissipate humidity, and to prevent hazardous accumulations of dust, fumes, vapors, or gases. Maintain a negative pressure in the area of work.

4. Prior to operation of permanent equipment for temporary purposes, verify that installation is approved for operation, equipment is lubricated, and filters are in place. Provide and pay for operation, maintenance, and regular replacement of filters and worn or consumed parts. Use permanent equipment only after obtaining prior written approval of University’s.

5. Maintain minimum ambient temperature of 50 degrees Fahrenheit in areas where construction is in progress, to protect materials and finishes from damage due to temperature and humidity, unless indicated otherwise in specification.

6. Temporary Heating Equipment:a. Temporary heating equipment shall be Underwriter’s Laboratories listed and shall be

installed, used and maintained according to the manufacturer’s instructions.b. Chimney or vent connectors, where required from direct fired heaters, shall be

maintained at least 18 inches from combustibles and shall be installed in accordance with NFPA 211.

c. Oil-fired heaters shall not be permitted.d. Fuel supplies for liquefied petroleum gas-fired heaters shall comply with NFPA 54.e. Refueling operations shall be conducted in an approved manner. When refueling

operations within structures under construction, alteration, or demolition is considered hazardous or inappropriate by University’s Representative, such refueling operation shall be performed at a safe location away from these areas.

f. Heating devices shall be situated so that they are not likely to overturn and shall otherwise be installed in accordance with their listing, including clearance to combustible material, equipment, or construction.

g. Temporary heating equipment, when utilized, shall be monitored and maintained by properly trained personnel.

E. Temporary Lighting:1. Provide and maintain electrical lighting for construction operations, and areas accessible to

the public when natural light is not adequate for work, to achieve a minimum lighting level of 25-foot candles on walking and working services.



2. Provide and maintain electrical lighting to exterior staging and storing areas after dark for security purposes.

3. Provide branch wiring from power source to distribution boxes with lighting conductors, pigtails, and lamps as required.

4. Maintain lighting and provide routine repairs.5. Permanent building lighting may be utilized during construction.

F. Temporary Telephone Service: 1. Make request to University's Representative for a direct line telephone service at the

Project site for use by personnel and employees. Cell phones are acceptable for communication only.a. One direct-line telephone in Contractor’s field office. Provide copy/fax machine.

3.03 EQUIPMENT

A. Internal combustion engine-powered air compressors, hoists, pumps and similar devices shall be so located that the exhausts discharge well away from combustible materials and University occupied areas. When required to pipe exhaust outside the structure, piping material and clearances shall be in accordance with NFPA 37.

B. Internal combustion equipment shall be shut down and allowed to cool to ambient temperatures prior to refueling.

C. Equipment shall not be serviced or repaired within structures under construction, alteration or demolition.

D. Fuel for internal combustion equipment shall not be stored within structures under construction, alteration, or demolition.

E. Provide spark arrestors on all internal combustion engines.

3.04 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES

A. Field Offices and Sheds:1. [No space or facilities on University’s property outside of the construction area are available

for Contractor’s field office and storage sheds. Keep all materials, rubbish, debris, tools, gang boxes, and similar items within the construction area.]

2. Contractor’s Office: a. Weather tight, with lighting, electrical outlets, heating, cooling, and ventilating

equipment, and equipped with sturdy furniture, drawing rack, and drawing display table.

3. [No office is required for University, University’s Representative, or Inspector of Record.4. [When permanent facilities are enclosed with operable utilities, relocate offices [and

storage] into building, with written agreement of University’s, and remove temporary buildings.]

5. [Do not use permanent facilities for field offices or for storage.]6. [Construction: Portable or mobile buildings, or buildings constructed with floors raised

above ground, securely fixed to foundations with steps, ramps, and landings at entrance doors.a. Construction: Structurally sound, secure, weather tight enclosures for offices and

storage spaces. Maintain during progress of Work; remove [when no longer needed]—or—[at completion of Work].

b. Temperature Transmission Resistance for Floors, Walls, and Ceilings: Compatible with occupancy and storage requirements.



c. Exterior Materials: Weather resistance, finished in one color acceptable to University’s Representative.

d. Interior Materials in Offices: Sheet type materials for walls and ceilings, prefinished or painted; resilient floors and bases.

e. Interior Materials in Storage Sheds: As needed for maintenance and inspection of products and materials in accordance with Contract Documents.

f. Lighting for Offices: 50 foot candles at desk height, exterior lighting at entrance doors.g. Lighting for Storage Sheds: As needed for maintenance and inspection of products

and materials in accordance with Contract Documents.h. Fire Extinguishers: Appropriate type fire extinguishers at each office and each storage

area.]7. Environmental Control:

a. Heating, Cooling, and Ventilating for Offices: Automatic equipment to maintain comfort conditions.

b. Installed heating devices shall be of an approved type with clearances, vents and final connections in accordance with governing codes and NFPA standards.

c. Storage Spaces: Heating and ventilating as needed to maintain products and materials in accordance with Contract Documents.

8. Maintenance and Cleaning:a. Daily janitorial services for offices; periodic cleaning of storage areas.b. Maintenance of offices, storage sheds and equipment throughout construction period.c. Maintain approach walks free of mud, water, and snow.

9. Removal: At completion of Work remove buildings, foundations, utility services, and debris. Restore areas.

B. Sanitary Facilities:1. Designated existing sanitary facilities may be used during construction period. Make sure

sanitary facilities are used for their intended purposes and do not allow them to be used for other purposes such as dumping debris, cleaning paint brushes or similar activities.

2. At end of construction period, return existing facilities used during construction period to same or better condition as original condition.

3. Service, clean, and maintain facilities and enclosure.4. University, at its option, may charge back at the then current recharge rate, to the project

for repairs and cleaning services required in these restrooms due to the use by construction personnel.

3.05 TEMPORARY CONSTRUCTION

A. Access Provision:1. Provide ramps, stairs, ladders, and similar temporary access reasonably required to

perform work and facilitate inspection during construction. Refer to Section 01 14 00 – Work Restrictions for access to site.

2. Extend and relocate, as the Work progress requires.

B. Site Barriers:1. Submittal: Submit site plan detailing location of temporary fencing, and submit product data

when applicable.2. Provide barriers to prevent unauthorized entry to construction areas and to protect the

Work, existing facilities, persons, and adjacent properties from damage and injury from [demolition and] construction operations.

3. Provide barriers and covered walkways required by authorities having jurisdiction for public rights-of-ways [and for public access to existing buildings].

4. [Provide barrier in locations as indicated on Drawings.]5. Provide barrier not less than 8 feet high.6. Construction: Commercial grade chain link fencing.



7. Install adequate safety devices (signs, flashers, reflectors, and barriers) as the fence is being constructed. Do not wait until after fence is completed to install safety devices.

8. Provide vehicular and pedestrian gates complete with locking devices where required.9. Maintenance:

a. Maintain barriers during entire construction period.b. Provide continues maintenance of barricade free from debris, bushes, and planting.c. Repair immediately damage to barricades that compromises the site’s integrity or

security.d. Maintain barricades in a clean and neat and in a graffiti free condition.

10. Extend and relocate site barriers as required by progress of the Work.11. Delineators, cones, and caution tape are unacceptable barricades.

C. Exterior Enclosures:1. Provide temporary [insulated] weather tight closure of exterior openings to accommodate

acceptable working conditions and protection for products, to allow for temporary heating and maintenance of required ambient temperatures identified in individual specification sections, and to prevent entry of unauthorized persons.

2. Provide access doors with self-closing hardware and locks.3. Provide temporary roofing.

D. Interior Enclosures: 1. Provide temporary interior enclosures to separate work areas from areas of existing

building occupied by University, to prevent penetration of dust or moisture into occupied areas, to prevent damage to existing equipment, and to protect University's employees and operations from construction work.

2. Obtain University's approval for exact location and details of fire temporary interior enclosures.

3. The minimum width is to be maintained at 72 inches in an exit corridor where a bed or litter patient would occupy the area. Contact the University’s Representative prior to the installation of barricades if it is determined that the required minimum width of exit ways cannot be provided.

4. Provide temporary enclosures conforming to all regulatory requirements at all work areas.5. Ensure that all exits in the construction areas provide free and unobstructed egress.6. Provide temporary enclosures [and ceilings] as indicated on Drawings to separate work

areas from University occupied areas.7. Use continuously running HEPA filtered exhaust fans to maintain negative pressure in the

area of work (external venting) of the construction area; clean or change HEPA filters as necessary for proper operation.

8. Tightly seal top, bottom, and all joints of construction enclosures from floor to ceiling to prevent spread of dust into occupied areas

9. Wall Enclosure Construction: Full height work area enclosure of non-combustible construction using one hour fire resistive wall construction materials and installation methods with carpeted entrance vestibules. Materials to include the following:a. Studs: Metal, 3-5/8 inches wide, unless otherwise noted.b. Gypsum Board: 5/8 inch, Type X, both sides.c. Insulation Batts: R-11, 3-1/2 inch.d. Sealer: Masking tape, 3 inches wide minimum, or fire-tape all joints except top and

bottom joints.]e. Enclosures to have Level 4 drywall finish, 6 inch high vinyl base. f. Mount project signs as directed by University.

10. Doors:a. Locate construction enclosures rated doors, frames and vestibules as directed by

University. . b. Swing doors as directed by University.c. Wood: Solid core, 20-minute fire resistive, unless otherwise noted. Minimum width,

3 feet.



d. Frames: Metal.e. Hardware:

1) Locksets: Stanley Security systems’ “Omnilock” or equal, keypunch combination hardware with construction “A” key.

2) Cylinders: Provided by the University, installed by Contractor.3) Butts: Minimum 1-1/2 pair.4) Closers.5) Weather-stripping: Sufficient to prevent flow of dust and smoke.

11. Walk Off Mats: Refer to Section 01 35 13 - Infection Control Procedures.12. [Temporary Ceilings: Provide temporary ceilings in locations where existing ceilings have

been removed above public corridors and occupied spaces:a. Temporary Supports: Approximately 2 feet on center and around perimeter.b. Gypsum Board: Removable panels on support system, tape dust tight between work

periods.]13. Pre-cut materials for enclosures in occupied areas.14. Provide temporary visqueen containment around construction of new

barricade.15. Powder-driven fasteners are not allowed except at partition tracks where

low velocity fasteners are specified.16. Color: Paint surfaces exposed to public with in color approved by

University and paint doors and frames to match existing doors and frames in immediate proximity.

17. Extend and relocate interior enclosures as required by progress of the Work.

E. [Temporary Tree And Plant Protection:]1. Provide adequate protection of existing landscaping against damage from construction

operations. Employ methods at Contractor’s discretion.a. Where barricades are necessary, make 4 feet high, and locate at or beyond drip lines

of item so protected.b. Especially protect roots, trunk, and foliage of existing and new shrubs and trees.

2. Do not permit following conditions:a. Using trees as support posts, power poles, sign posts, or anchorage for ropes, guy

wires, and power lines or other similar functions.b. Poisoning items by disposing of paint, petroleum products, dirty water, soil sterilants,

or other deleterious materials on or around roots.c. Excessive water or heat from equipment, utility line construction, or burning of trash

under or near shrubs or trees.d. Compaction of root area by moving trucks, grading machines, storage of equipment,

gravel, earth fills, supplies, or similar items.e. Damage to trunk or limbs caused by maneuvering vehicles or stacking material and

equipment too close to the item.f. Damage to root systems from flooding, excessive wetting and drying resulting from

de-watering and other operations.3. Be responsible for watering and fertilizing of trees and shrubs located within project

barricade and designated to remain.4. Compensation for Planting Loss: Any tree or shrub to remain, which is damaged or

destroyed due to Contractor’s negligence or failure to provide adequate protection shall be compensated for in accordance with following schedule of values, using “tree caliper” method (greatest trunk diameter measured 30 inches above ground):a. For trees or shrubs with diameters up to and including 6 inches, the actual cost of

replacement with item similar in species, size, and shape, including:1) Actual cost of item boxed out of ground.2) Transportation or delivery of boxed item to site.3) Planting and staking.



4) Maintenance in watering, fertilizing, pruning, pest control, and other care to bring replacement to same general condition of original item.

b. For trunks over 6 inches in diameter, refer to International Society of Arboriculture’s “Guide For Establishing Values of Trees and Other Plants” for establishing value for compensation for plant loss.

3.06 CONSTRUCTION AIDS

A. General:1. Materials and installation may be new or used, suitable for the intended purpose, and in

conformance with applicable regulatory requirement.2. Completely remove construction aids when no longer required.3. Clean and repair damages caused by installation or use of construction aids.4. Restore permanent facilities used for temporary purposes to condition acceptable to

University.5. Accumulations of unnecessary combustible forms or formed lumber shall be prohibited.

Combustible forms or formed lumber shall be brought onto the project only when needed. Combustible forms or formed lumber shall be removed from the project as soon as stripping is complete. Those portions of the structure where combustible forms are present shall not be used for the storage of other combustible building materials.

6. During forming and stripping operations, portable fire extinguishers or charged hose lines shall be provided to protect adequately the additional combustible loading.

B. Debris Box: 1. [Location of debris box shall be determined at Preconstruction Meeting.]2. [Locate debris box where indicated on drawings.]3. Remove rubbish, waste materials and debris daily.4. Comply with all pertinent requirements of governmental agencies having jurisdiction.

C. Construction Elevators, Hoists, Cranes, Chutes, and Stairs: 1. Provide temporary elevators (lifts), hoists, cranes, chutes, and stairs as required for

movement of personnel, materials, or equipment, including University furnished and provided work and University’s contractors.

2. Selection of type, size, and number of facilities is Contractor’s option.3. Provide operating personnel for equipment.4. Chutes:

a. Where chutes are employed for removal of debris, they shall be erected on the outside of the building. The chute shall be of non-combustible construction and the main artery of the chute shall be as straight as possible so as to avoid accumulations or clogging within the chute.

b. Open free-fall chutes are not permitted. Terminate closed chutes into appropriate containers with lids.

5. Install and operate temporary elevators, hoists, cranes, chutes, and stairs in accordance with all safety regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

6. Allow University access to elevators.7. See Section 01 31 00 - Project Management and Coordination for additional requirements

governing cranes.

D. Scaffolding: 1. Furnish, erect, and maintain scaffolding as required for execution of any part of the Work.2. Conform to regulations governing such equipment.3. Maintain scaffolding in conformance with all applicable safety regulations.

E. Shoring and Underpinning:



1. Provide temporary shoring, underpinning, or whatever other measures, including their structural engineering, necessary to prevent movement, settlement, or collapse of University’s or adjacent property.

2. All shoring, underpinning, bracing, or other measures shall comply with safety regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.

3. Determine methods and procedures to be used, construct and maintain such measures, and be fully responsible for both their design and execution to extent of making good damage caused by neglect or failure of these measures.

4. Employ Structural Engineer licensed in State of California, other than Structural Engineer of Record and pay costs of engineering design and inspection of shoring, underpinning, and such measures.

5. Remove entirely from excavations shoring and lagging within 10 feet from finished grade prior to completion of backfilling unless shoring or lagging is steel, wood treated in accordance with American Wood Preservers’ recommendations, or tieback system.

6. Be responsible for preventing overloading portions of structure beyond calculated safe carrying capacities during and after erection.

3.07 VEHICULAR ACCESS AND PARKING

A. Access Roads:1. Construct and maintain access roads from public thoroughfares to provide uninterrupted

access to construction offices, mobilization, work, storage areas, and other areas required for execution of the Contract.

2. Width and load bearing capacity of access roads to accommodate unimpeded traffic for construction purposes.

3. Extend and relocate access roads, as the Work progress requires. Provide detours necessary for unimpeded traffic flow.

4. Location as approved by University.5. Provide means of removing mud from vehicle wheels before entering streets.6. Use designated existing on-site roads, streets, or driveways for construction traffic.

Tracked vehicles not allowed on paved areas.

B. Vehicle Emissions:1. All engines must be in good working order, dark smoke 3 minutes after start up is in

violation. 2. Equipment standing idle for more than 5 minutes must be turned off. (Except rotating

drum concrete trucks.) 3. All Contractor diesel powered construction equipment with engine horsepower (HP)

ratings of 50 HP and above, that are on the project and in use for a period in excess of 40 hours shall be retrofitted with Emission Control Devices and/or use Clean Fuels in order to reduce diesel emissions. In addition, all motor vehicles and/or construction equipment shall comply with all pertinent State and Federal regulations relative to exhaust emission controls and safety, including the anti-idling law if Gross vehicle weight is more than 10,000 pounds. The reduction of emissions of carbon monoxide (CO), hydrocarbons (HC), nitrogen oxides (NOx), and particulate matter (PM10) will be accomplished by installing Retrofit Emission Control Devices or by using less polluting Clean Fuels.

4. The Retrofit Emission Control Devices shall consist of oxidation catalysts, or similar retrofit equipment control technology that (1) is included on the Environmental Protection Agency (EPA) Verified Retrofit Technology List or CARB verified list and (2) is verified by EPA/or CARB or certified by the manufacturer to provide a minimum emissions reduction of 45 percent PM10, and 25 percent NOx.

5. The Clean Fuels shall consist of low NOx and PM10 emission diesel fuel that (1) can be used without engine modification, (2) is certified to provide a minimum emissions reduction of 45 percent PM10 and 20 percent NOx when compared to No. 2 Diesel Fuel, and (3) is included on the California Air Research Board (CARB) Verification List.



6. Construction shall not proceed until Contractor submits a certified list of the diesel powered construction equipment that will be retrofitted with emission control devices or that will use Clean Fuels. The list shall include: a. the equipment number, type, make, year and Contractor’s name; b. the emission control device make, model and EPA verification number; and/or c. the type and source of fuel to be used.

7. Contractor shall submit summary reports, updating the same information stated above, and include certified copies of the clean fuel delivery slips for the report time period, noting which vehicles received the fuel. The addition or deletion of diesel equipment shall be included on the monthly report.

C. Parking: 1. Parking will not be available in University's Garages or at the job site for vehicles

belonging to construction personnel.2. University will not provide transportation from off-site areas to the job site.

D. Traffic Control:1. Provide signage to alert approaching vehicles of construction flow to minimize impact on

traffic levels and University’s activities.2. [Provide and maintain signage as required to direct general public traffic to and from

existing facilities and around the construction site.]3. [Provide traffic control barriers and flag personnel throughout the construction period.]4. [Provide flag persons at pedestrian crossings of construction equipment right of ways 100

percent of the time construction equipment is operating.]5. Provide and maintain traffic barriers, signals, separators, signs, and similar items necessary

for the safety of the public when Contractor’s activity affects vehicular or pedestrian traffic.6. Provide trained and equipped flag crews to regulate traffic when construction operations or

traffic encroaches on public traffic lanes.

3.08 TEMPORARY CONTROLS

A. Hot Work Operations: Refer to Section 01 35 49 – Fire Safety Procedures for special welding and hot work requirements.

B. Explosive Materials: No explosive materials shall be used or stored on the site.

C. Storm Water Pollution Control:1. Prepare a plan indicating storm water pollution prevention measure for the duration of the

Project.2. Plan shall include erosion control measures to prevent soil and debris from entering storm

drain system.3. Ensure that concrete supply trucks or concrete/plasters finishing operation do not discharge

wastewater into street gutters or drains.

D. Moisture Control:1. Perform pumping, trenching, damming, and under draining necessary to keep site free from

puddling and running water during construction.2. Provide water barriers as required to protect site from soil erosion.3. Dispose of water in manner acceptable to local regulations, taking care to insure that no

existing water disposal facilities are impeded, clogged, damaged or interfered with in any way.

4. [Provide all necessary protection to prevent the intrusion of moisture into the existing structure.]

E. Dust Control:1. Execute Work by methods to minimize raising dust from construction operations.



2. All areas immediately outside Contractor’s access doors shall be checked, broom swept and/or wet mopped as necessary during the workday, by Contractor’s forces to control dust and contamination.

3. Special ceiling dust control is required as follows:a. Seal off cracks and openings around light fixtures.b. Provide new 24 inch square ceiling access panels in existing rooms wherever

required for installation of special ceiling protection work. c. Make preliminary access openings at bottoms of partitions to be removed and fill

existing obsolete floor penetrations and cracks around existing piping and conduit passing through floor.

d. Provide barriers at perimeter of work areas between ceilings and upper concrete slabs to seal off patient and occupied areas from work areas.

e. Patching of Penetrations: Provide firestopping materials currently classified with UL as “fill, void, or cavity materials” and “Through Penetration Firestop Systems” and “Through Penetration Firestop Devices”, compatible with floor and wall construction and at least equal in time rating to the barrier through which they are listed.

f. [Ceiling tiles that are removed shall be covered over with fire retardant visqueen and sealed until replaced.]

4. Employ positive measures to prevent air-borne dust from dispersing into atmosphere.a. Wet down unpaved areas, to eliminate dust formation, a minimum of twice a day to

reduce particulate matter. When wind velocity exceeds 15 mph, site shall be watered down more frequently.

b. Store all volatile liquids, including fuels or solvents in closed containers.c. No open burning of debris, lumber, or other scrap will be permitted.d. Properly maintain equipment to reduce gaseous pollutant emissions.

5. Control dust from entering adjacent buildings air intakes (HVAC).6. When drilling through plaster 1 inch or less in thickness, drill through wet sponge.7. Completely cover debris, when transported, to contain dust during transport[ through

patient care areas 8. Cover trucks hauling soil, debris, sand, or other loose materials.9. Sweep project area streets at least once daily.10. Do not use water if it results in hazardous or objectionable condition, such as, flooding or

pollution.11. Use means necessary to control dust on and near the Work, and on and near off-site

areas, if such dust is caused by Contractor’s operations during performance of the Work, or if resulting from the condition in which Contractor leaves the site.

12. [Appoint a dust control monitor to oversee and implement all measures listed in this Article.]

F. Noise Control: 1. Provide methods, means, and facilities to minimize noise produced by construction

operations.2. Equipment:

a. Keep noise from job equipment to a minimum by use of adequate mufflers and other appropriate means.

b. Air compressors should be of a quiet type such as a “whisperized” compressor. Compressor hoods shall-be closed while equipment is in operation.

c. Forklifts should be electrically powered rather than gasoline or diesel powered.d. Obtain special permission to use jackhammers. Equip jackhammers with exhaust

mufflers and steel muffling sleeves. Provide portable noise barriers around jack hammering, construct barriers of 3/4 inch plywood lined with one inch thick acoustical fiberglass on work side.

e. Minimize use of impact wrenches for bolting torsion control bolts to connect steel structural frames.

f. Pre-cut metal decking off site to reduce on site sawing.3. Operations: Keep noisy equipment as far as possible from noise-sensitive site boundaries.

Machines should not be left idling. Use electric power in lieu of internal combustion engine



power wherever possible. Maintain equipment properly to reduce noise from excessive vibration, faulty mufflers, or other sources. All engines shall have properly functioning mufflers.

4. Scheduling: a. Schedule noisy operations so as to minimize their duration at any given location, and

to minimize disruption to the adjoining users. b. Notify University and University’s Representative in advance of performing work

creating unusual noise and schedule such work at times mutually agreeable.c. Coordinate timing of noisy operations with University.

5. Do not play radios, tape recorders, televisions, and other similar items at construction site.

G. Sewer Sediment Control:1. Maintain sewers and temporary connecting sewers in a reasonably clean, unclogged

condition during construction period.

H. Water Control:1. Control fill, grading, and ditching to direct surface drainage to proper runoff away for

excavations, pits, tunnels, and other construction areas.2. Dispose of drainage water in manner to prevent flooding, erosion, or other damage to any

portion of the site or adjoining areas.3. Obtain and pay for any discharge permits required.

I. Erosion Control:1. Plan and execute construction by methods to control surface drainage from cuts and fills,

from borrow and waste disposal areas, prevent erosion and sedimentation.2. Minimize surface area of bare soil exposed at one time.3. Periodically inspect earthwork to detect evidence of erosion and sedimentation; promptly

apply corrective measures.4. Selectively place constructed fills and waste areas to eliminate surface silts or clays that will

erode.5. Provide temporary measures including berms, dikes, and drains, and other devices to

prevent water flow.6. Discharge construction runoff into small drainages at frequent intervals to avoid build-up of

large potentially erosive flows.7. Prevent runoff from flowing over unprotected slopes.8. Keep disturbed areas to the minimum necessary for construction.9. Keep runoff away from disturbed areas during construction.10. Direct flows over vegetated areas prior to discharge into public storm drainage systems.11. Trap sediment before it leaves the site, using such techniques as check dams, sediment

ponds, or siltation fences.12. Remove and dispose of all project construction-generated siltation that occurs in offsite

retention ponds.13. Stabilize disturbed areas as quickly as possible.

J. Pollution Control:1. Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent contamination of soil, water, and

atmosphere from discharge of noxious, toxic substances, and pollutants produced by construction operations.

2. Comply with pollution and environmental control requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

K. Pest Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent pests and insects from damaging the Work and entering facility.

L. Rodent Control: Provide methods, means, and facilities to prevent rodents from accessing or invading premises.



3.09 TEMPORARY SIGNAGE

A. Project Identification Sign: [Not required.]1. Furnish, mount, and maintain the Project Identification sign, sized 4 by 8 feet unless

otherwise noted.2. Repair damage to Project Identification sign caused by vandalism and wear.3. Project Identification Sign Content:

a. Project number, title and name of University as indicated on Contract Documents.b. Name and titles of authorities.c. Name of Contractor and major subcontractors.

4. Graphic Design, Colors, and Style of Lettering: Will be provided by University’s Representative.

5. Construction: Construct of minimum 3/4 inch thick B-face or better exterior grade high density overlay plywood. Support and brace with 4 by 4 inch posts and 2 by 4 inch framing of Douglas Fir. Paint sign with three-coat exterior enamel paint system. Employ professional sign painter to execute layout and lettering.

6. Ensure Project Identification signs are complete and in place within 30 days after date fixed by Notice to Proceed.

B. Project Information Signs:1. Painted information signs of same colors and lettering as Project Identification sign, or

standard products.2. Size lettering for legibility at 100 feet distance.3. Provide sign at each field office, storage shed, and directional signs to direct traffic into and

within site. 4. Provide signs identifying potential hazards, i.e. trenches, excavation, similar items to warn

public in compliance with safety practices required for urban construction projects.5. Provide signs required ensuring parking, on loading, and off loading, in stipulated areas;

ingress and egress along stipulated routes; and reasonable conduct on the part of persons associated with the construction process.

6. Relocate signs, as Work progress requires.7. Provide city traffic agency directional traffic signs to and within site.8. No other signs are allowed, without University’s permission, except those required by law.

3.10 REMOVAL OF UTILITIES, FACILITIES AND CONTROLS

A. Upon completion of any portion of the Work, promptly remove temporary facilities generated by that portion of the Work, including surplus materials, equipment, and machinery if so directed by University’s Representative.

B. Remove temporary materials and equipment when their use is no longer required.

C. Remove temporary above grade or buried utilities, equipment, facilities, materials, prior to Substantial Completion.

D. Clean and repair damage caused by installation, use, and removal of temporary work.

E. Restore existing and permanent facilities used during construction to original condition. Restore permanent facilities used during construction to specified condition.

F. Prior to final inspection, remove temporary lamps and install new lamps.

G. Dispose of all debris resulting from removal and reconditioning operations in accordance with requirements of Section 01 74 19 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 60 00

PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section: The requirements for product bans, basic products requirements, product delivery requirements, and product storage and handling requirements.

1.02 PRODUCT BANS

A. Asbestos: 1. University forbids any manufactured building materials, products, components of building

materials, and/or building systems containing asbestos in any amount to be incorporated into the Work, or installed and/or placed in any University buildings.

2. If asbestos-containing materials are required to match existing conditions/materials and cannot be substituted with non-asbestos-containing materials, then Contractor shall submit documentation to the University and request and obtain written permission prior to installing the asbestos-containing materials, including any manufacturer specifications, MSDS(s), and/or any other relevant and University requested information, and indicating the material and asbestos content and locations where the material is to be placed and/or installed within the Work or University building.

3. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with removal, disposal, and replacement of materials installed by Contractor and found to be in violation of this requirement. Contractor shall indemnify University for all costs related to regulatory agency citations or litigation and court ordered settlements arising from asbestos exposure lawsuits where the source of asbestos is directly attributed to products installed by Contractor or Subcontractors.

B. Lead-Containing Paints and Surface Coatings: All paints, finishes, and protective coatings, including coatings designed for industrial use or highway applications, applied to University’s facilities or property shall be lead-free. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with removal, disposal, and replacement of materials installed by Contractor and found to be in violation of this requirement.

C. Urea-Formaldehyde Products: All construction products including, but not limited to, thermal insulation, particle board, press board, and plywood shall be free of urea-formaldehyde. Contractor shall be responsible for all costs associated with removal, disposal, and replacement of materials installed by Contractor or Subcontractors and found to be in violation of this requirement.

1.03 BASIC PRODUCTS REQUIREMENTS

A. Incorporate into the Work products, material and equipment that are:1. New, unless otherwise specified,2. In compliance with specified requirements,3. In a condition acceptable to University’s Representative,4. Undamaged and unused at time of installation,5. Complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety provisions and other devices and details

needed for a complete installation,6. Suitable for the intended use, and7. Match existing adjacent material as required.

30 June 2017 PRODUCT REQUIREMENTS01 60 00 - 1


B. Where available, provide standard products of types which have been produced and used previously and successfully on other projects and in similar applications.

C. Do not use any product, materials or equipment for purposes other than that for which designated or specified. Do not use products, materials or equipment removed from existing premises, except as specifically permitted by Contract Documents.

D. Definitions:1. “Products” are purchased items for incorporation into the work.2. “Materials” are products that must be substantially worked, mixed, fabricated, processed, or

applied.3. “Equipment” is defined as products with operational parts.4. Definitions in this paragraph are not intended to negate the meaning of other terms such as

“specialties”, “systems”, “structure”, “finishes”, “accessories”, “furnishings”, “special construction”, and similar terms, which are self-explanatory or have recognized meanings in the construction industry.

5. Products, materials and equipment do not include machinery and equipment used for preparation, fabrication, conveying and erection of Work.

E. To the greatest extent possible for each unit of work, provide products, materials, or equipment of a generic kind from a single source. For example, provide toilet accessories from a single manufacturer unless otherwise specified.

F. Furnish interchangeable components from same manufacturer, for similar components.

G. Where more than one choice is available, select an option that is compatible with other products and materials already selected.

H. Labels and Nameplates:1. Except as otherwise indicated, do not allow conspicuous labels advertising any

manufacturer or trade name on products in occupied spaces or on exterior of building.2. Locate required labels and stamps on a concealed surface or, where required for

observation after installation, on an accessible surface that, in occupied spaces, is not conspicuous.

3. Provide permanent nameplate on each item of service-connected or power-operated equipment. Indicate manufacturer, product name, model number, serial number, capacity, speed, ratings, and similar essential operating data. Locate nameplates on an easily accessed surface that, in occupied areas, is not conspicuous.

4. Products, materials and equipment, for which testing laboratories standards have been established and their label service is available, shall bear the appropriate Label.

5. University’s Representative reserves the right to review and request the removal or redesign of the manufacturers’ trade marks and names on items of materials and equipment which will be exposed to view in the complete Work. Such removal or redesign shall be at no increase in Contract Sum.

I. Fire Rated Work: Materials and equipment, for which Underwriters’ Laboratories, Intertek Testing Services, National Fire Protection Association, or other Standards have been established and their label service is available, shall bear appropriate label.

J. Shop fabricate and pre-assemble interrelated parts where possible.

K. Provide standard products of types that have been produced and used previously and successfully on other projects and in similar applications.



L. Where additional amounts of a product, by nature of its application, are likely to be needed by University at a later date for maintenance and repair or replacement work, furnish standard, domestically produced product which is likely to be available to University at such later date.

M. When specified in individual Sections, provide and deliver extra stock of products, materials, or equipment, to locations designated by University’s Representative,

N. Remove rejected items immediately from the Work and replace with items of quality specified. Failure to remove rejected materials and equipment shall not relieve Contractor from responsibility for quality and character of items used nor from any other obligation imposed upon him by Contract.

1.04 PRODUCT DELIVERY REQUIREMENTS

A. Refer to Section 01 14 00 – Work Restrictions for additional requirements.

B. Arrange delivery schedules:1. To minimize length of on-site storage prior to installation, particularly for products and

materials recognized to be flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft, and other sources of loss.

2. In accordance with construction progress schedules.3. To allow for inspection prior to installation.4. To avoid conflict with work and conditions at the site.

C. Transport products in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

D. Provide equipment and personnel to transport and handle products by methods to prevent soiling, disfiguration, or damage.

E. Deliver manufactured products in the manufacturer’s original unbroken containers or packaging, with identifying labels intact and legible. Labels to show manufacturer’s name, brand, and grade seal or model number.

F. Require supplier to package products in boxes or crates for protection during shipment, handling, and storage. Protect sensitive products against exposure to elements and moisture.

G. Protect sensitive equipment and finishes against impact, abrasion, and other damage.

H. Clearly mark partial deliveries of component parts of equipment to identify equipment and contents to permit easy accumulation of parts and to facilitate assembly.

I. Immediately on delivery, inspect shipments to assure that:1. Products comply with requirements of Contract Documents and reviewed submittals.2. Quantities are correct.3. Accessories and installation hardware are correct.4. Containers and packages are intact and labels legible.5. Products are properly protected and undamaged.

J. Promptly remove damaged or defective products from the site, and replace at no increase in Contract Sum.

K. Provide equipment and personnel to immediately transfer delivered products to designated holding area at time of delivery.

1.05 PRODUCT STORAGE AND HANDLING REQUIREMENTS



A. Store and handle products, materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer’s instructions.

B. Store products, materials and equipment with seals and labels intact and legible.

C. Arrange storage to facilitate easy access for maintenance of stored items and for inspection.

D. Do not unreasonably encumber the site with materials or equipment. Confine stockpiling of materials to Project Area.

E. Contractor shall figure staging materials or equipment through an outside warehouse or yard, if at all possible. There is little or no space at the University for storage. Contact the University’s Representative for possible staging areas.

F. Provide equipment and personnel to handle products and materials by methods to prevent soiling, disfigurement, or damage.

G. Provide additional protection during handling to prevent marring and otherwise damaging products, packaging, and surrounding surfaces.

H. Handle product by methods to avoid bending or overstressing. Lift large and heavy components only at designated lift points.

I. Store sensitive products and materials in weather tight, climate controlled, enclosures in an environment favorable to product and material.

J. Enclosed Storage:1. Store manufactured products in accordance with the manufacturer’s instructions, with seals

and labels intact and legible.2. Store products subject to damage by the elements in weathertight enclosures.3. Maintain temperature and humidity within the ranges specified by the manufacturers.4. Provide humidity control and ventilation for sensitive products as required by

manufacturer’s instructions.5. Store unpacked and loose products on shelves, in bins, or in neat groups of like items.

K. Exterior Storage:1. Store products, materials, and equipment above the ground on sloped blocking or skids to

prevent soiling and staining.2. Cover products subject to discoloration and deterioration from exposure to the elements

with impervious sheet coverings; provide adequate ventilation to avoid condensation.3. Store loose granular material in a well-drained area on solid surfaces to prevent mixing with

foreign matter.4. Provide surface drainage to prevent erosion and ponding of water.5. Prevent mixing of refuse or chemically injurious materials or liquids.

L. No storage of equipment, materials, and toolboxes outside the construction barrier will be permitted.

M. No storage in corridor allowed.

N. Store paints or any other combustible materials in the properly rated storage lockers.

O. Provide [bonded] off-site storage and protection when site does not permit on-site storage or protection.



P. Maintenance of Storage: Periodically inspect stored products on a scheduled basis and verify that:1. Stored facilities comply with manufacturer’s product and material storage requirements.2. Manufacturer’s required environmental conditions are maintained continually.3. Products and materials are undamaged.4. Products and materials are maintained in acceptable condition.5. Surfaces of products and materials exposed to the elements are not adversely affected;

that any weathering of finishes is acceptable under requirements of Contract Documents.6. Products and materials are free from damage or deterioration.

Q. Promptly remove damaged or defective products from the site, and replace at no increase in Contract Sum.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations for installation of products, materials, and equipment in applications indicated. Accurately locate and secure each product.

3.02 PROTECTION AFTER INSTALLATION

A. Refer to Section 01 76 00 - Protecting Installed Work.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 62 00

PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section: Procedures for making substitutions, procedures for their proposal, and criteria for their acceptance or rejection.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. The term “product” includes materials, systems, and equipment. Products shall be new, undamaged, of the types specified, and furnished in ample quantities to facilitate proper execution of the work.

B. An “equal” product is any material, product, thing, or service that is in all respects equal to the item specified, including, but not limited to, size, quality, guarantees, and materials. The final determination of whether or not a proposed product is “equal” to the specified product rests with University’s Representative.

C. A “substitution” is any material, product, thing, or service which may or may not be equal, as determined by University’s Representative, in all respects to the specified item but which is proposed by Contractor to be used in lieu of the specified item.

1.03 GENERAL PROVISIONS REGARDING SPECIFICATION OF PRODUCTS, MATERIAL, OR EQUIPMENT BY BRAND OR TRADE NAME

A. A reference to a specific brand or trade name establishes a quality standard and is not intended to limit competition. Contractor may use a product that is equal to or superior to the specified brand or trade name if the substitution complies with all other requirements of the plans and specifications.

B. Products, material or equipment specified by both brand or trade name and model number are approved for use, provided that Contractor complies with all Contract requirements. Specification of a product, material or equipment by brand or trade name and model number is not a representation or warranty that the product, material or equipment can be used without modification, to meet the requirements of the plans and specifications; Contractor shall, at its sole cost, modify such products, material, or equipment so that they comply with all requirements of the plans and specifications.

C. The first-named product, material or equipment specified by brand or trade name and model number is the basis for the Project design and the use of any item other than the first-named one may require modifications of that design. If Contractor uses any product, material or equipment other than the first-named one, Contractor shall, at its sole cost:1. Make all revisions and modifications to the design and construction of the Work

necessitated by the use of the product, material or equipment. 2. Be responsible for all costs of any changes resulting from the use of the product, material

or equipment including without limitation, costs or changes which affect other parts of the Work, the work of Separate Contractors, or any other property or operations of the University.

30 June 2017 PRODUCT OPTIONS AND SUBSTITUTIONS01 62 00 - 1


D. When a product, material or equipment specified by brand or trade name is followed by the words “or equal,” a substitution may be permitted if the substitution is equal to or superior to the first-named product, material or equipment in quality, utility and appearance and if the substitution complies with all other requirements of the plans and specifications.

E. A product, material or equipment specified by brand or trade name followed by the words “or equal, no known equal,” signifies that University does not have sufficient knowledge to specify a product, material or equipment, other than the one specified by brand or trade name, that is suitable for use on the Project. The use of the words "no known equal" is not intended to discourage substitution requests in accordance with the requirements specified herein.

F. When catalog numbers and specific brands or trade names not followed by the designation "or equal" are used in conjunction with a product, material or equipment required by the specifications, a substitution may be permitted if the substitution is equal to or superior to the first-named product, material or equipment in quality, utility and appearance and if the substitution complies with all other requirements of the plans and specifications.

G. Specification of a product, material or equipment by brand or trade name and model number is not a representation or warranty that the product, material or equipment is available; Contractor should confirm, prior to submitting its Bid, the availability of any product, material or equipment specified by brand or trade name and model number.

1.04 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR PRODUCTS, MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT, OTHER THAN THE FIRST-NAMED PRODUCT, MATERIAL OR EQUIPMENT, SPECIFIED BY BOTH BRAND OR TRADE NAME AND MODEL NUMBER

A. In addition to complying with all other submittal requirements of the Contract, submit within 70 days after the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed, for review and approval by the University’s Representative, Contractor prepared specifications and drawings, including design and engineering calculations, prepared by an appropriate licensed professional, depicting all revisions and modifications to the design and construction of the Work necessitated by the use of the product, material or equipment. If no revisions or modifications are necessary, submit within 70 days after the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed, a written representation that no revisions or modifications to the design or construction of the Work are necessitated by the use of the product, material or equipment. Contractor shall utilize the first-named product, material or equipment if Contractor fails to make the appropriate required submittal pursuant to this paragraph within the 70 day period.

B. A product, material or equipment, other than the first-named product, material or equipment, specified by both brand or trade name and model number may be used if no revisions or modifications to the design or construction of the Work are necessitated by the use of the product, material or equipment with University approval. If such revisions or modifications are necessary, the product, material or equipment may be used only if the revisions or modifications are approved in writing by the University’s Representative. Contractor has the burden of demonstrating, through the procedures specified herein, that any such revisions or modifications will not be detrimental to the quality, utility or appearance of the Project or any portion of the Project. The University’s Representative may refuse to approve any such proposed revisions or modifications where, in the reasonable opinion of the University’s Representative, Contractor has failed to demonstrate, through the procedures specified herein, that the revisions or modifications are not detrimental to the quality, utility or appearance of the Project or any portion of the Project.



1.05 SPECIAL REQUIREMENTS FOR SUBSTITUTIONS

A. In addition to complying with all other submittal requirements of the Contract, submit written data demonstrating that the proposed substitution is equal to or superior to the first-named product, material or equipment in quality, utility and appearance and otherwise complies with all requirements of the plans and specifications, including:1. Complete technical data including drawings, performance specifications, samples, and

test reports of the article proposed for substitution.2. Statement by Contractor that the proposed substitution is in full compliance with the

requirements of the Contract Documents and Applicable Code Requirements.3. List of Subcontractors, if any, that may be affected by the substitution.4. Contractor prepared specifications and drawings, including design and engineering

calculations, prepared by an appropriately licensed professional, depicting all revisions and modifications to the design and construction of the Work necessitated by the use of the substitution. If no revisions or modifications are necessary, submit a written representation that no revisions or modifications to the design or construction of the Work are necessitated by the use of the product, material or equipment.

B. At the request of and within the timeframes specified by the University’s Representative:1. Submit samples as deemed necessary by the University’s Representative to evaluate the

proposed substitution. 2. Submit proposed substitution to tests deemed necessary by the University’s

Representative to evaluate the proposed substitution. Such tests shall be made by an independent Testing Laboratory and at the sole expense of Contractor, after review and approval of the test procedures by University's Representative. If re-testing is deemed necessary by the University’s Representative to evaluate the proposed substitution, such re-testing shall be made by an independent Testing Laboratory at the sole expense of Contractor.

3. Provide any additional information deemed necessary by the University’s Representative to evaluate the proposed substitution.

C. If University's Representative, in reviewing a proposed substitution, requires revisions or corrections to be made to previously accepted shop drawings and supplemental supporting data to be resubmitted, Contractor shall do so within the time period specified by the University’s Representative. A proposed substitution may be rejected if Contractor fails to submit such revisions, corrections, or supplemental supporting data within the specified time period.

D. Except for products, material or equipment designated in the Bidding Documents for evaluation of substitutions prior to award, requests for substitution, including the data required by Paragraph 1.03.B in this Section, must be submitted to the University’s Representative not later than 35 days after the date of commencement specified in the Notice to Proceed. No requests for substitutions of products, material or equipment subject to the 35 day deadline shall be considered unless the request and supporting data is submitted on or before the deadline, except those deemed, in University's Representative's sole opinion, to be necessary because (i) previously specified or approved manufactured products, material or equipment are no longer manufactured, (ii) of University initiated change orders, or (iii) it is in the best interest of University to accept such substitution.

E. If a product, material or equipment is designated in the Bidding Documents for evaluation of substitutions prior to award, then a request for substitution of the product, material or equipment, including the data required by Paragraph 1.03.B in this Section, must be submitted by the deadline specified in the Bidding Documents. Because of time constraints, only one submittal will be allowed for each such substitution request. Requests for substitutions of products, material or equipment designated for evaluation prior to award may not be made after the deadline specified in the Bidding Documents, and such requests shall not be



considered unless the request and supporting data is submitted on or before the deadline specified in the Bidding Documents. Notwithstanding the forgoing, the University may consider, after award of the Contract, requests for substitution of a product, material or equipment designated for evaluation prior to award where, in University's Representative's sole opinion, a substitution is necessary because (i) previously specified or approved manufactured products, material or equipment are no longer manufactured, (ii) of University initiated change orders, or (iii) it is in the best interest of University to accept such substitution.

F. In reviewing the supporting data submitted for substitutions, University's Representative will use, for purposes of comparison, all the characteristics of the specified material or equipment as they appear in the manufacturer's published data even though all the characteristics may not have been particularly mentioned in the Specifications. If more than 2 submissions of supporting data are required, the cost of reviewing the additional supporting data shall be at Contractor’s expense.

G. Contractor has the burden of demonstrating, through the procedures specified herein, that its proposed substitution is equal to or superior to the first-named product, material or equipment in quality, utility and appearance and complies with all other requirements of the plans and specifications. If revisions or modifications to the design or construction of the work are necessitated by the use of the substitution, Contractor also has the burden of demonstrating, through the procedures specified herein, that the use of the substitution will not be detrimental to the quality, utility or appearance of the Project or any portion of the Project.

H. The University’s Representative may refuse to approve any requested substitution where, in the reasonable opinion of the University’s Representative, Contractor has failed to demonstrate, through the procedures specified herein, that the proposed substitution is equal to, or superior to, the first-named product, material or equipment, in quality, utility and appearance and that the proposed substitution complies with all other requirements of the plans and specifications.

I. University's Representative may reject any substitution not proposed in the manner and within the time limits prescribed herein.

J. Substitutions are not allowed unless approved in writing by the University’s Representative. Any such approval shall not relieve Contractor from the requirements of the Contract Documents.

K. The 35-day and 70-day submittal periods do not excuse Contractor from completing the Work within the Contract Time or excuse Contractor from paying liquidated damages if Final Completion is delayed.

L. If revisions or modifications to the design or construction of the Work are necessitated by the use of a substitution, the General Contractor will bear the cost of Agency change orders. The substitution may be used only if the revisions and modifications are approved in writing by the University’s Representative. The University’s Representative may refuse to approve any such proposed revisions or modifications where, in the reasonable opinion of the University’s Representative, Contractor has failed to demonstrate, through the procedures specified herein, that the revisions or modifications are not detrimental to the quality, utility and appearance of the Project or any portion of the Project.

M. If a substitution request is finally rejected by the University Representative, Contractor shall furnish and install: 1. the first-named product, material, or equipment; or2. a product, material, or equipment, other than the first-named product, material or

equipment, specified by both brand or trade name and model number, provided



Contractor complies with the submittal requirements (including deadlines) of Paragraph 1.03 in this Section.

PART 2 PRODUCTS - Not Used

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXHIBIT

A. Exhibit 01 62 00-1 - Material Substitution Proposal Form

END OF SECTION



EXHIBIT 01 62 00 - 1

MATERIAL SUBSTITUTION PROPOSAL

To: Name:

Project:

Project No.:

A. We hereby submit for your consideration the following product instead of the specified item:

1. Section _______________________ Article Number

2. Specified Item

3. Proposed Substitution (Mfg., Type, Model, etc.)

B. Complete all of the following:

1. Does this substitution offer University a cost credit (including costs for changes by other subcontractors)? _____Yes _____No How much?_

2. Does this substitution offer earlier delivery or less Contract Time? _____Yes _____No How much and why?

3. How does this substitution affect any dimensions, layout, or details of other subcontractors as shown on the Drawings?

4. What are the specific differences between this substitution and the specified item?

C. Attach the following as applicable (Check if attached)

1. Manufacturer's technical data

2. Laboratory test or performance results

3. Drawings & wiring diagrams of the proposed product

4. Drawings & description of changes required by other subcontractors

5. Samples

6. Manufacturer’s guarantee & maintenance instructions

D. Submitted by Contractor:

Signature: Date:



SECTION 01 71 00

EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following subjects:1. Existing Project Conditions.2. Examination.3. Record Survey.4. Preparation.5. Existing utility lines.6. Protection of adjacent construction.7. [Buried conditions.]

1.02 EXISTING PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. If any structure or utility is damaged, take appropriate action to ensure the safety of persons and property. Report any such incidents to the University's Representative immediately. Maintain the existing building in a safe and weathertight condition throughout the construction period.

1.03 EXAMINATION

A. Examination: Specifications and Drawings show existing structures, waste lines, hot and cold water lines, gas, electrical, mechanical, chilled water, and other utilities which are known to the University and are as accurate as possible but not guaranteed. Verify locations, levels, dimensions and features that may affect the Work. Existing installations shall be kept in service where possible. No allowance will be made in Contractor’s behalf for extra expense resulting from failure or neglect in determining conditions under which Work is to be performed, or in Contractor’s interpretation of information provided.

B. Data in these Specifications and on Drawings are as accurate as possible, but are not guaranteed.

C. Before starting work:1. Verify locations, levels, dimensions, and features that may affect the Work.2. Recheck measurements and dimensions of the work, as an integral step of starting each

installation.3. Verify existing site conditions and substrate surfaces are acceptable for subsequent

Work.4. Examine and verify areas, substrates, or construction to receive work and conditions,

described in individual specification sections, under which work is to be performed. 5. Examine adjoining work on which installment is in any way dependent for perfect

workmanship and fit.6. Examine each item of materials or equipment immediately prior to installation and reject

damaged and defective items.7. Verify utility services are available, of correct characteristics, and in correct locations.8. Verify existing substrate is capable of structural support or attachment of new Work being

applied or attached.

30 June 2017 EXAMINATION AND PREPARATION01 71 00 - 1


D. Report unsatisfactory conditions that are detrimental to proper and timely installation of work in writing to University’s Representative.

E. Do not proceed with work until unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected and accepted by University’s Representative. Start of work will signify compliance with the above requirements and acceptance of previously placed construction or substrates as being in satisfactory condition to achieve proper installations and first quality workmanship as intended under these specifications.

F. No allowance will be made in Contractor’s behalf for any extra expense resulting from failure or neglect in determining the conditions under which Work is to be performed, or in Contractor’s interpretation of the information provided.

1.04 RECORD SURVEY

A. Prior to commencing the Work, Contractor and University's Representative shall tour the Project Area together to examine and record damage to existing adjacent areas and improvements.

B. This Record shall serve as a basis for determination of subsequent damage due to Contractor’s operations and shall be signed by all parties making the tour.

C. Any cracks, sags, or damage to the adjacent areas, and improvements not noted in the original survey, but subsequently discovered, shall be reported to University's Representative.

D. Repairs of damage caused by the course of work will be made by Contractor at no expense to the University.

1.05 PREPARATION

A. Prior to starting a particular type or kind of work:1. Examine for relevant information, all Contract Documents and subsequent data issued;2. Verify measurements in field, as required, for work fabricated to fit job conditions;3. Check accepted submittals and verify dimensions at job site; and 4. Consult manufacturers for instructions applicable to conditions under which Work is to be

installed.

B. Clean substrate surfaces prior to applying next material or substance.

C. Seal cracks or openings of substrate prior to applying next material or substance.

D. Apply manufacturer’s recommended substrate primer, sealer, or conditioner prior to applying new material or substance in contact or bond.

1.06 EXISTING UTILITY LINES

A. Report to University’s Representative any unaccounted utility lines such as piping, conduit, and duct work, which become exposed after demolition work has been done, and which interfere with the Contract work by for immediate identification and removal by any means University’s Representative deems to be expedient.

B. Be responsible for disposition necessary for existing above-grade utilities and for utilities either known or visible by site inspection. Disposition shall include rerouting lines to be continued in service.



C. Undocumented Utilities: If any undocumented utilities are encountered, request directions from University’s Representative before proceeding with Work.

1.07 PROTECTION OF ADJACENT CONSTRUCTION

A. Drawings show, as applicable, existing above and below grade structures, drainage lines, storm drains, sewers, water, gas, electrical, hot water, and other utilities that are known to University.

B. Adequately and continuously, protect adjacent construction from damage by the Work of this Contract. Repair and replace in an approved manner as directed by University’s Representative at no cost to University any damage to existing and installed construction.

C. Existing Installations: Locate all known existing installations before proceeding with demolition operations, which may cause damage to such installations. Keep existing installations in service where possible and repair any damage to them at no expense to University.

D. Take precautions at all times to protect property affected in any way by the Work; guard against or eliminate hazardous conditions.

E. Provide suitable temporary and removable protective materials and methods are necessary to avoid damage or deterioration to existing adjacent construction due to traffic, construction operations, from action of the elements, from carelessness of Contractor’s employees or subcontractors and their employees, from vandalism, and from any other cause until completion and University 's acceptance of the Work. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

F. Secure temporary covers for openings into ducts, piping, and similar items and cover apparatus, fixtures, and appliances both before and after setting into place to prevent obstruction, breakage, or disfigurement. Remove and replace temporary covers as required for testing and inspections. Remove and discard covers at end of construction.

G. Provide temporary filters during start up to protect equipment from dust migration.

H. Smoke Detector Protection: Protect existing smoke detectors from dust during demolition and construction. Obtain approval in writing of protection method from University.

I. Carefully protect existing work, finishes, furniture, and similar items from damage by the Work of this contract. [Special attention should be given to [__________].]

J. Provide necessary protection to prevent the intrusion of the elements into the existing structures.

K. Damage: If any existing structure or utility is damaged, take appropriate action to ensure safety of persons and property. Report such incidents to University’s Representative immediately.

L. If settlement of adjacent structures occurs due to vibration from Contractor’s equipment, Contractor must cease operations at University’s request and use equipment that does not cause the settlement.

M. Remove protective materials when no longer needed.

1.08 BURIED CONDITIONS

A. At no change in Contract Sum, remove known existing construction of any nature below-grade wherever it occurs within immediate area of new construction, new paving, and new planted areas. Refer to Division 31 - Earthwork.



B. If previously undocumented underground water, gas, electric, or other utility lines, drain lines, sewers, tunnels, vaults, wells, or other construction are encountered by excavation, dispose of such items according to following conditions:1. Upon encountering any utility line, drain line, sewer, or utility tunnel, verify active or inactive

status of item.a. If inactive, remove that portion within excavated area.

2. If any undocumented structures are encountered, request directions from University’s Representative before proceeding with Work.



END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 71 23

FIELD ENGINEERING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes basic requirements for construction layout.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Civil engineer's or land surveyor's qualifications including at least name, address, telephone, and license number.

B. Certification signed by the civil engineer or land surveyor that the elevations and locations of the Work are in conformance with Contract Documents.


A. Contractor is solely responsible for the complete, timely and accurate layout of the work including, but not necessarily limited to, horizontal and vertical control and dimensional coordination as necessary to construct the Work in accordance with Contract Documents.

B. Contractor agrees to cooperate with University’s Representative, if necessary, to accommodate any discovered variations or deviations from Contract Documents so that the progress of the Work is not adversely affected.

C. Ensure dimensional coordination of Work laid out with existing work and work to be subsequently constructed.

D. Civil Engineer or Land Surveyor: Registered or licensed in the state in which project is located and acceptable to University’s Representative.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 CONSTRUCTION LAYOUT

A. Preparation: Verify locations of [survey] control points prior to starting work. Promptly notify University’s Representative of any discrepancies discovered.

B. [Survey Reference Points:]1. Existing basic horizontal and vertical control points for the Project are indicated.2. Locate and protect control points prior to starting site work, and preserve permanent

reference points during construction. Make no changes or relocations without prior notice University’s Representative.

3. Promptly report to University’s Representative when a control or reference point is lost or destroyed or requires relocation because of necessary changes in grades, locations or other reasons. Replace lost or destroyed control or reference points based an original survey control.]

30 June 2017 FIELD ENGINEERING01 71 23 - 1


C. Project Layout:1. Provide all [construction survey ]work required for accurate location of the Work. [Provide

services of a civil engineer or land surveyor to do required construction survey work.]2. [Establish a minimum of two permanent benchmarks on site, referenced to established

control points.]3. Record locations, with horizontal and vertical data, on Project Record Documents.4. Layout necessary lines for various parts of the Work as shown or dimensioned on

Drawings, or as directed by University’s Representative from established base lines and benchmarks.

5. Establish elevations, lines, and levels, locate and lay out by instrumentation and similar appropriate means:a. Identify, stake, and flag existing known above and below grade utilities.b. Site improvements, including pavements; stakes for grading, fill and topsoil placement;

and utility locations, slopes, and invert elevations.c. Grid or axis for structures.d. Building foundation, column locations, and ground floor elevations.e. Interior partitioning including spaces, chases, and openings allotted to pipes, ducts,

conduits, and similar items.f. Controlling lines and levels required by mechanical and electrical work.

6. Check structural steel framework for plumbness and establish on steel frame the required reference points, bench marks and basic grid lines from which work of other sections is to be laid out. Coordinate tolerances of various materials.

7. Verify layouts as Work proceeds to ensure compliance with required lines, levels, and tolerances. Preserve permanent reference points throughout construction operations.

8. After laying out the Work, inform workers and subcontractors accordingly.9. Lay out the mechanical and electrical work in conformity with Drawings, coordination

drawings and other shop drawings, product data and similar requirements, so that the entire mechanical plant will perform as an integrated system properly interfaced with electrical work and other work.

10. Replace control points, which have been lost or destroyed, at no increase in the Contract Sum. Base replacements on original survey control.

D. Contractor shall verify the inverts or flow lines of all existing utility structures adjacent to the site or to be connected to, including but not limited to stubs, drainage channels, laterals, catch basins, junction boxes, manholes and gutters.

E. Records:1. Maintain a complete, accurate log of control and survey work as it progresses.2. [On completion of foundation walls and major site improvements, including underground

site utilities, prepare a certified survey showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations of construction.]

F. Verification of Layout: University’s Representative at its discretion may arrange to have [Contractor's] grades, measurements, or levels checked and verified by an independent licensed surveyor. If layout is found to be outside of allowable tolerances, pay cost of checking or verification.

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 FIELD ENGINEERING01 71 23 - 2


SECTION 01 73 00

EXECUTION

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes the following subjects.1. Erection/Installation/Application of the Work.2. Conversation and Salvage.3. Damage and Restoration.4. Structural Integrity.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 ERECTION/INSTALLATION/APPLICATION OF THE WORK

A. Perform work with personnel well experienced and competent in their particular trade.

B. Manufacturer’s Instructions: Where installations include manufactured products, comply with the manufacturer’s applicable instructions and recommendations for installation, to the extent that these instructions and recommendations are more explicit or more stringent than requirements are indicated in the Contract Documents.

C. Install work during weather conditions and project conditions, which will ensure the best possible results in coordination with the work.

D. Isolate units of work that are incompatible, to prevent deterioration.

E. Be responsible for seeing that anchorage, blocking, joining and other detailing is provided as required.

F. Provide attachments, connections, fastenings, and insert device and methods for securing work. Secure work true to line, level, and within recognized industry tolerances. Drawings show only special conditions to assist Contractor; they do not illustrate every such detail.

G. Install work allowing for expansion, contraction, shrinkage, and building movement as necessary to prevent cracks, buckling, and warping of completed work.

H. Install finished work with smooth, clean, uniform appearance without waves, distortions, holes, marks, cracks, stains, or discoloration. Provide exposed work with uniform, close fitting, neat, and well scribed joints. Arrange joints in exposed work to obtain best visual effect. Refer questionable visual effect choices to University’s Representative for final decision.

I. Install finish work with no exposed unsightly anchors or fastenings and no hazardous, unsafe, or unfinished protrusions, offset, burrs, raw edges, or sharp corners.

J. No work defective in construction or quality or deficient in any requirement of Drawings and Specifications will be acceptable in consequence of University’s or University’s Representative

30 June 2017 EXECUTION01 73 00 - 1


failure to discover or to point out defects or deficiencies during construction; nor will the presence of Inspectors on the work relieve Contractor from responsibility for securing the quality and progress of work as required by the Contract. Defective work revealed within the time required by guarantees shall be replaced by work conforming to the intent of the Contract. No payment, whether partial or final, shall be construed as an acceptance of defective work or improper materials.

K. Waive “common practice” and “common usage” as construction criteria whenever Contract Documents or codes, ordinances, or similar items require greater quantity or better quality than common practice or common usage would require.

L. If at any time before commencement of work, or during progress thereof, Contractor’s methods, equipment, or appliances are inefficient or inappropriate for securing the quality of work or rate of progress intended by the Contract Documents, University may order Contractor to improve their quality or increase their efficiency. This will not relieve Contractor or his sureties from their obligations to secure the quality of work and rate of progress specified in the Contract.

M. Provide holes, slots, cutouts, blocking, screeds, nailers, chases and similar preparation as the work progresses, as required to receive or pass subsequent work without damage to previously completed work.

N. Make exterior work tight against direct or indirect entry of water into concealed or interior spaces of the building. Seal joints or penetrations below grade or behind exterior trim and other conditions where water might enter the structure, in same manner as for exposed exterior work.

O. Structural Connections and Fasteners:1. Include materials, types, and adequate sizes for complete fabrication and installation of the

Work.2. Place in concealed or obscure locations where possible.3. Include suitable welding or brazing where required.

P. Ferrous Metal Work:1. Galvanize work permanently exposed to exterior or below grade; related accessory

members and fastening non-ferrous, galvanize or make rustproof by approved methods.2. Meet requirements of Section 05 50 00 – Metal Fabrications and Section 09 91 00 -

Painting for galvanizing, prime painting, and related touch-up and repair.

Q. Isolation: Provide between ferrous and non-ferrous or dissimilar metal components to protect the work against electrolysis, as follows:1. For architectural work, provide cork fillers, asphaltic coatings, neoprene gaskets, or similar

separation as necessary; and use stainless steel fastenings only where interconnecting dissimilar parts.

2. For mechanical and electrical work, provide dielectric unions or similar separation. In particular, provide isolation as necessary between exterior underground systems and interior above-grade systems where they meet dissimilar metals.

R. Remove and replace all work that does not comply with Contract Documents. Repair or replace any Work or property damaged by these operations at no increase in Contract sum.

3.02 CONSERVATION AND SALVAGE

A. Conduct construction operations with maximum practical consideration for:1. Conservation of energy, water, and materials.2. Salvaging materials and equipment involved in performance of the Work but not

incorporated in it.

30 June 2017 EXECUTION01 73 00 - 2


3.03 DAMAGE AND RESTORATION

A. Restore or replace as specified or directed by University’s Representative damage to adjacent existing facilities including any landscaping, paving, roads and sidewalks damaged as a result of the performance of this work at no additional cost to [Owner].

B. Restorations to approval by University’s Representative. Restorations to be made as necessary at no added expense to University unless otherwise particularly provided for.

C. Restoration shall be equal to the Structural qualities or performance capacities of the restoration to be equal of the original work.

D. Appearances of finishes to match, as nearly as possible, like existing adjacent work.

E. Remove and replace work not properly restored or where not capable of being restored as intended under these Specifications as directed by at University’s Representative at no added expense to University.

F. Additional time required to secure replacements and to make repairs will not be considered to justify an extension in the Contract Time of Completion.

3.04 STRUCTURAL INTEGRITY

A. Be responsible for and particularly supervise each operation and work that may affect structural integrity of various building elements, both permanent and temporary.

B. Include structural connections and fastenings as shown or required for complete fabrication and installation of the Work.

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 EXECUTION01 73 00 - 3


SECTION 01 73 29

CUTTING AND PATCHING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: Cutting into work to provide for access, inspection, and performance of other work, and subsequent fitting and patching required to restore surfaces and assemblies to their original condition. Cutting and patching of Work during manufacture of products, and initial fabrication, is not work of this Section.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. Cutting: Includes cutting into existing construction to permit completion of contract work.

B. Patching: Includes restoration of surfaces disturbed by demolition, cutting, or other contract operations.

1.03 REFERENCES

A. ASTM International:1. ASTM C330/C330M - Standard Specification for Lightweight Aggregates for Structural

Concrete.2. ASTM C567 - Standard Test Method for Determining Density of Structural Lightweight

Concrete.

1.04 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Performance Requirements: Do not reduce performance capacities, nor alter the physical and aesthetic characteristics of the Work as determined by the University’s Representative, due to performance of cutting and patching.

1.05 ADMINISTRATIVE REQUIREMENTS

A. Coordination:1. Coordinate procedures and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding.2. Coordinate layout of the work and resolve potential conflicts before proceeding with the

work.

B. Pre-Cutting Conference: 1. Before start of work, meet at Project site with all parties involved in cutting and patching,

including mechanical, fire protection, and electrical trades. 2. Review areas of potential interference and conflict between the various trades. .

C. [Sequencing:]

D. Scheduling:1. Except as otherwise indicated or as approved by the University’s Representative,

proceed with cutting and patching at the earliest feasible time and complete work without delay.

2. See Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions..

30 June 2017 CUTTING AND PATCHING01 73 29 - 1



A. Employ skilled workers having minimum three years experience with assemblies and materials similar to cutting and patching work required for this Project.

B. Before cutting and patching the following categories of work, obtain the University’s Representative approval to proceed as required in the procedural proposal for cutting and patching.1. Primary Structural components: Girders, beams, joists, columns, piers, bearing walls,

concrete slabs, and similar items.2. Secondary Structural Components: Lintels, equipment supports, decking, stair systems,

etc.3. Weatherproof Enclosures: Roofing, flashing, curtain walls, storefront systems, exterior

doors and windows.4. Mechanical, electrical, communication, and conveying systems.5. Primary operational systems and equipment.6. Noise and vibration control elements and systems.

C. Requirements for Structural Work: Do not cut and patch structural work in a manner that would result in a reduction of load-carrying capacity or load-deflections ratio.

D. Operational and Safety Limitations: Do not cut and patch operational elements or safety related components in a manner that would result in a reduction of their capacity to perform in the manner intended, including energy performance, or that would result in increased maintenance, or decreased operational life of decreased safety.

E. Visual Requirements: Do not cut and patch work exposed on the building's exterior or in occupied spaces, in a manner that would, in the University’s Representative's opinion, result in lessening the building's aesthetic qualities. Do not cut and patch work in a manner that would result in substantial visual evidence of cut and patch work. Remove and replace work judged by the University’s Representative to be cut and patched in a visually unsatisfactory manner.

F. Field Measurements: Verify measurements prior to commencing Work.

1.07 SITE CONDITIONS

A. See Section 01 35 13 - Infection Control Procedures.

B. See Section 01 35 43 - Environmental Procedures.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING

A. Carefully remove, store, and protect materials designated to be re-used in contract work.

B. Materials designated for demolition shall become Contractor’s property and removed from the Site.

C. Materials designated to be salvaged for University shall be removed with care, protected, and stored in a location specified by the University.

D. Comply with minimum requirements in Section 01 60 00 - Product Requirements.

PART 2 PRODUCTS



2.01 MATERIALS

A. General: 1. Use materials for patching that are identical to existing materials. 2. When identical materials are not available, or cannot be used, use materials that match

existing adjacent and similar surfaces to the fullest extent possible with regard to visual effect and physical characteristics.

3. Use materials for patching that will result in equal-or-better performance characteristics.4. Where existing construction to be duplicated was achieved with materials now out of

production, or cannot be used or otherwise unavailable, obtain University’s Representative] specific approval of substitution material.

B. Concrete: Contractor designed mixes to produce following:1. Concrete, Typical: Compressive strength of 3250 pounds per square inch at 28 days.2. Light Weight Structural Concrete: Lightweight aggregate and concrete are to conform to

ASTM C330/C330M.a. Proportion mix to produce concrete having minimum compressive strength of 3,000

pounds per square inch at 28 days and calculated equilibrium unit weight of 110 pounds per cubic foot plus or minus three pounds per cubic foot as determined by ASTM C567, Concrete slump at point of placement is to be minimum necessary for efficient mixing, placing, and finishing. Maximum slump is to be six inches for pumped concrete and five inches elsewhere.

C. Mortar for Patching Holes in Existing Concrete: Portland cement based repair mortar. BASF The Chemical Co.’s; ‘Emaco”; Sika Corp.’s “SikaTop”; or equal.

D. Existing Ceilings: Remove carefully to minimize dust and debris. Acoustical tile for patching shall match existing adjacent tiles. Conform to requirements of Section 09 51 00 - Acoustical Ceilings.

E. Patching of Holes in Fire-Rated Surfaces: Comply with requirements of Section 07 84 00 - Firestopping.

F. Where specifications are not included for items requiring patching, comply with requirements of Article titled “Materials”, sub Article titled “General” in this Section and manufacturer’s specifications and standards for each product involved.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verification of Conditions: Examine materials, assemblies and conditions under which the work is to be performed, correct unsafe and unsatisfactory conditions before proceeding with the work; stop Work when conditions occur which might jeopardize the integrity or appearance of materials to remain.

B. Before beginning cutting and patching work, examine site and verify the following:1. Existing utility lines to be removed have been disconnected.2. Utility lines serving occupied portions of building will remain in operation during

demolition.3. Dust barriers are in place, and conditions specified in Sections 01 35 13 - Infection

Control Procedures, are met.

C. Before Cutting Operations: Examine surfaces to be cut and patched and conditions under



which work is to be performed. If unsafe or otherwise unsatisfactory conditions are encountered, take corrective action before proceeding with the work.

D. If any hazardous materials, other than asbestos or PCB containing light ballasts or fluorescent lamps are encountered, notify University immediately and obtain instructions for safe handling and removal. See Section 01 35 43 - Environmental Procedures.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Protections: Prevent damage to Work during cutting and patching. Protect from weather Work exposed to the exterior by cutting and patching operations. Provide temporary shoring and bracing to maintain existing position and prevent movement of Work.

B. Do not cut existing mechanical systems and utilities until provisions to maintain service are in place.

C. Where possible, review proposed procedures and comply with original installer’s recommendations.

D. Temporary Support: To prevent structural failures, provide temporary support of work to be cut.

E. Avoid interference with use of adjoining areas or interruption of free passage to adjoining areas.

F. Take precautions not to cut existing pipe, conduit, or ducts serving the building but scheduled to be relocated until provisions have been made to bypass them.

G. Rooms adjacent to contract work will be occupied during the construction period. Maintain a tight barrier at openings into those rooms and remove debris in covered containers.

3.03 CUTTING

A. Cutting: Use methods least likely to damage work to be retained and adjoining work. Make penetrations neatly, to sizes required, minimize disturbance of Work to remain. Use tools designed for sawing or grinding, not hammering and chopping. Cut and drill exposed surfaces from finished side into concealed surfaces.

B. Comply with requirements of applicable sections of mechanical and electrical specifications for cutting and patching of mechanical and electrical work.

C. Unless otherwise required, cap, valve, and seal remaining portion of cut and abandoned utility services, prevent entrance of moisture and foreign matter.

D. Ensure by-pass of utility services, such as pipe and conduit, has been completed before cutting, where such utility services are shown or required to be removed, relocated, or abandoned.

3.04 PATCHING

A. Seams: Durable without change of texture, plane, and profile in finished Work. Restore exposed finishes of patched areas and where necessary extend finish restoration into retained adjoining work in a manner which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

B. Floor and Wall Surfaces: Patch and repair provide even surface of uniform color and



appearance. Where necessary to achieve uniform color and appearance, remove existing finish and coverings and replace with new materials.1. Where patch occurs in a smooth finished surface, extend final finish over entire unbroken

surface containing patch to nearest natural break.

C. Ceilings: Repair and rehang ceilings. Provide and even plane surface of uniform appearance.

D. Tolerances: In addition to performance requirements of this Section, comply with tolerances specified in individual technical Sections for repair of specific assemblies and materials.

E. Plaster Installation:1. Unless otherwise indicated, provide three coat work in accordance with the California

Lathing and Plastering Contractors Association, Inc. (CLPC) recommendations.2. Finish gypsum plaster with smooth-troweled surface. Sand lightly to remove trowel

marks and arrises.3. Cut, patch, point-up, and repair plaster as necessary to accommodate other work and to

restore cracks, dents, and imperfections.

F. Hangers and Supports:1. Provide new hangers and supports for existing piping, conduit, or ductwork to remain

after removal of existing partitions or ceilings. Conform to support details specified or shown for new work.

G. Holes in Existing Concrete Floor Slabs, with a diameter not over the depth of the slab: Ream to a conical shape not less than 0.25:1 with the smallest diameter at the bottom of the slab. Roughen surfaces and clean away dust and loose particles. Fill with grout specified in this Section for patching holes in existing concrete surfaces. For patching larger openings, notify the University’s Representative for this project.

3.05 PATCHING EXISTING DAMAGE

A. Floor Openings around Pipe, Duct, and Conduit Penetrations:1. Remove non-rated or loose filler material and fill with approved 2-hour fire resistive

packing.2. Comply with Mechanical and Electrical specifications.

B. Piping: Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.

3.06 REPAIRING

A. Repair and protection is Contractor’s responsibility, regardless of the assignment of responsibility for inspection, testing, or similar services.

B. Upon completion of inspection, testing, sample-taking, and similar services performed on the work, repair damaged work and restore substrates and finishes to eliminate deficiencies, including deficiencies in the visual qualities of exposed finishes.

C. Repair finishes to match existing conditions. Where necessary, extend finish restoration to adjoining work in a manner, which will eliminate evidence of patching and refinishing.

D. Restore damaged ceilings to match existing conditions.

E. Restore utilities to their original condition.

3.07 LEVELING EXISTING CONCRETE FLOOR SLABS



A. Patch depressions and level existing concrete floor slab to a surface plane tolerance of maximum 1/8 inch in 10 feet. Test with a 10 foot long straight edge.

B. Apply underlayment over entire work area in strict accordance with manufacturer's written instructions, before any partition framing is placed.

C. Keep traffic off the floor during curing period in accordance with manufacturer's printed recommendations, but in any case not less than four days.

3.08 CLEANING

A. Standard for cleaning Work: Comply with requirements of Section 01 74 00 - Cleaning for cleaning requirement in conjunction with cutting and patching activities.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 74 00

CLEANING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes requirements for progress cleaning and final cleaning of project and removal of waste, debris, and rubbish.

1.02 GENERAL CLEANING REQUIREMENTS

A. The requirements of this Section are in addition to those of General Conditions.

B. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards for cleaning.

C. Develop a program that addresses construction site cleanup and control of construction debris.

D. During construction period keep premises and public properties under Contractor’s control free from unreasonable accumulations of waste materials, debris, dirt, and rubbish, caused by Contractor. Maintain the site in a clean and orderly condition. Clean newly installed Work as frequently as necessary through remainder of construction period.

E. Keep corridors clean and clear at all times. All matters related to construction shall be conducted so as to cause the least possible interference with University’s normal use of the premises, including, but not limited to, emergency egress and operations.

F. Ensure adequate workers, cleaning materials, and equipment are always available.

G. Dust Controls: Refer to Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls for dust control requirements.

1.03 CONSTRUCTION CLEANLINESS ENFORCEMENT

A. Failure to follow the Contract Documents may result in shutdown of the project and/or warnings and fines. The first offense will result in a warning from the representatives of the University. Second and subsequent infractions will result in a fine of not less than $1,000 and up to $5,000. (Except in the case of a violation of the Ceiling Access Policy section which has its own penalty clause). Additionally, the offending contractor's status as a responsible contractor for bidding future work may be affected.

B. If a dispute arises regarding the Contractor as to the responsibility under the respective contract for maintaining the Project site and surrounding areas free from waste materials and rubbish, University may clean the site and deduct the cost from the contract amount at the then prevailing recharge rates in use at the University.

1.04 RECYCLING

A. The University is committed to reducing the amount of materials sent to landfills. To that end, contractors at University projects are encouraged to use waste hauling companies that separate recyclable materials. The following firms have been identified as having refuse separation facilities:

30 June 2017 CLEANING01 74 00 - 1


1. [Golden Gate Disposal and Recycling Company (415) 575-2467.]2. [Sunset Scavenger Company (415) 330-8434.]

1.05 SUBMITTALS

A. Submit VOC data sheets for cleaning materials.

PART 2 PRODUCTS

2.01 CLEANING MATERIALS

A. Use materials which will not create hazards to health or property, and which will not damage surfaces.

B. Use only materials and methods as recommended by manufacturer of material or surface being cleaned.

C. Cleaning materials to meet VOC requirements applicable to Project location.

PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROGRESS CLEANING

A. During handling and installation of work at the project site, clean work in progress and adjoining work on the basis of continuous maintenance.

B. Clean and perform maintenance on installed work as frequently as necessary through remainder of the construction period. Adjust and lubricate operable components to ensure operability without damaging effects.

C. Clean areas and spaces where work is performed and used for access to work. Remove paint, mortar, oils, putty and items of similar nature. Clean ducts, pipes, conduit and similar features before finishes are applied. Restore damaged pipe covering to its original condition.1. Remove dirt and debris from concealed areas exposed by cutting and patching work

regardless of whether the area will be left exposed or concealed when work is completed.2. Thoroughly clean spaces where work has been performed or used for access to work.3. Completely remove paint, mortar, oils, putty, and materials of similar nature.4. Thoroughly clean piping, conduit, and similar items, before painting or other finishing is

applied.5. Remove combustible materials such as paper and cardboard daily. 6. Prevent accumulations of wastes that create hazardous conditions7. Remove debris daily. Remove debris which must be transported through public corridors

in accordance with the hours specified in Section 01 14 00 - Work Restrictions.8. Thoroughly clean spaces where work has been performed or used for access to work.

D. Keep areas enclosed by interior enclosures, specified in Section 01 50 00 - Temporary Facilities and Controls, in a neat, clean, and dust tight condition at all times. Enclosed areas are subject to unscheduled inspections to ensure that compliance with cleaning requirements is maintained.

E. Vacuum carpets inside barricade vestibules and occupied areas daily with certified HEPA-filtered vacuum cleaner.

30 June 2017 CLEANING01 74 00 - 2


F. Vacuum clean interior areas when ready to receive finish painting, and continue vacuum cleaning on an as-needed basis until building is ready for Substantial Completion or occupancy.

G. Schedule cleaning operations so that dust and other contaminants resulting from cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.

H. Barricaded areas are subject to un-scheduled inspections to ensure compliance with cleaning requirements are maintained.

I. Contractor shall clean the path of travel utilized by Contractor to access the project area, and areas immediately outside the project area, on a daily basis. No construction materials or equipment can be left outside the project area. Contractor shall make a good faith effort to maintain a high degree of cleanliness outside the immediate project area to a standard acceptable to the University. Failure to do so will result in Contractor being charged for University’s in-house janitorial services at the University rate.

J. Special Cleaning: Requirements for specific units of Work are included in appropriate Sections.

3.02 FINAL CLEANING

A. Perform final cleaning of the Work at the time scheduled.

B. Clean the entire construction area and adjacent areas affected by the performance of Work under this Contract.

C. Employ experienced workers or professional cleaners for final cleaning.

D. Comply with requirements of material and product manufacturer and with requirements for cleaning contained in other Sections of the Specifications. Where other Sections are more specific or demanding, they shall govern.

E. Clean each surface or unit of work to the condition expected from a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance program.

F. Clean equipment and fixtures with cleaning materials appropriate to the surface and material being cleaned.

G. Final cleaning includes, but is not limited to, the following:1. Remove labels that are not required as permanent labels.2. Clean sight-exposed interior and exterior hard-surfaced finishes, to a dust-free condition,

free of fingerprints, stains, films, and similar foreign substances. Remove dust with treated dust cloths and vacuums.

3. Clean and damp mop resilient and hard-surface floors as specified.4. Vacuum clean carpeted and similar soft surfaces where manufacturer recommends

cleaning by vacuuming.5. Clean new exterior and all interior glass, including mirrors and window/door glass, to a

polished condition, removing substances that are noticeable as vision-obscuring materials. Replace chipped or broken glass and other damaged transparent materials.

6. Clean and polish exposed hard and glossy surfaces.7. Remove paint splatters, spots, stains, and foreign matter from hardware or other factory

finished surfaces or surfaces not to be painted.8. Wipe surfaces of equipment clean. Remove excess lubrication and other substances.9. Vacuum dust and debris from the interior of casework, lockers, and similar items.

30 June 2017 CLEANING01 74 00 - 3


10. Clean plumbing fixtures to a sanitary condition, free of stains including those resulting from water exposure.

11. Clean food service equipment, if present, to a condition of sanitation ready and acceptable for intended food service use.

12. Clean light fixtures and lamps so as to function with full efficiency. Replace burned out electric lamps.

13. Remove waste, debris, and foreign matter from roofs, gutters, downspouts, areaways, and drainage systems.

14. Clean debris from new [and existing ]drainage systems.15. Remove debris and surface dust from limited-access spaces including roofs, plenums,

shafts, trenches, equipment vaults, manholes, attics and similar spaces.16. Clean concrete floors in non-occupied spaces broom clean.17. Clean permanent filters of ventilating equipment and replace disposable filters of all new

and/or modified operating equipment within the construction area; in addition, clean ducts, blowers, and coils when units have been operated without filters during construction.

18. Clean all electronic detectors so as to function with full efficiency.19. Sweep clean and wash down all exterior pavement surfaces; remove stains, spills and

foreign substances including grease and oil deposited on pavement by Contractor’s vehicles.

20. Clean project site, including landscape developed areas, of litter and foreign matter. Rake grounds that are neither planted nor paved, to a smooth, even-textured surface.

H. Special Cleaning: Requirements for specific units of Work are included in appropriate Sections.

I. Removal of Protection: Except as otherwise indicated or requested by University’s Representative, remove temporary protection devices and facilities, which were installed during course of the work to protect previously, completed work during remainder of construction period.

3.03 WASTE, DEBRIS, AND RUBBISH REMOVAL

A. The following requirements are in addition to requirement specified in Section 01 74 19 – Construction Waste Management and Disposal.

B. Remove waste, debris, rubbish and surplus materials daily from the project site.

C. Remove temporary construction facilities from the project site.

D. Failure to remove items as specified will result in payment being withheld until removal is accomplished.

E. Legally and properly dispose of debris resulting from removal and reconditioning operations.

F. Do not burn waste materials at the site. Do not bury debris or excess materials on University's property. Do not discharge volatile or other harmful or dangerous materials into drainage systems. Remove waste materials from the site and dispose of in a lawful manner.

G. Limited access is permitted to the existing loading dock. Loading, unloading, and hoisting activities must be coordinated with University's operations. Conflicts with regard to space will favor the University.

H. Containers:1. Transport removal of waste, debris and rubbish in tightly sealed, covered, rubber tired

containers.

30 June 2017 CLEANING01 74 00 - 4


2. Fit containers with clean polyethylene covers completely sealed at perimeters by taping or tying with wire.

3. Place covers over debris boxes between periods when they are being filled.4. Wipe containers clean before leaving construction area to prevent tracking of dust or dirt.

I. Perform any cleaning required to the path of travel from construction site to the loading dock or building exterior.

J. Refer to Section 01 35 00 – Special Procedures for additional requirements for disposal operations.

3.04 TOUCH UP AND REPAIR

A. If any surface, material or equipment has been damaged, touch up and repair exposed areas; such repair to be approved by University’s Representative.

END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 CLEANING01 74 00 - 5


SECTION 01 74 19

CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Legally and properly dispose of debris resulting from removal and reconditioning.

B. Remove debris daily. Removal of debris that must be transported through public corridors, shall occur between the hours of 10:00 pm and 7:00 am, or as directed by University, and be limited to designated elevators. 1. Debris Containers

a. Transport removal of debris in tightly sealed, covered, rubber tired containers.b. Fit containers with clean polyethylene covers completely sealed at perimeters by

taping or tying with wire.c. Wipe containers clean before leaving construction area to prevent tracking of dust.

C. Place covers over debris boxes between periods when they are being filled. Legally and properly dispose of debris resulting from removal and reconditioning operations.

D. See Section 01 74 00 - Cleaning.

E. This Section includes requirements for diversion of construction and demolition debris from landfill.1. The University has established that this Project shall generate the least amount of waste

possible and that processes that ensure the generation of as little waste as possible due to over-packaging, error, poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors shall be employed.

2. Of the inevitable waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically feasible shall be reused, salvaged, or recycled. Waste disposal in landfills shall be minimized.

3. [Contractors] are encouraged to use waste hauling companies that separate recyclable materials. Contractor shall work with their waste haulers in providing other recycling containers as appropriate.

1.02 DEFINITIONS

A. "Conversion Rate" means the rate set forth in the standardized Conversion Rate Table approved by the City where the Project is located for use in estimating the weight of materials identified in the Waste Management Plan. If the City or local jurisdiction does not have an approved Conversion Rate Table, Contractor may use attached Conversion Rate Table estimates.

B. "Divert" means to use material for any purpose other than disposal in a landfill or transfer facility for disposal.

C. "Good Faith" shall be as defined by law.

D. "Net Cost" means that the following have been subtracted from the cost of separating and recycling:1. Revenue from the sale of recycled or salvaged materials.2. Landfill tipping fees saved due to diversion of materials from the landfill.

30 June 2017 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT AND DISPOSAL01 74 19 - 1


E. "Recycling Service" means an off-site service that provides processing of material and diversion from landfill.

F. "Hauler" means the entity that transports construction and demolition debris to either a landfill or a recycling service.


A. City and County of San Francisco, Department of the Environment (tel. 415-355-3767): Recycling program requirements.1. "San Francisco Recycling Services for Companies that Recycle Construction and

Demolition Debris." Go to www.sfenvironment.org.

B. Alameda County Waste Management Authority and Source Reduction and Recycling Board (tel. 510-614-1699).1. "Alameda County Recycling Guide". For a copy of the guide and for questions regarding

recycling, call the Alameda County Recycling Hotline toll free at 877-STOPWASTE (877-786-7927).

2. "Builders' Guide to Reuse and Recycling, A Directory for Construction and Demolition Materials." For a copy of the guide, go to www.stopwaste.org/docs/buildersguide-05.pdf.

C. County of San Mateo Recycle Works (tel. 1-888-442-2666).1. "Construction Site Recycling, a Guide for Building Contractors ". For a copy of the guide

call 1-888-442-2666.2. "Where to Recycle Construction and Demolition Debris." For a copy of the guide call 1-

888-442-2666.

1.04 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENT

A. Diversion Goals: Divert a minimum of 80 percent of total project construction and demolition waste from landfill.

B. Project Data: Submit specified Waste Management Plan using written and graphic representation to indicate how waste will be diverted from landfills.

C. Certification: Submit certification from recycling services that are not listed in "San Francisco Directory of Recycling Services for Companies that Recycle Construction & Demolition Debris", or in Alameda County Waste Management Authority's "Builders' Guide to Reuse and Recycling, A Directory for Construction and Demolition Materials", or local jurisdiction's directory.

D. Forms: Submit completed waste reduction forms, Exhibit 01 74 19-1 of this Section, and other applicable documentation to University to show compliance with the waste diversion requirements. Submit as indicated at end of Exhibit.


A. Recycling Company Qualifications: Any of the following: 1. Listed in Alameda County Waste Management Authority's "Builders' Guide to Reuse and

Recycling, A Directory for Construction and Demolition Materials", latest edition.2. Listed as acceptable recycling service provider by City and County of San Francisco.3. Any recycling service that will certify in writing that accepted waste will be diverted from

landfill, not dumped illegally, or dumped at sea.



B. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with construction and demolition waste recycling ordinance of City and County of San Francisco.

C. Approval of Waste Management Plan by the University's Representative is required before beginning on-site mobilization.

1.06 CONSTRUCTION WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

A. Plan Development: Develop a plan for diverting the specified percentage of construction debris from landfill. Include in plan written and graphic information indicating how waste will be diverted from landfills.1. Submit plan within 10 calendar days after receipt of Notice to Proceed, or prior to any

waste removal, whichever occurs sooner.2. Submit monthly reports of actual recycling rates, salvage rates, and landfill rates.3. Include in plan both on-site recycling of construction debris and also off-site diversion

from landfill. 4. Propose means and methods for collecting and separating each type of debris deemed

reusable or recyclable.5. Schedule each item, and list the off-site recycling service and hauler of each designated

debris item, who have agreed to accept and divert that item from landfill in the proposed quantities anticipated. List the service and hauler company’s names, addresses, phone numbers, and persons contacted.

6. Include a "good faith" estimate of each type of construction waste that would be generated if no diversion methods were implemented. Submit with calculations based upon weight of each material. The following items are subject to the "good faith" estimate and diversion requirement:a. Asphalt concrete.b. Portland cement concrete.c. Aggregates.d. Concrete masonry, brick and clay products.e. Clean earth fill.f. Wood products, including clean dimensional wood, palette wood, plywood,

formwork, OSB, and particleboard.g. Metals, including banding, ductwork, flashing, piping, rebar, steel, iron, galvanized

sheet steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper, zinc, lead, brass, and bronze.h. Plant and tree trimmings (may be included in wood products if accepted by recycling

service.i. Cardboard, paper products, and packaging.j. Mixed waste, including, but not necessarily limited to the following:k. Beverage containers.l. Insulation.m. Roofing.n. Glass, excluding that used for containers.o. Gypsum board.p. Cement board.q. Plastics, including ABS, PVC, and piping.r. Latex paint.s. Other materials.

7. Calculate quantities and convert volume measurements to weights in accordance with the Conversion Rate Table.

B. Plan Implementation:1. Maintain log of each load, of each category item diverted from landfill. Log in separately

debris sent to a Class III landfill and materials sent to recycling facilities.a. Include in log the type of load, load weight, name of hauling service, recycling

service or landfill, and date accepted by recycling service or by landfill.



b. University's Representative reserves the right to audit the log at any time. Retain and make available all weight tickets, copies of receipts, and invoices.

c. Units of Measure: Use same units as stated in the approved plan "good faith" estimate of construction waste that would be generated if no remedial methods were implemented.

2. Material Handling:a. Separation Facilities:

1) Designate a specific area or areas on site to facilitate separation of materials for potential reuse, salvage, recycling, and return. Clearly mark bins for each category of waste.

2) Keep waste bins and pile areas neat and clean. Do not contaminate non-recyclable waste with materials designated for reuse or recycling.

b. Environmental Controls During Handling, Storage, and Transport: Do not permit designated materials to become contaminated or to contaminate site or surrounding areas.

3. Training and Coordination:a. Manager: Contractor shall designate an on-site party (or parties) responsible for

instructing workers and subcontractors, and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste Management Plan for the Project.

b. Distribution: Furnish copies of the Waste Management Plan to all on-site supervisors, each subcontractor, and the University's Representative.

c. Instruction: Provide on-site instruction of appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and return methods to be used by all parties at the appropriate stages of the Project.

4. Meetings: a. Include Construction Waste Management on the agenda of meetings. Meetings

shall include all subcontractors affected by the Waste Management Plan. At a minimum, discuss waste management goals and issues at the following meetings:1) Pre-bid meeting.2) Preconstruction meeting.3) Regularly scheduled jobsite meetings.4) Preinstallation meetings.

C. Hazardous Waste: Separate, store, and dispose of hazardous waste according to local regulations.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXECUTION

A. In purchasing any products or disposing of any demolition or construction waste, use products that support sustainability through environmentally responsible supplier production, product life cycle and recycling. Sustainable products should meet the requirements of the U.S. Green Building Council’s LEED for Green Building Operations and Maintenance Program, 2009 Edition; specifically, Materials & Resources Credit 3, “Sustainable Purchasing – Facility Alterations and Additions” and disposal of debris should meet the requirements of Credit 9, “Solid Waste Management – Facility Alterations and Additions.” Reference: www.usgbc.org/

3.02 EXHIBITS

A. Exhibit 01 74 19-1 - Contractor’s Waste Management Plan.


http://www.usgbc.org/


B. Exhibit 01 74 19-2 - Conversion Rates Table.

C. Exhibit 01 74 19-3 - Demolition and New Construction Waste Division Rate Table.

END OF SECTION



EXHIBIT 01 74 19-1

CONTRACTOR'S WASTE MANAGEMENT PLAN

Much of the materials generated from this Project can be recycled. You are required to list materials that will be reused, recycled or disposed from this Project.

The required University of California and City and County of San Francisco policy is to reuse or recycle 75 percent or better of Project construction and demolition (C&D) waste.

Use tons (preferable) or cubic yards to quantify total estimated waste and percentages for materials. Ask your hauler, recycler or site cleanup vendor to assist you with this plan. Receipts of all recycling and disposal shall be submitted prior to Project completion.

Project Name: ________________________________________________________________________

Location: _____________________________________________________________________________

Building Type: ________________________________________________________________________

Square Footage: ______________________________________________________________________

Type of Project: New Construction Demolition

Type of Construction (wood frame, concrete, steel, etc.): _______________________________________

Applicant: _______________________________ Phone: _____________________________________

Company Name: ______________________________________________________________________

See:1. Conversion Rate Table – attached.2. Construction and Demolition Waste Diversion Report3. Directory of Recycling Services - call City of San Francisco for copy.4. Builders Guide to Reuse and Recycling - call Alameda County for copy.

Submit this completed Waste Management Plans to University's Representative at pre-construction meeting. Submit Appendix A “Construction and Demolition Waste Diversion Report” and receipts of Construction & Demolition Waste disposal within 60 days of disposal to [email protected].



EXHIBIT 01 74 19-2

CONVERSION RATES TABLE

The following conversion rates are estimates. The ranges vary widely, depending on how the materials are handled (compacted, loose, chipped, etc.). Use the conversion factors and receipts from previous projects to help you estimate the potential amount of materials and waste. Take into consideration the type and load of vehicles that will be used to haul the materials.

Ask your hauler or recycler to assist you in estimating these numbers.

Material Lbs/cy Tons/cyAsphalt 1,400 lbs/cy 0.7 tons/cyCardboard 100 lbs/cy 0.05 tons/cyConcrete 2,600 lbs/cy

(Sources range from 1,000 to 4,000)

1.3 tons/cy

Drywall 700 lbs/cy 0.35 tons/cyWood (chipped) 300 - 650 lbs/cy 0.15 - 0.3 tons/cyMixed C & D Debris 900 lbs/cy 0.45 tons/cyMixed Waste/Trash 100 - 350 lbs/cy 0.5 - 0.175 tons/cy



EXHIBIT 01 74 19-3CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION

WASTE DIVERSION RATE TABLEProject/Work Order #:

Contract Number:

Project Name:

Building Name:

Building Address:

Project Manager:

Recycled (Diverted) Tonnage: tons

Landfill Tonnage: tons

Total Tonnage Generated: tons

Name of Disposal Facility:

If used, name of Mixed Debris Facility:

Waste Facility Diversion Rate (DR)*: %

Total Tonnage Generated: tons

Recycled (Diverted) Tonnage: tons

Landfill Tonnage: tons

If you are taking materials to a mixed debris facility, please report the facility diversion rate (DR)*Use these formulas to calculate your responses:

Figure Recycled (Diverted) Tonnage = Total Tonnage Generated X _______ (DR)*Landfill Tonnage = Total Tonnage Generated – Recycled (Diverted) Tonnage

If your diversion rate is less that 80%, provide justification why the project cannot meet the 80% diversion requirement.□ I certify that no waste was generated on this ProjectI declare that the foregoing is true and correct.

Signature: Date:

Print Name: Title:

Contractor Name: ______________________________________________________________________

Glossary Recycled (Diverted) Tonnage - This is the total ton of materials generated from this project that is reused, recycled and not otherwise disposed of in a landfill. This includes separated and un-separated materials such as wood, metal, cardboard, drywall, and landscape debris for reprocessing, reuse, or recycling.Landfill Tonnage - Materials that cannot be reused or recycled that otherwise will be disposed of into a landfill. Total Tonnage Generated - All materials waste that is NOT USED on-site and is removed from the construction site.Mixed Debris Facility - Materials that are not source separated on site and are taken to a facility that will process mixed construction and demolition debris for recovery. These facilities report a standard percentage for a diversion rate. Waste Facility Diversion Rate - The percentage of debris that is sorted, removed, and recycled or composted at a mixed waste facility and not otherwise put into a landfill for disposal.Name of each facility(s) used for recycling or disposal of material generated from the project.

SUBMITTAL INSTRUCTION: Submit this completed document within 60 days of disposal irrespective of duration of contract. Payment will not be authorized without these submittals and attached receipts.



* * *



SECTION 01 76 00

PROTECTING INSTALLED WORK

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section requirements for protecting installed Work including University provided items after their installation.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 PROTECTING INSTALLED WORK

A. Protect all installed construction until completion and acceptance by University's Representative.

B. Provide special protection where specified in individual specification Sections.

C. Limit Exposure of Work:1. Use control and protection methods and supervise performance of Work to ensure that

none of the Work, whether completed or in progress, will be subjected to harmful, dangerous, damaging, or otherwise deleterious exposures during construction period.

2. Exposures include (where applicable), but are not necessarily limited to static loading, dynamic loading, internal pressures, external pressures, high or low temperatures, thermal shock, high or low humidity, air contamination or pollution water, ice, solvents, chemicals, light, radiation, puncture abrasion, heavy traffic, soiling, bacteria, insect infestation, combustion, electrical current, high-speed operation, improper lubrication, unusual wear, misuse, incompatible interface, destructive testing, misalignment, excessive weathering, unprotected storage, improper shipping/handling, theft, and vandalism.

D. Provide suitable temporary and removable protective materials and methods are necessary to avoid damage or deterioration to installed products, materials, equipment, finishes, and other installed work due to traffic, construction operations, from action of the elements, from carelessness of Contractor's employees or subcontractors and their employees, from vandalism, and from any other cause until completion and University’s acceptance of the Work.

E. Control activity in immediate work area to prevent damage.

F. Protect the various products, materials, equipment, finishes, and other installed work provided by the several trades from other operations or work in an appropriate manner to ensure they are in satisfactory condition at the Date of Substantial Completion.

G. Protect installed products and control traffic in immediate area to prevent damage from subsequent operations.

H. Provide protective coverings at walls, projections, corners, jambs, sills, and soffits of openings

30 June 2017 PROTECTING INSTALLED WORK01 76 00 - 1


in and adjacent to traffic areas.

I. Protect finished floors, stairs and other surfaces from traffic from dirt, wear, and damage:1. Secure heavy sheet goods or similar protective materials in place, in areas subject to foot

traffic.2. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place, in areas subject to movement of heavy

objects.3. Lay planking or similar rigid materials in place in areas where storage of products will

occur.

J. Protect waterproofed and roofed surfaces:1. Restrict use of surfaces for traffic of any kind, and for storage of products.2. When an activity is mandatory, obtain recommendations for protection of surfaces from

manufacturer. Install protection and remove on completion of activity. Restrict use of adjacent unprotected areas.

K. Maintain temperature and humidity conditions in interior spaces for the Work in accordance with manufacturers' instructions for the materials and equipment being protected.

L. Cover walls and floors of elevator cabs, and jambs of cab doors, when elevators are used by construction personnel.

M. Restrict traffic of any kind across planted lawn and landscape areas.

N. Protect all exterior work, including existing asphalt paving and landscaping and building.

O. Care shall be exercised to prevent damage to adjacent facilities including walks, curbs, and gutters; where equipment will pass over these obstructions suitable planking shall be placed, and damaged facilities, due to Contractor’s operations, shall be removed and replaced at Contractor’s expense.

P. Contractor shall be responsible for overloading of any part or parts of structures beyond their safe calculated carrying capacities by placing of materials, equipment, tools, machinery or any other item thereon. No loads shall be placed on floors or roofs before they have attained their permanent and safe strength.

Q. All existing improvements and facilities shall be protected from damage of any type resulting from the operations, equipment or workers of Contractor during the course of construction.

R. Where existing utilities are damaged or disrupted on account of any act, omission, neglect or misconduct by Contractor in the manner or method of executing the work, or due to non-execution of work, such damage shall be immediately repaired to maintain operation regardless of the time of occurrence.

S. Provide temporary construction necessary for protection of the building and its parts. Close in buildings as soon as possible as protection from the weather and vandalism. Protect existing buildings and controlled temperature areas from damage.

T. Protect doors, millwork and mill counters and cases and hardware from damage, including abrading and scratching of finishes.

U. Protect doors and frames and hardware from mechanical damage and damage to finishes.

V. Final responsibility for protection rests with Contractor.



W. All damaged work shall be replaced, repaired and restored to its original condition without additional cost to the University.

X. Repair or replace all damaged work promptly as directed by University's Representative.

Y. Remove protective materials when no longer needed.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 77 00

CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes closeout procedures.

1.02 PREREQUISITES TO COMPLETION

A. Complete the following before requesting University’s Representative's inspection for completion, either for entire Work or for portions of the Work. List known exceptions in the request.1. In the progress payment request that coincides with, or is the first request following, the

date claimed, list incomplete items, the value of incomplete work, and reasons for Work being incomplete. a. Submit a statement showing an accounting of changes to the Contract Sum.

2. Include supporting documentation for completion as indicated in these contract documents.

3. Submit specific Warranties, Final Certifications, and similar documents.4. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock of material, and similar physical items to the

University.5. Make final change-over of locks and transmit keys to the University. 6. Advise University's personnel of the change-over in security provisions.7. Complete start-up testing of systems, and instructions to the University's operating and

maintenance personnel. 8. Discontinue or change over and remove temporary facilities and services from the project

site, along with construction tools and facilities, mock-ups, and similar elements.9. Complete final cleaning requirements, including touch-up painting of marred surfaces.

1.03 PREREQUISITES FOR ACCEPTANCE

A. Submit a certified copy of the final Inspection Report of itemized work to be completed or corrected. State that each item has been completed or otherwise resolved for acceptance and has been endorsed and dated by the University’s Representative.

B. Inspection Procedure: The University's Representative will re-inspect the Work upon receipt of Contractor’s notice that the work, including “punch list” items resulting from earlier inspections, has been completed.

C. Upon completion of inspection, the University's Representative will either prepare a certificate of final acceptance, or will advise Contractor of work that is incomplete or of obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required for final acceptance.

D. If necessary, the inspection procedure will be repeated.

E. Final “Punch List” items shall be completed within 14 days after date of issuance of final “punch list”.

1.04 FINAL CLEANING

A. See Section 01 74 00 - Cleaning.

30 June 2017 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES01 77 00 - 1


1.05 OPERATING AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS

A. Refer to Section 01 79 00 - Demonstration and Training for operating and maintenance instructions.



END OF SECTION

30 June 2017 CLOSEOUT PROCEDURES01 77 00 - 2


SECTION 01 78 00

CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes procedures for submitting the following types of closeout submittals:1. Operation and Maintenance Manuals.2. Project Record Documents.3. Spare Parts and Maintenance Materials.4. Guarantees.

1.02 SUBMITTAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Assemble required guarantees and service and maintenance contracts from subcontractor, suppliers and manufacturers.

B. Number of original signed copies required: Two each.

C. Table of Contents: Neatly typed and in orderly sequence. Provide complete information for each item as follows:1. Product or Work item.2. Firm name, address, and telephone number; and name of principal.3. Scope.4. Date of beginning of guarantee, or service and maintenance contract.5. Duration of guarantee, or service and maintenance contract. Minimum of one year after

issuance of Final Completion document or longer as required under specific Sections or drawings.

6. Contractor’s name, address, and telephone number; and name of principal.7. Provide information for University's personnel:

a. Proper procedure in case of failure.b. Circumstances which might affect the validity of guarantee.

1.03 FORM OF SUBMITTALS

A. Prepare in duplicate packets.

B. Format:1. Size 8-1/2 inch by 11 inch sheets punched for 3-ring binder. Fold larger sheets to fit into

binders.2. Identify each packet on the cover with typed or printed title, "GUARANTEES" and the

following:a. Title of Project.b. Name of Contractor.

C. Binders: Commercial quality, 3-ring, with durable and cleanable plastic covers. Label on front and spine.

D. Digital: Create PDF® formatted documents. Save all guarantees, warranties, and service and maintenance contracts documents in clearly labeled files on two Flash Drives to be submitted to University.

30 June 2017 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS01 78 00 - 1


1.04 TIME OF SUBMITTALS

A. Within 10 days after date of Substantial Completion, prior to Request for Final Application for Payment, submit to University's Representative.

B. For Work activities, where Final Completion is delayed materially beyond the date of Substantial Completion, provide updated submittal within 10 days after Final Completion, listing the date of Final Completion as the start of the Guarantee to Repair Period.

1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Submit written certification that Contract Documents have been reviewed, Work has been inspected and full-functional testing completed, and that Work is complete in accordance with Contract Documents and ready for University's Representative review.

B. Provide submittals to University's Representative that are required by governing or other authorities.

C. Submit Final Application for Payment identifying total adjusted Contract Sum, previous payments, and sum remaining due.

D. Submit specific Warranties, Final Certifications, and similar documents.

1.06 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE DATA

A. Submit data on 8-1/2 by 11 inch text pages on a Flash Drive.

B. Title flash drive "OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE INSTRUCTIONS", title of project, project number and subject matter.

C. Internally subdivide the contents, logically organized as described below, with folder titling.

D. Contents - prepare a Table of Contents for each volume, with each product or system description identified in three parts as follows:1. Part 1: Directory, listing names, addresses, and telephone numbers of University's

Representative, Contractor, subcontractors and major equipment suppliers.2. Part 2: Operation and maintenance instructions arranged by system and subdivided by

specification section, including a sequence of operations for systems. For each category, identify names, addresses, and telephone numbers of subcontractors and suppliers. Identify the following:a. Significant design criteria.b. List of equipment.c. Parts list for each component.d. Operating instructions.e. Maintenance instructions for equipment and systems.f. Maintenance instructions for finishes, including recommended cleaning methods and

materials, and special precautions identifying detrimental agents.3. Part 3: Project documents and certificates, including the following:

a. Shop drawings and product data.b. Air and water balance reports.c. Certificates,d. Photocopies of warranties and bonds.

E. Submit one draft copy of completed volumes 15 days prior to final inspection. This copy will be reviewed and returned after final inspection, with University's Representative's comments.



Revise content of all document sets as required prior to final submission.

F. Submit two sets of flash drives prior to Request for Final Application for Payment.

G. Work requiring instruction of University's Personnel is specified in the individual Sections of specifications.

H. Schedule an Instructional Meeting or Meetings two weeks after instructional manuals have been submitted, reviewed, and accepted by University's Representative.

I. Upon University's taking beneficial occupancy, or after final acceptance, whichever is earlier, fully qualified representatives of the manufacturers shall fully instruct University's designated operating and maintenance personnel in the operation, adjustment, and maintenance of all equipment and systems.

J. Basis of Instruction: Operating and Maintenance Manual. Review contents of Manual with personnel in full detail to explain all aspects of Operations and Maintenance.

1.07 PROJECT RECORD DOCUMENTS

A. Maintain during construction period, on site, one set of the following record documents; record actual revisions to the Work:1. Contract Drawings.2. Contract Specifications.3. Addenda.4. Executed Change Orders and other modifications to the Contract.5. Reviewed Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.6. Manufacturer's Instructions for assembly, installation, and adjusting.

B. Ensure entries are complete and accurate, enabling future reference by University.

C. Store record documents separate from documents used for construction.

D. Record information concurrent with construction progress.

E. Record Specifications - legibly mark and record at each product section description of actual products installed, including the following:1. Manufacturer's name and product model and number2. Product substitutions or alternates utilized3. Changes made by Addenda, Change Orders, or other modifications.

F. Record Documents and Shop Drawings: Legibly mark each item to record actual construction, including:1. Measured horizontal and vertical locations of below slab utilities and appurtenances,

referenced to permanent surface improvements.2. Measured locations of internal utilities and appurtenances concealed in construction,

referenced to visible and accessible features of the Work.3. Field changes of dimension and detail.4. Details not on original Contract Drawings.

G. Stamp Record Drawings and Specifications cover sheet with "RECORD DOCUMENTS" for identification.

H. Submit documents to University's Representative prior to Request for Final Application for Payment.



I. University will, at no cost, provide Contractor with a set of reproducible Drawings of the original Contract Documents, which shall be used for recording the "As Built" condition of the Work.

J. Record the following kinds of information on the Record Document Drawings:1. Locations of Work buried under or outside the building, such as plumbing and electrical

lines and conduits. Provide horizontal and vertical dimensions from fixed points.2. Actual numbering of each electrical circuit.3. Locations of all significant Work concealed inside the building, the locations of which are

changed by Contractor from those shown on the Drawings.4. Locations of all items, not necessarily concealed, which vary from the locations shown on

the Drawings.5. Provide reflected ceiling plan with log list of junction boxes and valve numbers, functions

and locations, keyed to numbered access panels identified on the plan.

K. Record Drawings shall be done carefully and neatly by a competent drafter, familiar with the trade involved. Drawings shall be made using methods acceptable to University's Representative and shall be available to the University at any time.

L. Drawings shall be kept up to date during the entire progress of the Work, a condition required for processing monthly progress payments. Drawings shall be reviewed and approved by the University’s Representative prior to ceiling close-up.

M. Record all changes in size, location, and other features of installation shown on the Drawings.

N. Record sufficient information so Work concealed in the building may be located with reasonable ease and accuracy. Accomplish by dimensioning or by stating the relationship to spaces in the building near which Work was installed. University Representative's decision on what constitutes sufficient information shall be final.

O. Contractor shall deliver as-built Record Documents in "Autocad" Computer Aided Design (CAD) Format or (REVIT Format), as well as in reproducible Drawing Format .pdf, prior to submitting for final payment.

P. Shop Drawings: Provide record drawings, made from final Shop Drawings that have been updated to show actual conditions, for Work specified in the individual specification Sections.

Q. Specifications and Addenda. Record the following:1. Manufacturer, trade name, catalog number, and supplier of each product and item of

equipment actually installed.2. Changes made by Addenda, Change Orders, or Field Orders, and Clarifications and

Interpretations made by Letters of Instruction.

R. [Large-Scale Layout Drawings: Divisions 22, 23, and 26 of Specifications require preparation of large-scale, detailed layout drawings of the Work of those Divisions. These layout drawings are not Shop Drawings as defined by Article 3.12 of General Conditions, but, together with Shop Drawings or layout drawings of all other affected specification Sections, are used to check, coordinate, and integrate Work of various Sections. Maintain and submit these layout drawings as part of the Project Record Documents.]

S. Record Documents are subject to review and acceptance by University's Representative. At completion of project, transfer all as-built information to reproducible and submit to University's Representative for final records.



1.08 SPARE PARTS, MAINTENANCE MATERIALS AND EXTRA MATERIAL

A. Provide products, spare parts, maintenance and extra materials in quantities specified in individual specification sections.

B. Deliver to Project site, place in location as directed, and obtain receipt prior to Request for Final Application for Payment.

C. Label each container with project name and number, manufacturer number and color.

D. Package with protective coating for storage.

1.09 GUARANTEES

A. Guarantees from Subcontractors shall not limit Contractor’s warranties and guarantees to University. Whenever possible, Contractor shall cause warranties of Subcontractors to be made directly to University. If such warranties are made to Contractor, Contractor shall assign such warranties to University prior to final payment.

B. Submit written guarantees in accordance with Exhibit 01 78 00-1 - Form of Guarantee attached at end of this Section. Include University project number[ and all OSHPD permit numbers on all documents].


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 EXHIBITS

A. Exhibit 01 78 00-1 - Form of Guarantee.

END OF SECTION



Exhibit 01 78 00-1

FORM OF GUARANTEE

Submit the following written Guarantee, typed on the Subcontractor's letterhead, when required by a Specification Section:

Date: Project No.:

Project Name:

Project Location:

GUARANTEE FOR (the "Contract"), between

the ("University") and _____________________________________ the ("Contractor")

hereby guarantees to the University that the portion (Name of Contractor) or (Subcontractor)of the work described as follows: , which it has provided for the above referenced Project, is of good quality; free from defects; free from any liens, claims, and security interests; and has been completed in accordance with specification SECTION and the other requirements of the Contract.The undersigned further agrees that, if at any time within months after the date of the guarantee the undersigned receives notice from the University that the aforesaid portion of the Work is unsatisfactory, faulty, deficient, incomplete, or not in conformance with the requirements of the Contract, the undersigned will, within ten (10) calendar days after receipt of such notice, correct, repair, or replace such portion of the Work, together with any other parts of the Work and any other property which is damaged or destroyed as a result of such defective portion of the Work or the correction, repair, or replacement thereof; and that it shall diligently and continuously prosecute such correction, repair, or replacement to completion.In the event the undersigned fails to commence such correction, repair, or replacement within ten (10) calendar days after such notice, or to diligently and continuously prosecute the same to completion, the undersigned, collectively and separately, do hereby authorize the University to undertake such correction, repair, or replacement at the expense of the undersigned; and Contractor will pay to the University promptly upon demand all costs and expenses incurred by the University in connection therewith.

1. SUBCONTRACTORSigned: ____________________________________Title:

Typed Name:

Name of Firm:

Contractor License Classification and License No.:

Address:

Phone Number:

2. CONTRACTOR Signed: Title:

Typed Name:

Name of Firm:

* * *



SECTION 01 79 00

DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING

PART 1 GENERAL

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Included in this Section: The requirements for demonstration and training of operation and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems.

1.02 SUBMITTALS

A. Demonstration and Training Sessions:1. Listing of each session with proposed date, time, session duration, and location.2. List of proposed instructors including biography and qualifications for each session, to be

submitted to University’s Representative for approval at least 30 days prior to each session.3. Proposed demonstration and training plans for each session.

B. Tool List: Identify tools, equipment on which tools are used, reason tools required, source, price and delivery.

C. Audio/Visual Recordings:1. Sample recording for approval prior to starting of demonstration and training sessions,

either DVD or VHS videotape.2. Submit recording of each different demonstration and training session.


PART 3 EXECUTION

3.01 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING OF UNIVERSITY’S PERSONNEL

A. Fully demonstrate and train University’s designated personnel in operation, adjustment, care, and maintenance of products, equipment, and systems when specified in individual specification sections.

B. Contractor shall provide all equipment, media, and trained personnel to visually and audibly record all instruction training sessions. The recorded training package will be a deliverable to University. Methods for recording of sessions must be approved by University’s Representative, prior to starting of sessions.

C. Demonstrations and training shall be bilingual if so required by University.

D. Instructors: Provide services of Contractor’s or manufacturer’s engineers and qualified maintenance personnel who are knowledgeable with all parts of the items on which demonstration and instruction is being given including operating theory as well as practical operation and maintenance work. Employ factory trained instructors wherever practical and available.

E. Demonstration and Training Plan:

30 June 2017 DEMONSTRATION AND TRAINING01 79 00 - 1


1. Contractor shall develop a proposed demonstration and instruction plan for review and approval by University.

2. Utilize Operation and Maintenance Manual, specified in Section 01 78 00 – Closeout Submittals, as basis for instruction. Review contents of manual with University’s personnel in detail to explain all aspects of operation and maintenance.

3. Prepare training plan for each separate session. Outline training, both classroom and on-site, describing proposed presentation including major and minor subjects to be taught.

4. Break requirements for demonstration and training, to number of hours of operator training and number and hours of maintenance training.

5. Instruction plan to include start-up, operation, control, adjustment, trouble-shooting, servicing, maintenance, and shutdown of products, equipment, and systems.

6. Plan to include a list of reference materials to be provided by Contractor to trainees and a list of training materials such as operation and maintenance instructions, written and visual aids, mock-ups, tools, and similar items.

7. Refer to individual technical sections for additional requirements.8. Demonstration and training plan shall be approved by University minimum 30 days prior

scheduled training dates.

F. Demonstration and Training Location: 1. Training to take place on-site, unless other location is approved by University, Contractor is

to pay all costs associated with holding sessions at any location other than on-site, the cost to include travel and any per diem expenses for University's personnel.

2. Training to take place in a classroom type environment. 3. Demonstrations are to utilize the actual product, equipment, and system unless otherwise

approved by University’s Representative.

G. Demonstration and Training Schedule and Time: 1. Arrange mutually agreeable schedule and time of training sessions with University’s

Representative.2. Schedule training to take place during the regular workweek unless otherwise required or

approved. 3. Training to be completed at least two weeks prior date of Substantial Completion.4. Refer to individual technical section for additional requirements.

H. For equipment requiring seasonal operation, perform instruction/training for other seasons within six months.

I. Prepare and insert additional data in Operation and Maintenance Manual, required by Section 01 78 00 – Closeout Submittals, when need for such data becomes apparent during demonstration and instruction.

J. Where significant changes or modifications in equipment are made under the terms of the guarantee, provide additional demonstration and instruction as may be necessary to acquaint the operating personnel of the changes or modifications.

END OF SECTION



SECTION 01 91 00

GENERAL COMMISSIONING REQUIREMENTS

PART 1- GENERAL

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTSA. Drawings and general provisions of the Contract, including General and Supplementary

Conditions and other Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.B. Section 22 08 00 – Commissioning of PlumbingC. Section 23 08 00 – Commissioning of HVACD. Section 26 08 00 – Commissioning of Electrical Systems 1.2

1.02 SUMMARYA. This section includes:

1. Commissioning: Commissioning is a systematic process of ensuring that all building systems perform interactively according to the design intent and the Owner’s operational needs. This is achieved by beginning in the design phase and documenting design intent and continuing through construction, acceptance, and the warranty period with actual verification of performance. The commissioning process shall encompass and coordinate the traditionally separate functions of system documentation, equipment startup, control system calibration, testing and balancing, performance testing and training.

2. Commissioning during the construction phase is intended to achieve the following specific objectives according to the Contract Documents:a. Verify that applicable equipment and systems are installed according to the

manufacturer’s recommendations and to industry accepted minimum standards and that they receive adequate operational checkout by installing contractors.

b. Verify and document proper performance of equipment and systems.c. Verify that O&M documentation left on site is complete.d. Verify that the Owner’s operating personnel are adequately trained.

3. The commissioning process does not take away from or reduce the responsibility of the Contractor to meet the Contract Documents.

A. Related Sections include the following:1. Contract drawings and specifications, general provisions of the contract, including

general and supplementary conditions, architectural, electrical, and mechanical provisions, and Division 1 Specification Sections apply to work of this Section.

1.03 ABBREVIATIONSA. Abbreviations: The following are common abbreviations used in this Specification and in the

Commissioning Plan. A/E Architect and design engineers GC General Contractor CA Commissioning authority IC Installing Contractor CC Construction checklist MC Mechanical Contractor CT Commissioning Team RTF Resolution Tracking Form Cx Commissioning Subs Subs to Prime Contractors Cx Plan Commissioning Plan document TAB Test and balance Contractor (If independent)



EC Electrical Contractor TCC Temperature Controls Contractor FT Functional performance test

1.04 COORDINATIONA. Commissioning Team The members of the commissioning team consist of the CA, the GC,

the Architect and Design Engineers (particularly the Mechanical Engineer), the MC, the EC, the TAB representative, the TCC, and any other installing subs or suppliers of equipment. If known, the Owner’s building or plant operator/engineer is also a member of the commissioning team.

B. Management: The CA directs and coordinates the commissioning activities and reports to the Owner. All members work together to fulfill their contracted responsibilities and meet the objectives of the Contract Documents. The CA’s responsibilities are the same regardless of who hired the CA.

C. Scheduling: The CA will work with the GC according to established protocols to schedule the commissioning activities. The CA will provide sufficient notice (generally two weeks’ notice) to the GC for scheduling commissioning activities. The GC will integrate all commissioning activities into the master schedule. All parties will address scheduling problems and make necessary notifications in a timely manner in order to expedite the commissioning process.

D. The CA will provide the initial schedule of primary commissioning events, or commissioning milestones, at the initial commissioning meeting. The Commissioning Plan provides a format for this schedule. As construction progresses and more detailed schedules are available from the GC, the CA will adjust the commissioning schedule accordingly.

1.05 COMMISSIONING PROCESSA. Commissioning Plan: The Commissioning Plan, provided as part of the bid documents, is

binding on the Contractor. The commissioning plan provides guidance in the execution of the commissioning process. The Specifications will take precedence over the Commissioning Plan.

B. Commissioning Process: The following narrative provides a brief overview of the typical commissioning tasks during construction and the general order in which they occur.

1. Commissioning during construction begins with an initial Commissioning meeting conducted by the CA where the commissioning process is reviewed with the commissioning team members.

2. Additional meetings will be required throughout construction, scheduled by the CA with necessary parties attending, to plan, coordinate, schedule future activities and resolve problems.

3. Equipment documentation is distributed by the A/E to the CA during the normal submittal process, including detailed startup procedures.

4. The CA works with the Contractor in each discipline in developing startup plans and startup documentation formats, including providing the Contractor with construction checklists to be completed during the installation and startup process.

5. In general, the checkout and performance verification proceeds from simple to complex; from component level to equipment to systems and intersystem levels with construction checklists being completed before functional testing occurs.

6. The Contractors, under their own direction, will execute and document the completion of construction checklists and perform startup and initial checkout. The CA documents that the checklists and startup were completed according to the approved plans. This may include the CA witnessing start-up of selected equipment.

7. The CA develops specific equipment and system functional performance test procedures.

8. The functional test procedures are reviewed with the A/E, CA, and Contractors.



9. The functional testing and procedures are executed by the Contractors under the direction of, and documented by, the CA.

10. During initial functional tests and for critical equipment, the Engineer will witness the testing.

11. Items of non-compliance in material, installation, or setup are corrected at the Contractor’s expense, and the system is retested.

12. The CA reviews the O&M documentation for completeness.13. The project will not be considered substantially complete until the conclusion of

Commissioning functional testing procedures as defined in the Commissioning Plan.14. The CA reviews and coordinates the training provided by the Contractors and verifies

that it was completed.15. Deferred testing is conducted as specified or required.

1.06 RESPONSIBILITIESA. The responsibilities of various parties in the commissioning process are provided in this

section. The responsibilities of the MC, TAB and TCC are in Divisions 22 and 23, those of the EC in Division 26, and those of the GC related to the building envelope and LEEDrelated credits and prerequisites in Division 1. It is noted that the services for the A/E and CA are not provided for in this Contract. That is, the Contractor is not responsible for providing their services. Their responsibilities are listed in the Commissioning Plan.

B. All Parties:1. Follow the Commissioning Plan.2. Attend an initial commissioning meeting and additional meetings, as necessary.

C. General Contractor (GC)1. Construction and Acceptance Phase:

a. Facilitate the coordination of the commissioning work by the CA, and with the GC and CA, ensure that commissioning activities are being scheduled into the master schedule.

b. Include the cost of commissioning in the total contract price.c. Furnish a copy of all construction documents, addenda, change orders, and

approved submittals and shop drawings related to commissioned equipment to the CA.

d. In each purchase order or subcontract written, include requirements for submittal data, O&M data, commissioning tasks, and training.

e. Ensure that all Contractors execute their commissioning responsibilities according to the Contract Documents and schedule.

f. A representative shall attend the initial commissioning meeting and other necessary meetings scheduled by the CA to facilitate the Cx process.

g. Coordinate and schedule the training of owner personnel.1) Prepare O&M manuals, according to the Contract

Documents, including clarifying and updating the original sequences of operation to as-built conditions.

h. Provide all requested submittal data, including detailed start-up procedures and specific responsibilities of the Owner to keep warranties in force.

i. Assist in equipment testing per agreements with subcontractors.j. Include all special tools and instruments (only available from vendor, specific

to a piece of equipment) required for testing equipment according to these Contract Documents in the base bid price to the Contractor, except for stand-alone data logging equipment that may be used by the CA.

k. Through the Contractors they supply products to, analyze specified products and verify that the Designer has specified the newest most updated equipment reasonable for this project’s scope and budget.

l. Provide information requested by CA regarding equipment sequence of operation and testing procedures.



1) Review test procedures for equipment installed by factory representatives.

2. Warranty Period:a. Ensure that Subcontractors execute seasonal or deferred functional

performance testing, witnessed by the CA, according to the specifications.

D. Ensure that Subcontractors correct deficiencies and make necessary adjustments to O&M manuals and as-built drawings for applicable issues identified in any seasonal testing.

1.07 DEFINITIONSA. Acceptance Phase: Phase of construction after startup and initial checkout when functional

performance tests, O&M documentation review, and training occur.

B. Approval: Acceptance that a piece of equipment or system has been properly installed and is functioning in the tested modes according to the Contract Documents.

C. Architect / Engineer (A/E): The prime consultants who comprise the design team, generally the HVAC mechanical designer/engineer and the electrical designer/engineer.

D. Owner’s Project Requirements: The Owner’s Project Requirements is the documentation of the primary thought processes and assumptions behind design decisions that were made to meet the design intent. The Owner’s Project Requirements describes the systems, components, conditions, and methods chosen to meet the intent. Some reiterating of the design intent may be included.

E. Commissioning Authority (CA): An independent authority, not otherwise associated with the A/E team members or the Contractor, though he/she may be hired as a subcontractor to them. The CA directs and coordinates the day-to-day commissioning activities. The CA does not take an oversight role.

F. Commissioning Plan: An overall plan, developed before or after bidding that provides the structure, schedule, and coordination planning for the commissioning process.

G. Construction Checklist (CC): A list of items to inspect and elementary component tests to conduct to verify proper installation of equipment, provided by the CA to the Sub. Construction checklists are primarily static inspections and procedures to prepare the equipment or system for initial operation (e.g., belt tension correct, oil levels OK, labels affixed, gages in place, sensors calibrated, etc.). However, some construction checklist items entail simple testing of the function of a component, a piece of equipment, or system (such as measuring the voltage imbalance on a three phase pump motor of a chiller system). The word construction refers to before functional testing. Construction checklists augment and are combined with the manufacturer’s start-up checklist. Even without a commissioning process, Contractors typically perform some, if not many, of the construction checklist items a commissioning authority will recommend. However, few Contractors document in writing the execution of these checklist items. Therefore, for most equipment, the Contractors execute the checklists on their own. The Commissioning Authority only requires that the procedures be documented in writing and does not witness much of the completion of construction checklists, except for larger or more critical pieces of equipment.

H. Contract Documents: The documents binding on parties involved in the construction of this Project (drawings, specifications, change orders, amendments, contracts, Cx Plan, etc.)

I. Contractor: The general contractor or authorized representative

1. Control system: The central building energy management control system.



J. Data Logging: Monitoring flows, currents, status, pressures, etc. of equipment using stand-alone data loggers separate from the control system.

K. Deferred Functional Tests: FTs that are performed later, after substantial completion, due to partial occupancy, equipment, seasonal requirements, design, or other site conditions that prevent the test from being performed.

L. Deficiency: A condition in the installation or function of a component, piece of equipment or system that is not in compliance with the Contract Documents SECTION 01 91 00 – General Commissioning Requirements Page 8.

M. Design Intent: A dynamic document that provides the explanation of the ideas, concepts, and criteria that are considered to be very important to the owner. It is initially the outcome of the programming and conceptual design phases.

N. Factory Testing: Testing of equipment on-site or at the factory by factory personnel with a Project Manager present.

O. Functional Performance Test (FT): Test of the dynamic function and operation of equipment and systems using manual (direct observation) or monitoring methods. Functional testing is the dynamic testing of systems (rather than just components) under full operation (e.g., the chiller pump is tested interactively with the chiller functions to see if the pump ramps up and down to maintain the differential pressure setpoint). Systems are tested under various modes, such as during low cooling or heating loads, high loads, component failures, unoccupied, varying outside air temperatures, fire alarm, power failure, etc. The systems are run through all the control system’s sequences of operation, and components are verified to be responding as the sequences state. Traditional air or water test and balancing (TAB) is not functional testing, in the commissioning sense of the word. TAB’s primary work is setting up the system flows and pressures as specified, while functional testing is verifying that which has already been set up. The Commissioning Authority develops the functional test procedures in a sequential written form, coordinates, oversees, and documents the actual testing, which is usually performed by the installing Contractor or vendor. FTs are performed after construction checklists and startup is complete.

P. General Contractor (GC): The Contractor for this project. Generally refers to all the GC’s subs as well. Also referred to as the Contractor, in some contexts.

Q. Indirect Indicators: Indicators of a response or condition, such as a reading from a control system screen reporting a damper to be 100% closed.

R. Installing Contractor: Contractor who installs specific equipment and/or systems.

S. Manual Test: Using hand-held instruments, immediate control system readouts, or direct observation to verify performance (contrasted to analyzing monitored data taken over time to make the “observation”).

T. Monitoring: The recording of parameters (flow, current, status, pressure, etc.) of equipment operation using data loggers or the trending capabilities of control systems.

U. Non-Compliance: See Deficiency.

V. Non-Conformance: See Deficiency.

W. Over-written Value: Writing over a sensor value in the control system to see the response of a system (e.g., changing the outside air temperature value from 50°F to 75°F to verify economizer operation). See also “Simulated Signal.”



X. Owner-Contracted Tests: Tests paid for by the Owner outside the GC’s contract and for which the CA does not oversee. These tests will not be repeated during functional tests if properly documented.

Y. Phased Commissioning: Commissioning that is completed in phases (by floors, for example) due to the size of the structure or other scheduling issues, in order minimize the total construction time.

Z. Sampling: Functionally testing only a fraction of the total number of identical or near-identical pieces of equipment. Refer to Part 3.4 F for details.

AA. Seasonal Performance Tests: FTs that are deferred until the system(s) will experience conditions closer to their design conditions.

BB. Simulated Condition: Condition that is created for the purpose of testing the response of a system (e.g., applying a hair blower to a space sensor to see the response in a VAV box)

CC.Simulated Signal: Disconnecting a sensor and using a signal generator to send an amperage, resistance, or pressure to the transducer and DDC system to simulate a sensor value.

DD.Specifications: The construction specifications of the Contract Documents.

EE. Startup: The initial starting or activating of dynamic equipment, including executing construction checklists.

FF. Subs: The subcontractors to the Prime Contractor who provide and install building components and systems.

GG. Test Procedures: The step-by-step process that must be executed to fulfill the test requirements. The CA develops the test procedures.

HH.Test Requirements: Requirements specifying what modes and functions, etc. shall be tested. The test requirements are not the detailed test procedures. The test requirements for each system are specified in the respective section of the Contract Documents.

II. Trending: Monitoring using the building control system.

JJ. Vendor: Supplier of equipment.

KK. Warranty Period: Warranty period for entire project, including equipment components. Warranty begins at Substantial Completion and extends for at least one year, unless specifically noted otherwise in the Contract Documents and accepted submittals.

1.08 SYSTEMS TO BE COMMISSIONEDA. The following checked systems are to be commissioned.

HVAC Equipment and System Electrical Equipment and System(_) Variable Speed Drives (_) Power Distribution System (_) Hydronic Piping systems (_) Lighting Control Systems (_) HVAC Pumps (_) Lighting Control Programs (_) Boilers (_) Engine Generators (_) Chemical Treatment System (_) Transfer Switches (_) Air Cooled Condensing Units (_) Switchboard (_) Makeup Air Systems (_) Panelboards (_) Air Handling Units (_) Grounding (_) Underfloor Air Distribution (_) Fire Alarm and Interface Items with HVAC



(_) Centrifugal Fans (_) Security System (_) Ductwork (_) Fire/Smoke Dampers (_) Automatic Temperature Controls – Including an intentional sequence of operation Plumbing System (_) Laboratory Fume Hoods (_) Domestic Water Heater (_) Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing (_) Air Compressor & Dryer (_) Building / Space Pressurization (_) Storm Water Oil / Grit Separators (_) Ceiling Radiant Heating (_) Underfloor Radiant Heating

Building Envelope (_) Building Insulation Installation (_) Building Roof Installation Methods (_) Doors & Windows Installation Methods (_) Water Infiltration / Shell Drainage Plain

PART 2 - PRODUCTS

2.1 TEST EQUIPMENTA. All standard testing equipment required to perform startup and initial checkout and required

functional performance testing shall be provided by the ICI for the equipment being tested. For example, the MC of Division 23 shall ultimately be responsible for all standard testing equipment for the HVAC system and controls system in Division 23, except for equipment specific to and used by TAB in their commissioning responsibilities. The Installing Contractor shall provide two-way radios.

B. Special equipment, tools and instruments (only available from vendor, specific to a piece of equipment) required for testing equipment, according to these Contract Documents, shall be included in the base bid price to the Contractor and left on site, except for stand-alone data logging equipment that may be used by the CA.

C. Temporary Data logging equipment and software required to test equipment will be provided by the CA but shall not become the property of the Owner.

D. All testing equipment shall be of sufficient quality and accuracy to test and/or measure system performance with the tolerances specified in the Specifications. If not otherwise noted, the following minimum requirements apply: Temperature sensors and digital thermometers shall have a certified calibration within the past year to an accuracy of 0.5°F and a resolution of + or - 0.1°F. Pressure sensors shall have an accuracy of + or - 2.0% of the value range being measured (not full range of meter) and have been calibrated within the last year. All equipment shall be calibrated according to the manufacturer’s recommended intervals and when dropped or damaged. Calibration tags shall be affixed or certificates readily available.

E. Refer to Part 3 for details regarding equipment that may be required to simulate required test conditions.

PART 3 - EXECUTION

3.1 MEETINGSA. Commissioning Meeting: Within 60 days of commencement of construction, the CA will

schedule, plan and conduct a commissioning meeting with the entire commissioning team in attendance. Meeting minutes will be distributed to all parties by the CA. Information gathered from this meeting will allow the CA to revise the Commissioning Plan, which will be distributed to all parties.



B. Miscellaneous Meetings: Other meetings will be planned and conducted by the CA as construction progresses. These meetings will cover coordination, deficiency resolution and planning issues with particular contractors. The CA will plan these meetings and will minimize unnecessary time being spent by contractors. For large projects, these meetings may be held monthly, until the final 3 months of construction when they may be held as frequently as one per week.

3.2 STARTUP, CONSTRUCTION CHECKLISTS, AND INITIAL CHECKOUTA. The following procedures apply to all equipment to be commissioned. Some systems that are

not comprised so much of actual dynamic machinery, e.g., electrical system power quality, may have very simplified CCs and startup.

B. General: Construction checklists are important to ensure that the equipment and systems are hooked up correctly and operational. Checklists also ensure that functional performance testing (in-depth system checkout) may proceed without unnecessary delays. Each piece of equipment receives full construction checkout. No sampling strategies are used. The construction testing for a given system must be successfully completed prior to formal functional performance testing of equipment or subsystems of the given system.

C. Startup and Initial Checkout Plan: The CA will assist the commissioning team members responsible for startup of any equipment in developing detailed startup plans for all equipment. The primary role of the CA in this process is to ensure that there is written documentation that each of the manufacturer-recommended procedures has been completed. Parties responsible for construction checklists and startup are identified in the initial commissioning meeting and in the checklist forms.

1. The CA adapts, if necessary, the representative construction checklists and procedures from the related sections. These checklists indicate required procedures to be executed as part of startup and initial checkout of the systems and the party responsible for their execution.

2. The CA provides these checklists and tests to the Contractor. The Contractor determines which trade is responsible for executing and documenting each of the line item tasks and notes that trade on the form. Each form will have more than one trade responsible for its execution.

3. The Contractor responsible for the purchase of the equipment develops the full startup plan by combining (or adding to) the CA’s checklists with the manufacturer’s detailed startup and checkout procedures from the O&M manual and the normally used field checkout sheets. The plan will include checklists and procedures with specific boxes or lines for recording and documenting the checking and inspections of each procedure and a summary statement with a signature block at the end of the plan.

a. The full startup plan could consist of something as simple as:1. The CA’s construction checklists.2. The manufacturer’s standard written startup procedures copied from

the installation manuals with check boxes by each procedure and a signature block added by hand at the end.

3. The manufacturer’s normally used field checkout sheets4. The contractor submits the full startup plan to the CA for review and approval.5. The CA reviews and approves the procedures and the format for documenting them,

noting any procedures that need to be added.

D. Sensor and Actuator Calibration1. All field-installed temperature, relative humidity, CO, CO2 and pressure sensors and

gages, and all actuators (dampers and valves) on all equipment shall be calibrated using the methods described below. Alternate methods may be used if approved by the CA beforehand. All test instruments shall have had a certified calibration within



the last 12 months. Sensors installed in the unit at the factory with calibration certification provided need not be field-calibrated.

2. All procedures used shall be fully documented on the construction checklists or other approved forms, clearly referencing the procedures followed and written documentation of initial, intermediate, and final results.

3. Sensor Calibration Methodsa. All Sensors: Verify that all sensor locations are appropriate and away from

causes of erratic operation. Verify that sensors with shielded cable are grounded only at one end. For sensor pairs that are used to determine a temperature or pressure difference, make sure they are reading within 0.2°F of each other for temperature and within a tolerance equal to 2% of the reading of each other for pressure. Tolerances for critical applications may be tighter.

b. Sensors Without Transmitters--Standard Application: Make a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches of the site sensor. Verify that the sensor reading (via the permanent thermostat, gage, or building automation system (BAS)) is within the tolerances in the table below of the instrument-measured value. If not, install offset in BAS, calibrate or replace sensor.

c. Sensors With Transmitters--Standard Application: Disconnect sensor. Connect a signal generator in place of sensor. Connect ammeter in series between transmitter and BAS control panel. Using manufacturer’s resistance-temperature data, simulate minimum desired temperature. Adjust transmitter potentiometer zero until the ammeter reads 4 mA. Repeat for the maximum temperature matching 20 mA to the potentiometer span or maximum and verify at the BAS. Record all values and recalibrate controller as necessary to conform to specified control ramps, reset schedules, proportional relationship, reset relationship, and P/I reaction. Reconnect sensor. Make a reading with a calibrated test instrument within 6 inches of the site sensor. Verify that the sensor reading (via the permanent thermostat, gage, or building automation system [BAS]) is within the tolerances in the table below of the instrument-measured value. If not, replace sensor and repeat. For pressure sensors, perform a similar process with a suitable signal generator.

d. Critical Applications: For critical applications (process, manufacturing, etc.) more rigorous calibration techniques may be required for selected sensors. Describe any such methods used on an attached sheet.

4. Tolerances, Standard Applications

Sensor Required Tolerance (+/-) Cooling coil, chilled and condenser water temps 0.4F Flow rates, water Relative humidity 4% of design AHU wet bulb or dew point 2.0F Combustion flue temps 5.0F Hot water coil and boiler water temp 1.5F Oxygen or CO2 monitor 0.1 % pts Outside air, space air, duct air temps 0.4F CO monitor 0.01 % pts Watthour, voltage and amperage 1% of design Natural gas and oil flow rate 1% of design Pressures, air, water and gas 3% of design Steam flow rate 3% of design Flow rates, air 10% of design Barometric pressure 0.1 in. of Hg

5. Valve and Damper Stroke Setup and Check



a. EMS Readout: For all valve and damper actuator positions checked, verify the actual position against the BAS readout.

b. Set pumps or fans to normal operating mode. Command valve or damper closed, visually verify that valve or damper is closed and adjust output zero signal as required. Command valve or damper open, verify position is full open and adjust output signal as required. Command valve or damper to a few intermediate positions. If actual valve or damper position doesn’t reasonably correspond, replace actuator or add pilot position indicator (for pneumatics).

c. Closure for heating coil valves (NO): Set heating setpoint 20°F above room temperature. Observe valve open. Remove control air or power from the valve and verify that the valve stem and actuator position do not change. Restore to normal. Set heating setpoint to 20°F below room temperature. Observe the valve close. For pneumatics, by override in the EMS, increase pressure to valve by 3 psi (do not exceed actuator pressure rating) and verify valve stem and actuator position does not change. Restore to normal.

d. Closure for cooling coil valves (NC): Set cooling setpoint 20°F above room temperature. Observe the valve close. Remove control air or power from the valve and verify that the valve stem and actuator position do not change. Restore to normal. Set cooling setpoint to 20°F below room temperature. Observe valve open. For pneumatics, by override in the EMS, increase pressure to valve by 3 psi (do not exceed actuator pressure rating) and verify valve stem and actuator position does not change. Restore to normal.

E. Execution of Construction Checklists and Startup1. Four weeks prior to startup, the contractors and vendors schedule startup and

checkout with the GC and CA. The performance of the construction checklists, startup and checkout are directed and executed by the contractor or vendor. When checking off construction checklists, signatures may be required of other contractors for verification of completion of their work.

2. The CA will, at their own discretion, observe, at minimum, the procedures for each piece of primary equipment unless there are multiple units. In no case will the number of units witnessed be less than four on any one building, nor less than 20% of the total number of identical or very similar units.

3. For lower-level components of equipment, (e.g., VAV boxes, sensors, controllers), the CA shall observe a sampling of the construction and startup procedures. The sampling procedures are identified in the Commissioning Plan.

4. The contractors shall execute startup and provide the CA with a signed and dated copy of the completed startup and construction tests and checklists.

5. Only installing individuals who have direct knowledge that a line item task on the construction checklist was actually performed shall initial or check off that item.

F. Deficiencies, Non-Conformance and Approval in Checklists and Startup1. The contractors shall clearly list any outstanding items of the initial startup and

construction procedures that were not completed successfully, at the bottom of the procedures form or on an attached sheet. The procedures form and any outstanding deficiencies are provided to the CA within two days of test completion.

2. The CA reviews the report and submits either a noncompliance report or an approval form to the contractors. The CA shall work with the Prime contractors to correct and retest deficiencies or uncompleted items. The CA will involve the contractors and others as necessary. The installing contractors shall correct all areas that are deficient or incomplete in the checklists and tests in a timely manner, and shall notify the CA as soon as outstanding items have been corrected and resubmit an updated startup report and a Statement of Correction on the original non-compliance report. When satisfactorily completed, the CA recommends approval of the execution of the checklists and startup of each system to the A/E using a standard form.



3. Items left incomplete, which later cause deficiencies or delays during functional testing, may result in back charges to the responsible party.

3.3 PHASED COMMISSIONINGA. The project will require startup and initial checkout to be executed in phases. This phasing

will be planned and scheduled in a coordination meeting of the CA, MC, TAB, TCC and the GC. Results will be added to the master and commissioning schedule.

3.4 FUNCTIONAL PERFORMANCE TESTINGA. This subsection applies to all commissioning functional testing for all divisions.

B. The general list of equipment to be commissioned is found in this Section. The specific equipment and modes to be tested for each system are found in the respective sections.

C. The parties responsible to execute each test are listed with each test in the respective sections.

D. Objectives and Scope: The objective of functional performance testing is to demonstrate that each system is operating according to the Contract Documents. Functional testing facilitates bringing the systems from a state of substantial completion to full dynamic operation. Additionally, during the testing process, areas of deficient performance are identified and corrected, improving the operation and functioning of the systems.

1. In general, each system should be operated through all modes of operation (seasonal, occupied, unoccupied, warm-up, cooldown, part- and full-load) where there is a specified system response. Verifying each sequence in the sequences of operation is required. Proper responses to such modes and conditions as power failure, freeze condition, low oil pressure, no flow, equipment failure, etc. shall also be tested. Specific modes required in this project are given in Divisions 22, 23, and 26, and other parts of the specification.

E. Development of Test Procedures: Before test procedures are written, the CA shall obtain all requested documentation and a current list of change orders affecting equipment or systems, including an updated points list, program code, control sequences and parameters. Using the testing parameters and requirements in Divisions 22, 23, 26, and elsewhere, the CA shall develop specific test procedures and forms to verify and document proper operation of each piece of equipment and system. Each contractor or vendor responsible to execute a test shall provide limited assistance to the CA in developing the procedures review (answering questions about equipment, operation, sequences, etc.). Prior to execution, the CA shall provide a copy of the test procedures to the contractors, who shall review the tests for feasibility, safety, equipment, and warranty protection.

1. The CA shall review Owner-contracted factory testing or required Owner acceptance tests which the CA is not responsible to oversee, including documentation format, and shall determine what further testing or format changes may be required to comply with the Specifications. Redundancy of testing shall be minimized.

2. The purpose of any given specific test is to verify and document compliance with the stated criteria of acceptance given on the test form.

3. Representative test formats and examples (not designed for this facility) are found in the appendices to Divisions 22, 23, and 26. The test procedure forms developed by the CA shall include (but not be limited to) the following information:

a. System and equipment or component name(s)b. Equipment location and ID numberc. Unique test ID number, and reference to unique construction checklist and

start-up documentation ID numbers for the piece of equipmentd. Datee. Project namef. Participating partiesg. A copy of the specification section describing the test requirements



h. A copy of the specific sequence of operations or other specified parameters being verified

i. Formulas used in any calculationsj. Required pre-test field measurementsk. Instructions for setting up the testl. Special cautions, alarm limits, etc.m. Specific step-by-step procedures to execute the test, in a clear, sequential,

and repeatable formatn. Acceptance criteria of proper performance with a Yes / No checkbox to allow

for clearly marking whether or not proper performance of each part of the test was achieved

o. A section for commentsp. Signatures and date block for the CA

F. Test Methods1. Functional performance testing and verification may be achieved by manual testing

(persons manipulate the equipment and observe performance) or by monitoring the performance and analyzing the results using the control system’s trend log capabilities or by stand-alone data loggers. Division 23 Sections and other Sections specify which methods shall be used for each test. The CA may substitute specified methods or require an additional method to be executed other than what was specified. The CA will determine which method is most appropriate for tests that do not have a method specified.

2. Simulated Conditions: Simulating conditions (not by an overwritten value) shall be allowed, though timing the testing to experience actual conditions is encouraged wherever practical.

3. Overwritten Values: Overwriting sensor values to simulate a condition, such as overwriting the outside air temperature reading in a control system to be something other than it really is, shall be allowed, but shall be used with caution and avoided when possible. Such testing methods often can only test a part of a system, as the interactions and responses of other systems will be erroneous or not applicable. Simulating a condition is preferable, e.g., for the above case, by heating the outside air sensor with a hair dryer rather than overwriting the value or by altering the appropriate setpoint to see the desired response. Before simulating conditions or overwriting values, sensors, transducers, and devices shall have been calibrated.

4. Simulated Signals: Using a signal generator which creates a simulated signal to test and calibrate transducers and DDC constants is generally recommended over using the sensor to act as the signal generator via simulated conditions or overwritten values.

5. Altering Setpoints: Rather than overwriting sensor values, and when simulating conditions is difficult, altering setpoints to test a sequence is acceptable. For example, to see the AC compressor lockout work at an outside air temperature below 55°F, when the outside air temperature is above 55°F, temporarily change the lockout setpoint to be 2°F above the current outside air temperature.

6. Indirect Indicators: Relying on indirect indicators for responses or performance shall be allowed only after visually and directly verifying and documenting, over the range of the tested parameters, that the indirect readings through the control system represent actual conditions and responses. Much of this verification is completed during construction testing.

7. Setup: Each function and test shall be performed under conditions that simulate actual conditions as close as is practically possible. The contractor executing the test shall provide all necessary materials, system modifications, etc. to produce the necessary flows, pressures, temperatures, etc. necessary to execute the test according to the specified conditions. At completion of the test, the contractor shall return all affected building equipment and systems, due to these temporary modifications, to their pre-test condition.



8. Sampling: Multiple identical pieces of non-life-safety or otherwise non-critical equipment may be functionally tested using a sampling strategy. Significant application differences and significant sequence of operation differences in otherwise identical equipment invalidates their common identity. A small size or capacity difference, alone, does not constitute a difference. The specific recommended sampling rates are specified with each type of equipment in Divisions 22, 23, and 26. It is noted that no sampling by contractors is allowed in construction checklist execution.

a. A common sampling strategy referenced in the Specifications as the “xx% Sampling—yy% Failure Rule” is defined by the following example.

1. xx = the percent of the group of identical equipment to be included in each sample

2. yy = the percent of the sample that if failing, will require another sample to be tested

b. The example below describes a 20% Sampling—10% Failure Rule.1. Randomly test at least 20% (xx) of each group of identical

equipment. In no case test less than three units in each group. This 20%, or three, constitute the “first sample.”

2. If 10% (yy) of the units in the first sample fail the functional performance tests, test another 20% of the group (the second sample).

3. If 10% of the units in the second sample fail, test all remaining units in the whole group.

4. If at any point, frequent failures are occurring and testing is becoming more troubleshooting than verification, the CA may stop the testing and require the contractor to perform and document a checkout of the remaining units, prior to continuing with functionally testing the remaining units.

G. Coordination and Scheduling: The contractors shall provide sufficient notice to the CA regarding their completion schedule for the construction checklists and startup of all equipment and systems. The CA will schedule functional tests through the A/E, GC and other contractors. The CA shall direct, witness and document the functional testing of all equipment and systems. The contractors shall execute the tests.

1. In general, functional testing is conducted after construction testing and startup has been satisfactorily completed. The control system is sufficiently tested and approved by the CA before it is used for TAB or to verify performance of other components or systems. The air balancing and water balancing is completed and debugged before functional testing of air-related or water-related equipment or systems. Testing proceeds from components to subsystems to systems. When the proper performance of all interacting individual systems has been achieved, the interface or coordinated responses between systems is checked.

H. Problem Solving: The CA will recommend solutions to problems found; however, the burden of responsibility to solve, correct, and retest problems is with the GC, contractors, and A/E.

3.5 DOCUMENTATION, NON-CONFORMANCE AND APPROVAL OF TESTSA. Documentation: The CA shall witness and document the results of all functional performance

tests using the specific procedural forms developed for that purpose. Prior to testing, these forms are provided to the contractors for review. The CA will include the filledout forms in the O&M manuals.

B. Non-Conformance1. The CA will record the results of the functional test on the procedure or test form. All

deficiencies or non-conformance issues shall be noted and reported to the A/E on a standard non-compliance form.



2. Corrections of minor deficiencies identified may be made during the tests at the discretion of the CA. In such cases the deficiency and resolution will be documented on the procedure form.

3. Every effort will be made to expedite the testing process and minimize unnecessary delays, while not compromising the integrity of the procedures. However, the CA will not be pressured into overlooking deficient work or loosening acceptance criteria to satisfy scheduling or cost issues, unless there is an overriding reason to do so at the request of the Owner.

4. As tests progress and a deficiency is identified, the CA discusses the issue with the executing contractor.

a. When there is no dispute on the deficiency and the contractor accepts responsibility to correct it:

1. The CA documents the deficiency and the Prime contractor’s response and intentions, and they go on to another test or sequence. After the day’s work, the CA submits the non-compliance reports to the A/E for signature, if required. A copy is provided to the contractor and CA. The contractor corrects the deficiency, signs the statement of correction at the bottom of the noncompliance form certifying that the equipment is ready to be retested, and sends it back to the CA.

2. The contractor reschedules the test and coordinates with CA to establish a time and date that the test is to be repeated.

b. If there is a dispute about a deficiency, regarding whether it is a deficiency or who is responsible:

1. The deficiency shall be documented on the noncompliance form with the contractor’s response and a copy given to the A/E and to the contractor representative assumed to be responsible.

2. Resolutions are made at the lowest management level possible. Other parties are brought into the discussions as needed. Final interpretive authority is with the A/E. Final acceptance authority is with the A/E.

3. The CA documents the resolution process.4. Once the interpretation and resolution have been decided, the

appropriate party corrects the deficiency, signs the statement of correction on the non-compliance form and provides it to the CA. The contractor reschedules the test and notifies the CA of the date and time the test is to be repeated. This will occur until satisfactory performance is achieved.

5. Cost of Retestinga. The cost for the contractor to retest a construction or functional test, if they are

responsible for the deficiency, shall be theirs. If they are not responsible, any cost recovery for retesting costs shall be negotiated with the responsible parties.

b. For a deficiency identified, not related to any construction checklist or startup fault, the following shall apply: The CA will direct the retesting of the equipment once at no “charge” to the contractor for their time. However, the CA’s time for a second retest will be charged to the contractor, who may choose to recover costs from the responsible Sub.

c. The time for the CA to direct any retesting required because a specific construction checklist or start-up test item, reported to have been successfully completed, but determined during functional testing to be faulty, will be back charged to the contractor, who may choose to recover costs from the party responsible for executing the faulty construction test.

d. Refer to the sampling section of Section 01810, for requirements for testing and retesting identical equipment.

6. The contractor shall respond in writing to the CA at least as often as commissioning meetings are being scheduled concerning the status of each apparent outstanding



discrepancy identified during commissioning. Discussion shall cover explanations of any disagreements and proposals for their resolution.

7. The CA retains the original non-conformance forms until the end of the project.8. Any required retesting by any contractor shall not be considered a justified reason for

a claim of delay or for a time extension by the contractor.

C. Failure Due to Manufacturer Defect: If 10%, or three, whichever is greater, of identical pieces (size alone does not constitute a difference) of equipment fail to perform to the Contract Documents (mechanically or substantively) due to manufacturing defect, not allowing it to meet its submitted performance spec, all identical units may be considered unacceptable by the Owner. In such case, the contractor shall provide the Owner with the following:

1. Within one week of notification from the A/E, the contractor shall examine all other identical units making a record of the findings. The findings shall be provided to the A/E within two weeks of the original notice.

2. Within two weeks of the original notification, the contractor shall provide a signed and dated, written explanation of the problem, cause of failures, etc. and all proposed solutions, which shall include full equipment submittals. The proposed solutions shall not significantly exceed the specification requirements of the original installation.

3. The A/E will determine whether a replacement of all identical units or a repair is acceptable.

4. Two examples of the proposed solution will be installed by the contractor and the CA will be allowed to test the installations for up to one week, upon which the CA will decide whether to accept the solution.

5. Upon acceptance, the contractor and/or manufacturer shall replace or repair all identical items, at their expense and extend the warranty accordingly, if the original equipment warranty had begun. The replacement/repair work shall proceed with reasonable speed beginning within one week from when parts can be obtained.

D. Approval: The CA notes each satisfactorily demonstrated function on the test form. Formal approval of the functional test is made later after review by the CA. The CA recommends acceptance of each test to the Owner and A/E using a standard form. The A/E gives final approval on each test using the same form, providing a signed copy to the CA and the contractor.

3.6 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALSA. Standard O&M Manuals.

1. Special requirements for the TCC and TAB contractor are found in Sections 22 08 00 and 23 08 00.

3.7 TRAINING OF OWNER PERSONNELA. The GC shall be responsible for training coordination and scheduling and ultimately for

ensuring that training is completed.

B. The CA shall be responsible for overseeing and approving the content and adequacy of the training of Owner personnel for commissioned equipment.

1. The CA shall interview the facility manager and lead engineer to determine the special needs and areas where training will be most valuable. The Owner and CA shall decide how rigorous the training should be for each piece of commissioned equipment. The CA shall communicate the results to the contractor and vendors who have training responsibilities.

2. In addition to these general requirements, the specific training requirements of Owner personnel by contractor and vendors is specified in Divisions 22, 23, and 26.

3. Each contractor and vendor responsible for training will submit a written training plan to the CA for review and approval prior to training. The plan will cover the following elements:

a. Equipment (included in training)



b. Intended audience c. Location of trainingd. Objectivese. Subjects covered (description, duration of discussion, special methods, etc.)f. Duration of training on each subjectg. Instructor for each subjecth. Methods (classroom lecture, video, site walk-through, actual operational

demonstrations, written handouts, etc.)i. Instructor and qualifications

4. For the primary HVAC equipment, the TCC shall provide a short discussion of the control of the equipment during the mechanical or electrical training conducted by others.

5. The CA develops an overall training plan and coordinates and schedules, with the Owner and contractor, the overall training for the commissioned systems. The CA develops criteria for determining that the training was satisfactorily completed, including attending some of the training, etc. The CA recommends approval of the training to the A/E using a standard form. The A/E also signs the approval form.

6. At one of the training sessions, the CA presents a presentation discussing the use of the blank functional test forms for re-commissioning equipment.

7. The GC will provide videotaping of the training sessions, with tapes cataloged by the GC, and added to the O&M manuals.

8. The mechanical design engineer shall at the first training session present the overall system design concept and the design concept of each equipment section. This presentation shall include a review of all systems using the simplified system schematics (one-line drawings) including chilled water systems, heat rejection systems, heating systems, fuel oil and gas supply systems, supply air systems, exhaust system, and outside air strategies.

3.8 DEFERRED TESTINGA. Unforeseen Deferred Tests: If any check or test cannot be completed due to the building

structure, required occupancy condition, or other deficiency, execution of checklists and functional testing may be delayed upon approval of the A/E.

B. Architect: These tests will be conducted in the same manner as the seasonal tests as soon as possible. Services of necessary parties will be negotiated.

C. Seasonal Testing: During the warranty period, seasonal testing (tests delayed until weather conditions are closer to the system’s design) specified in Division 23 shall be completed as part of this contract. The CA shall coordinate this activity. Tests will be executed and documented. and any deficiencies corrected by the appropriate contractor, with facilities staff and the CA witnessing. Any final adjustments to the O&M manuals and as-builds due to the testing will be made.

3.9 WRITTEN WORK PRODUCTSA. The commissioning process generates a number of written work products described in

various parts of the Specifications. The Commissioning Plan lists all the formal written work products, describes briefly their contents, who is responsible to create them, their due dates, who receives and approves them, and the location of the specification to create them. In summary, the written products are:

Product Developed By Commissioning plan CA

Commissioning meeting minutes CA

Commissioning schedules GC and CA with other contractors



Equipment documentation submittals Contractors

Sequence clarifications Contractors and A/E as needed

Construction checklists CA (Preliminary in Spec. Revised based on Approved Submittals)

Startup and initial checkout plan Contractors and CA (Compilation of existing documents)

Startup and initial checkout forms filled out Contractors

Final TAB report TAB

Issues log (deficiencies) CA with responses provided by contractors

Commissioning Progress Record CA

Deficiency reports CA

Functional test forms CA

Filled-out functional tests CA

O&M manuals Contractors with review by CA

Commissioning record books and CD’s CA

Overall training plan CA, GC, and Contractors

Specific training agendas Contractors

Final commissioning report CA

Miscellaneous approvals CA

END OF SECTION 01 91 00


Spec Table of Contents - Design & Construction · Web viewSection 03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment...

Documents

Transcript of Spec Table of Contents - Design & Construction · Web viewSection 03 54 00 - Cast Underlayment...